Mazda Cx 9 Owners Manual Om Release2 123 1..592 ++
Mazda-2010-Mazda-Cx-9-Owners-Manual-817891 mazda-2010-mazda-cx-9-owners-manual-817891
2015-06-15
: Mazda Mazda-Cx-9-Owners-Manual-747031 mazda-cx-9-owners-manual-747031 mazda pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 592
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page1
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (1,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page2
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (2,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page3
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (3,1)
A Word to Mazda Owners
Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete
customer satisfaction in mind.
To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manual
carefully and follow its recommendations.
An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service is
necessary, that's the place to go.
Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best
possible service.
We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure
and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.
Mazda Motor Corporation
HIROSHIMA, JAPAN
Important Notes About This Manual
Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should you
resell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.
All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal at
Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.
Event Data Recorder
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. In the event of a crash, this device records data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time. These data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safer
vehicles.
Air Conditioning and the Environment
Your Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not to
damage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Perchlorate
Certain components of this vehicle such as [air bag modules, seat belt pretensioners, lithium batteries, ...] may
contain Perchlorate Material– Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. See
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may find
some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
©2009 Mazda Motor Corporation
Printed in Japan May 2010(Print5)
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page4
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (4,1)
How to Use This Manual
We want to help you get the most driving
pleasure from your vehicle. Your owner's
manual, when read from cover to cover,
can do that in many ways.
NOTE
Illustrations complement the words of the
manual to best explain how to enjoy your
Mazda. By reading your manual, you can
find out about the features, important
safety information, and driving under
various road conditions.
The symbol below, located on some parts
of the vehicle, indicates that this manual
contains information related to the part.
Please refer to the manual for a detailed
explanation.
The symbol below in this manual means
“Do not do this” or “Do not let this
happen”.
Index: A good place to start is the Index,
an alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
You'll find several WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which serious injury or death could
result if the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which bodily injury or damage to
your vehicle, or both, could result if
the caution is ignored.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
A NOTE provides information and sometimes
suggests how to make better use of your
vehicle.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page5
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (5,1)
Table of Contents
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
Essential Safety Equipment
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraint
systems and SRS air bags.
Knowing Your Mazda
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Important information about driving your Mazda.
Driving Your Mazda
Explanation of instruments and controls.
Interior Comfort
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio
system.
In Case of an Emergency
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.
Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.
Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda.
Index
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page6
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (6,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page7
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
1
Black plate (7,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
Interior Overview ..........................................................................
Interior Equipment (View A) ....................................................
Interior Equipment (View B) ....................................................
Interior Equipment (View C) ....................................................
1-2
1-2
1-3
1-4
Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-5
Front .......................................................................................... 1-5
Rear ........................................................................................... 1-6
1-1
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page8
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (8,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior Overview
Interior Equipment (View A)
Door-lock knob .................................................................................................. page 3-31
Power door lock switch ..................................................................................... page 3-31
Power window lock switch ................................................................................ page 3-44
Power window switches .................................................................................... page 3-40
Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-63
Headlight leveling switch .................................................................................. page 5-64
TCS-OFF switch ................................................................................................ page 5-23
Power liftgate switch ......................................................................................... page 3-35
Lighting control ................................................................................................. page 5-61
Turn and lane-change signal .............................................................................. page 5-65
Dashboard illumination knob ............................................................................ page 5-42
Instrument cluster .............................................................................................. page 5-39
Wiper and washer lever ..................................................................................... page 5-67
Ignition switch ..................................................................................................... page 5-2
Lock release lever .............................................................................................. page 3-63
Parking brake ....................................................................................................... page 5-6
BSM OFF switch ............................................................................................... page 5-37
1-2
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page9
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (9,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior Overview
Interior Equipment (View B)
Audio control switches ...................................................................................... page 6-63
SRS air bags ...................................................................................................... page 2-51
Cruise control switches ...................................................................................... page 5-20
Information display .......................................................................................... page 6-184
Climate control system ........................................................................................ page 6-2
Hazard warning flasher switch .......................................................................... page 5-74
Navigation system (if equipped) .......................................... Refer to the separate manual
Glove box ........................................................................................................ page 6-192
Accessory socket ............................................................................................. page 6-195
AT shift lever ...................................................................................................... page 5-11
Seat warmer switches ........................................................................................ page 2-17
Rear window defroster switch ........................................................................... page 5-73
Hood release handle .......................................................................................... page 3-49
Coin box .......................................................................................................... page 6-192
Audio system ..................................................................................................... page 6-17
Multi information display .................................................................................. page 6-37
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
1-3
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page10
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (10,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior Overview
Interior Equipment (View C)
Overhead lights ................................................................................................ page 6-182
SRS air bags ...................................................................................................... page 2-51
Seat belt ............................................................................................................. page 2-19
Rear entertainment system ................................................................................. page 6-70
Center console ................................................................................................. page 6-192
Remote fuel-filler lid release ............................................................................. page 3-48
Cup holders ...................................................................................................... page 6-189
Sunvisor ........................................................................................................... page 6-181
Moonroof switches ............................................................................................ page 3-50
Overhead console ............................................................................................ page 6-191
Rearview mirror ................................................................................................. page 3-64
Vanity mirror .................................................................................................... page 6-181
Front seat ............................................................................................................. page 2-2
Climate control system (Rear) ........................................................................... page 6-14
Second-row seat ................................................................................................... page 2-9
Third-row seat ................................................................................................... page 2-13
1-4
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page11
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (11,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
Front
Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-49
Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-27
Moonroof ........................................................................................................... page 3-50
Door lock ........................................................................................................... page 3-30
Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-47
Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-33
Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-38
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
1-5
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page12
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (12,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
Rear
Liftgate .............................................................................................................. page 3-33
Rear wiper blade ................................................................................................ page 8-29
Child safety lock ................................................................................................ page 3-33
Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-63
Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-33
Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-38
Rear view monitor ........................................................................................... page 6-171
1-6
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page13
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
2
Black plate (13,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraint
systems and SRS air bags.
Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2
Front Seats (Manually Operated Seats) ..................................... 2-2
Front Seats (Electrically Operated Seats) .................................. 2-4
Second-Row Seats .................................................................... 2-9
Third-Row Seat ....................................................................... 2-13
Head Restraints ....................................................................... 2-15
Seat Warmer í ......................................................................... 2-17
Seat Belt Systems ........................................................................
Seat Belt Precautions ..............................................................
3-Point Type Seat Belt ............................................................
Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems .......
Center-Rear Position Seat Belt (Second-Row Seats) ..............
Seat Belt Extender ...................................................................
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep ................................................
2-19
2-19
2-23
2-25
2-28
2-31
2-33
Child Restraint ............................................................................
Child Restraint Precautions .....................................................
Installing Child-Restraint Systems ..........................................
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems ............................................
2-35
2-35
2-39
2-46
SRS Air Bags ...............................................................................
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions ................
Supplemental Restraint System Components .........................
How the SRS Air Bags Work ..................................................
SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria ..........................................
Limitations to SRS Air Bag ....................................................
Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification
System í ..................................................................................
Monitoring and Maintenance ..................................................
2-51
2-51
2-56
2-57
2-61
2-62
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
2-64
2-69
2-1
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page14
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (14,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Front Seats (Manually
Operated Seats)
WARNING
Do not modify or replace the front
seats:
Modifying or replacing the front seats
such as replacing the upholstery or
loosening any bolts is dangerous. The
front seats contain air bag
components essential to the
supplemental restraint system. Such
modifications could damage the
supplemental restraint system and
result in serious injury. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is
any need to remove or reinstall the
front seats.
Do not drive with damaged front seats:
Driving with damaged front seats is
dangerous. A collision, even one not
strong enough to inflate the air bags,
could damage the front seats which
contain essential air bag
components. If there was a
subsequent collision, an air bag may
not deploy which could lead to
injuries. Always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats,
front seat belt pretensioners and air
bags after a collision.
2-2
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Make sure the adjustable components
of a seat are locked in place:
Adjustable seats and seatbacks that
are not securely locked are
dangerous. In a sudden stop or
collision, the seat or seatback could
move, causing injury. Make sure the
adjustable components of the seat
are locked in place by attempting to
slide the seat forward and backward
and rocking the seatback.
Adjust the driver's seat only when the
vehicle is stopped:
Adjusting the driver's seat while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous. The
driver could lose control of the vehicle
and have an accident.
CAUTION
Be careful not to place your hands
and fingers around moving parts of
the front seat when adjusting the
seat positions to prevent injury.
qSeat Slide
To move a seat forward or backward, raise
the lever and slide the seat to the desired
position and release the lever.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page15
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (15,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seat is locked in place by
attempting to push it forward and
backward.
qSeat Recline
WARNING
Do not drive with either front seat
reclined:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you do not get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you
can slide under the lap belt and
suffer serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back
and upright.
Always sit in the passenger seat
properly with the seatback upright and
feet on the floor (With Driver and Front
Passenger Occupant Classification
System):
Your front passenger seat has weight
sensors, sitting in the front passenger
seat improperly out of position or
with the seatback reclined too far
while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous as it can take off weight
from the seat bottom and affect the
weight determination of the front
passenger sensing system. As a result
the front passenger will not have the
supplementary protection of the air
bag and seat belt pretensioner, which
could result in serious injury. Always
sit upright against the seatback with
your feet on the floor.
Do not drive with the seatback
unlocked:
All of the seatbacks play an
important role in your protection in a
vehicle. Leaving the seatback
unlocked is dangerous as it can allow
passengers to be ejected or thrown
around and baggage to strike
occupants in a sudden stop or
collision, resulting in severe injury.
After adjusting the seatback at any
time, even when there are no other
passengers, rock the seatback to
make sure it is locked in place.
To change the seatback angle, lean
forward slightly while raising the lever.
Then lean back to the desired position and
release the lever.
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seatback is locked in
place by attempting to push it forward and
backward.
2-3
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page16
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (16,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
CAUTION
When returning a rear-reclined
seatback to its upright position,
make sure you hold onto the
seatback with your other hand while
operating the lever. If the seatback is
not supported, it will flip forward
suddenly and could cause injury.
qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)
To adjust the seat height, move the lever
up or down.
Up
Down
qLumbar Support Adjustment
(Driver's Seat)
To increase the seat firmness, pull the
lever forward. Push the lever backward to
decrease firmness.
Front Seats (Electrically
Operated Seats)
WARNING
Do not modify or replace the front
seats:
Modifying or replacing the front seats
such as replacing the upholstery or
loosening any bolts is dangerous. The
front seats contain air bag
components essential to the
supplemental restraint system. Such
modifications could damage the
supplemental restraint system and
result in serious injury. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is
any need to remove or reinstall the
front seats.
Do not drive with damaged front seats:
Driving with damaged front seats is
dangerous. A collision, even one not
strong enough to inflate the air bags,
could damage the front seats which
contain essential air bag
components. If there was a
subsequent collision, an air bag may
not deploy which could lead to
injuries. Always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats,
front seat belt pretensioners and air
bags after a collision.
Adjust the driver's seat only when the
vehicle is stopped:
Adjusting the driver's seat while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous. The
driver could lose control of the vehicle
and have an accident.
2-4
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page17
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (17,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
CAUTION
Ø The seat-bottom power
adjustment is operated by motors.
Avoid extended operation because
excessive use can damage the
motors.
Ø To prevent the battery from
running down, avoid using the
power adjustment when the
engine is stopped. The adjuster
uses a large amount of electrical
power.
Ø Do not use the switch to make
more than one adjustment at a
time.
Ø Be careful not to place your hands
and fingers around moving parts
of the front seat when adjusting
the seat positions to prevent
injury.
qSeat Slide
To slide the seat, move the slide lifter
switch on the outside of the seat to the
front or back and hold it. Release the
switch at the desired position.
qSeat Recline
WARNING
Do not drive with either front seat
reclined:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you do not get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you
can slide under the lap belt and
suffer serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back
and upright.
Always sit in the front passenger seat
properly with the seatback upright and
feet on the floor (With Driver and Front
Passenger Occupant Classification
System):
Your front passenger seat has weight
sensors, sitting in the front passenger
seat improperly out of position or
with the seatback reclined too far
while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous as it can take off weight
from the seat bottom and affect the
weight determination of the front
passenger sensing system. As a result
the front passenger will not have the
supplementary protection of the air
bag and seat belt pretensioner, which
could result in serious injury. Always
sit upright against the seatback with
your feet on the floor.
2-5
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page18
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (18,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
To change the seatback angle, press the
front or rear side of the reclining switch.
Release the switch at the desired position.
qSeat Position Memory í
The driver's seat position memory
function allows you to program a desired
seat position. The personalized positions
can be easily activated with the simple
touch of a button. The programmed
positions can also be activated when
unlocking the doors using a programmed
advanced key/retractable type key.
Seat positions for up to three people can
be programmed into the memory using
the three available programming buttons.
CAUTION
When activating the seat position, do
not place your hands or fingers
around the seat bottom. The seat
moves to the desired position
automatically, and if your hands or
fingers are placed around the seat
bottom, it could cause injury.
qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)
To adjust the seat height, move the switch
up or down.
NOTE
l
l
Only operate the seat memory function
while the vehicle is parked.
Vehicle maintenance or other reasons
requiring the vehicle battery to be
disconnected will result in the seat position
memory being erased.
In this case, re-program the seat positions.
Programming
1. Adjust the seat to the desired position.
For each seat position adjustment
method refer to the following pages:
Seat Slide (page 2-5)
Seat Recline (page 2-5)
Height Adjustment (page 2-6)
2-6
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page19
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (19,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2. Press the SET button followed by one
of the programming buttons (1, 2, or 3)
within about 5 seconds. A beep sound
is heard after the programming is
completed.
SET button
Activating the seat position when
unlocking with an advanced key/
retractable type key
Your desired seat position can be
activated when unlocking the doors.
Perform the following procedure using the
advanced key/retractable type key.
1. Adjust the seat to the desired position.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.
NOTE
If the programming button (1, 2, or 3) you
have selected is already programmed, it will be
overwritten with the new setting.
Activating the seat to a preprogrammed position
1. Shift the selector lever to the P
position.
3. Press the SET button next to the
programming buttons and then the
unlock button on the advanced key/
retractable type key you want to
program within about 5 seconds. A
beep sound is heard when the operation
is completed.
When the driver's door is unlocked using
a programmed advanced key/retractable
type key, the seat is activated to a
programmed position if the driver's door
is opened within about 40 seconds. A
beep sound is heard after the adjustment
to the programmed position is completed.
2. Press the programming button (1, 2, or
3) that you selected when
programming your seat position. A
beep sound is heard after the
adjustment to the programmed position
is completed.
NOTE
l
l
When the ignition switch is in the ACC or
OFF position, a pre-programmed seat
position can be activated regardless of the
selector lever position.
If the seat is already adjusted to the
position you are activating, the seat does
not move, however, a beep sound is heard
to confirm that the adjustment operation is
completed.
2-7
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page20
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (20,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
NOTE
l
l
l
If the seat is already adjusted to the
position you are activating, the seat does
not move (a beep sound is not heard).
The advanced key/retractable key cannot be
programmed while the key is inserted in the
key cylinder.
If any of the following operations is
performed while activating a seat, the
activation will cancel (After pressing a
programming button or unlocking the doors
with a programmed advanced key/
retractable type key, and while the positions
are being adjusted).
The selector lever is shifted to a position
other than P (With the ignition switch in
the ON position).
Any of the seat adjustment switches
other than a lumbar support switch are
operated.
The SET button is pressed.
A programming button (1, 2, or 3) is
pressed.
Vehicle locking/unlocking is done using
the transmitter.
The vehicle starts moving.
(To cancel the seat activation when using
a programmed advanced key/retractable
type key to unlock the doors)
Perform the following procedure.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.
Press the SET button next to the
programming button (1, 2, or 3) and
then the lock button on the advanced
key/retractable type key within about 5
seconds. A beep sound is heard after the
operation is completed.
qLumbar Support Adjustment
(Driver's Seat)
Manually operated
To increase the seat firmness, pull the
lever forward. Push the lever backward to
decrease firmness.
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
2-8
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Electrically operated
The amount of lumbar support can be
adjusted by pressing the switch.
To increase the seat firmness, press and
hold the front part of the switch to the
desired position, then release it.
Press the rear part of the switch to
decrease firmness.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page21
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (21,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Second-Row Seats
WARNING
Do not stack cargo higher than the
seatbacks:
Stacking luggage or other cargo
higher than the seatbacks is
dangerous. During a sudden stop or
collision, objects can fly around and
become projectiles that could hit and
injure passengers.
Make sure luggage and cargo is
secured before driving:
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be
crushed during sudden braking or a
collision and cause injury.
Make sure the adjustable components
of a seat are locked in place by
attempting to slide the seat forward
and backward and rocking the
seatback:
Adjustable seats that are not securely
latched are dangerous. In a sudden
stop or collision, the seat or seatback
could move, causing injury.
Adjust the seat only when the vehicle is
stopped:
Adjusting the seat while the vehicle is
moving is dangerous. Sudden
braking or a collision could cause
serious injury.
Do not drive with the seatback
unlocked:
All of the seatbacks play an
important role in your protection in a
vehicle. Leaving the seatback
unlocked is dangerous as it can allow
passengers to be ejected or thrown
around and baggage to strike
occupants in a sudden stop or
collision, resulting in severe injury.
After adjusting the seatback at any
time, even when there are no other
passengers, rock the seatback to
make sure it is locked in place.
Never allow a passenger to sit or stand
on the folded seatback while the
vehicle is moving:
Driving with a passenger on the
folded seatback is dangerous.
Allowing a child to sit up on the
folded seatback while the vehicle is
moving is particularly dangerous. In
a sudden stop or even a minor
collision, a child not in a proper seat
or child-restraint system and seat
belt could be thrown forward, back
or even out of the vehicle resulting in
serious injuries or death. The child in
the baggage area could be thrown
into other occupants and cause
serious injury.
CAUTION
Be careful not to place your hands
and fingers around moving parts of
the second-row seat when adjusting
the seat positions to prevent injury.
NOTE
The second-row seats cannot be removed.
2-9
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page22
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (22,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
qSeat Slide
To move the seat forward or backward,
raise the bar and slide the seat to the
desired position and release the bar.
Make sure the bar returns to its original
position and the seat is locked in place by
attempting to push it forward and
backward.
qSeat Recline
WARNING
Do not drive with the seats reclined:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you do not get the full
protection from the seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you
can slide under the lap belt and
suffer serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back
and upright.
Do not recline a second-row seatback
when the third row seat is occupied:
Reclining the second-row seatback
when the third-row seat is occupied
is dangerous.Because the clearance
in the third-row seat is limited,
occupants in the third-row seat could
be hurt seriously on a reclined
second-row seatback.
To change the seatback angle, lean
forward slightly while pulling the lever.
Then lean back to the desired position and
release the lever.
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seatback is locked in
place by attempting to push it forward and
backward.
2-10
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page23
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (23,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
CAUTION
When returning a rear-reclined
seatback to its upright position,
make sure you hold onto the
seatback with your other hand while
operating the lever. If the seatback is
not supported, it will flip forward
suddenly and could cause injury.
qThird-Row Seat Access
After folding the second-row seat
seatback and sliding the seat forward, you
can access the third-row seat easily.
Entering/exiting the third-row seat area
Raise the lever on the side of the secondrow seat to fold the seatback forward and
slide the seat forward.
qArmrest
The armrest can be used (no occupant in
the center seat) or placed upright.
After entering/exiting the third-row
seat area
1. Return the second-row seatback to its
upright position and lock it after sliding
it backward. Make sure it is locked by
attempting to lightly move it forward
and backward.
2. Make sure that the center-rear seat belt
is routed properly (not under the head
restraint) and the seat belt guide is
snapped to the head restraint.
2-11
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page24
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (24,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
CAUTION
Ø When folding a seatback, always
hold onto the seatback with your
other hand while operating the
lever. If the seatback is not
supported, it will flip forward
suddenly and could cause injury.
Ø After entering/exiting the thirdrow seat area, return the seatback
to its upright position. Otherwise,
it could move unexpectedly and
cause injury.
qFolding the Second-Row Seats
To create a flat luggage compartment
space, fold the seatbacks forward.
Folding the seatbacks
1. Unfasten the lap portion of the centerrear seat belt (page 2-30) and stow it
into the ceiling recess (page 2-30).
CAUTION
Always unfasten the lap portion of
the belt before folding the rear-left
seatback. Leaving the lap portion of
the belt fastened could cause
damage to the seat belt, buckle and
seatback.
2. Slide the seat all the way back toward
the rear of the vehicle.
3. Lower the head restraints all the way
down (page 2-15).
2-12
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
4. Pull the lever and fold the seatback
forward.
CAUTION
When folding a seatback, always
hold onto the seatback with your
other hand while operating the lever.
If the seatback is not supported, it
will flip forward suddenly and could
cause injury.
NOTE
To create a flat luggage compartment space
from the rear of the vehicle to the back of the
front seats, fold the second-row and third-row
seats (page 2-14).
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page25
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (25,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Returning seatbacks to their original
positions
1. Lift the seatback to its original
position.
Make sure the seatback is secured by
attempting to lightly move it forward
and back.
2. Route the center-rear seat belt through
the seat belt guide and fasten it. Check
that all seat belts are routed properly
for passenger use (page 2-28).
Third-Row Seat
WARNING
Do not stack cargo higher than the
seatbacks:
Stacking luggage or other cargo
higher than the seatbacks is
dangerous. During a sudden stop or
collision, objects can fly around and
become projectiles that could hit and
injure passengers.
Make sure luggage and cargo is
secured before driving:
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be
crushed during sudden braking or a
collision and cause injury.
Make sure the adjustable components
of a seat are locked in place by
attempting to rock the seatback:
Adjustable seats that are not securely
latched are dangerous. In a sudden
stop or collision, the seat or seatback
could move, causing injury.
Do not drive with the seatback
unlocked:
All of the seatbacks play an
important role in your protection in a
vehicle. Leaving the seatback
unlocked is dangerous as it can allow
passengers to be ejected or thrown
around and baggage to strike
occupants in a sudden stop or
collision, resulting in severe injury.
After returning the seatback at any
time, even when there are no other
passengers, rock the seatback to
make sure it is locked in place.
2-13
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page26
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (26,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Never allow a passenger to sit or stand
on the folded seatback while the
vehicle is moving:
Driving with a passenger on the
folded seatback is dangerous.
Allowing a child to sit up on the
folded seatback while the vehicle is
moving is particularly dangerous. In
a sudden stop or even a minor
collision, a child not in a proper seat
or child-restraint system and seat
belt could be thrown forward, back
or even out of the vehicle resulting in
serious injuries or death. The child in
the baggage area could be thrown
into other occupants and cause
serious injury.
3. Fasten the strap to its original position.
NOTE
To create a flat luggage compartment space
from the rear of the vehicle to the back of the
front seats, fold the second-row and third-row
seats (page 2-12).
NOTE
The third-row seat cannot be removed.
qSplit-Folding the Third-Row Seat
To create a flat luggage compartment
space, fold the seatbacks forward.
To fold third-row seat
1. Lower the head restraints all the way
down (page 2-15).
2. Pull the strap and fold the seatback
forward.
To return third-row seat to its original
position
1. Return the seatback to its original
position by pulling its strap.
Make sure the seatback is secured by
attempting to lightly move it forward
and back.
2. Fasten the strap to its original position
between the seatback and folding
board.
Strap
Board
2-14
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page27
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (27,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Head Restraints
Second-Row outboard seat/Third-Row
outboard seat
Your vehicle is equipped with head
restraints on all outboard seats and the
second-row center seat. The head
restraints are intended to help protect you
and the passengers from neck injury.
WARNING
Always drive with the head restraints
installed when seats are being used
and make sure they are properly
adjusted:
Driving with the head restraints
adjusted too low or removed is
dangerous. With no support behind
your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision.
Second-Row center seat
Height adjustment
To raise a head restraint, pull it up to the
desired position.
To lower the head restraint, press the stopcatch release, then push the head restraint
down.
Adjust the head restraint so that the top is
even with the top of the passenger's ears,
never the passenger's neck to prevent
injury.
Front outboard seat
Removal/Installation
To remove the head restraint, pull it up
while pressing the stop-catch.
To install the head restraint, press the
uprights into the holes while pressing the
stop-catch.
WARNING
Always drive with the head restraints
set up when seats are being used and
make sure they are properly set up:
Driving with the head restraints not
set up is dangerous. With no support
behind your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision.
2-15
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page28
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (28,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
qActive Head Restraints
The front seats are equipped with active
head restraints.
In a rear-end collision, the active head
restraints use the force applied by the
occupant on the seatback to
instantaneously move the head restraints
in the forward direction, reducing
excessive rearward tilting of the head and
reducing the load on the neck. The active
head restraints are also highly effective at
reducing whip-lash injuries which
commonly occur in rear-end collisions at
low to mid-range vehicle speeds.
WARNING
Ø Always adjust the head restraints
properly as specified in this
section. Failure to do so can
reduce the effectiveness of the
active head restraint.
Ø Do not attach any accessories such
as a TV screen to a front seatback
and/or a front head restraint. Also
do not place heavy items or thick
items, or both in the seatback
pocket. Doing so could reduce the
effectiveness of the active head
restraint in a rear-end collision.
2-16
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
NOTE
l
l
The active head restraints operate in a
rear-end collision. The head restraints
return to their original position after the
collision.
The method for adjusting the active head
restraints is the same as non-active head
restraint.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page29
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (29,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Seat Warmer í
The front seats are electrically heated. The
ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
Press the seat warmer switch to illuminate
the indicator light while the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position. The
mode changes as follow each time the seat
warmer switch is pressed.
OFF
High
Low
WARNING
Ø Be careful when using the seat
warmer. The heat from the seat
warmer may be too hot for some
people, as indicated below, and
could cause a low-temperature
burn.
Ø Infants, small babies, elderly
people, and physically
challenged people
Ø People with delicate skin
Ø People who are excessively
fatigued
Ø People who are intoxicated
Ø People who have taken sleepinducing medicine such as
sleeping pills or cold medicine
Ø Do not use the seat warmer with
anything having high moistureretention ability such as a blanket
or cushion on the seat. The seat
may be heated excessively and
cause a low-temperature burn.
Ø Do not use the seat warmer even
when taking a short nap in the
vehicle. The seat may be heated
excessively and cause a lowtemperature burn.
Ø Do not place heavy objects with
sharp projections on the seat, or
insert needles or pins into it. This
could cause the seat to become
excessively heated and result in
injury from a minor burn.
CAUTION
Do not use organic solvents to clean
the seat. It may damage the seat
surface and the heater.
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
2-17
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page30
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
NOTE
l
l
l
If the ignition switch is turned off while the
seat warmer is operating (High or Low)
and then turned to the ON position again,
the seat warmer will automatically operate
at the temperature set before the ignition
switch was turned off.
Use the seat warmer when the engine is
running, and do not continue to use it for a
long period of time.
The temperature of the seat warmer cannot
be adjusted beyond High and Low because
the seat warmer is controlled by a
thermostat.
2-18
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (30,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page31
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (31,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Precautions
Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden
stops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.
Your vehicle has the following types of seat belts.
Seating Position
Driver side
Front seat
Passenger side
Second-row seat
Third-row seat
Types of seat belt
3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor
3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode
retractor/automatic locking mode retractor
3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor
This belt has retractors with an inertia lock that keep the belt retracted when not in use.
The lock allows the belt to remain comfortable on the user, but it will lock in position
during a collision.
Refer to Emergency Locking Mode on page 2-21.
3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor/automatic locking mode
retractor
In addition to the emergency locking mode function, this belt has retractors that operate in
another mode, the automatic locking mode, for the child-restraint system.
Refer to Automatic Locking Mode on page 2-22.
Refer to Installing Child-Restraint Systems on page 2-39.
We recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the front passenger
seat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make sure any
child-restraint system is secured properly.
2-19
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page32
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (32,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
WARNING
Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:
Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants not
wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown
out of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the same
collision, occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.
Do not wear twisted seat belts:
Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is not
available to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt,
which could cause serious injury or death.
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt
used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers
could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for
more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant
properly restrained.
Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:
Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the belt
webbing of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate
protection in a collision. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt
systems in use during an accident before they are used again.
Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has
been expended:
One or both front air bags may deploy, and the corresponding pretensioner(s) may
also deploy at the same time. Like the air bags, the front seat belt pretensioners will
only function once. While it is safer to use a post-crash (a seat belt that was used in
an accident) than no front seat belt at all, using a front seat belt with an expended
pretensioner or load limiter loaded reduces the safety available to you. If the front
seat belt pretensioners are not replaced, the risk of injury in a collision will increase.
Expended front seat belt pretensioners and air bags must be replaced after any
collision which caused them to deploy. Additionally, the load limiter will only limit
loads on the chest once in a collision and this is another reason to have the front
seat belts inspected. Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the front seat
belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a
person wearing a seat belt.
2-20
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page33
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (33,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
CAUTION
Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keep
them clean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to “Cleaning the
Lap/Shoulder Belt Webbing” (page 8-60).
qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions
Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specific
recommendations.
The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.
The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across the
stomach area.
Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with your
doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.
qEmergency Locking Mode
In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the
retractor will lock in position during a collision. When the seat belt is fastened, it will
always be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode by
pulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable
movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic locking
mode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return the belt to the more
comfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, level
area, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it
around you again.
If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out, retract the belt once, and then try pulling it
out slowly. If this fails, pull the belt strongly one time and loosen, then pull it out again
slowly.
2-21
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page34
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (34,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qAutomatic Locking Mode
Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting to
an unsafe position in the event of an accident. To enable seat belt automatic locking mode,
pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint system. It will
retract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the section on child
restraint (page 2-35).
2-22
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page35
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (35,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
3-Point Type Seat Belt
qFastening the Seat Belt
1. Grasp the seat belt tongue.
2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.
Lap/shoulder
belt
WARNING
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the
Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,
not on the abdominal area, then adjust
the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly
against your body.
Seat belt
tongue
3. Insert the seat belt tongue into the seat
belt buckle until you hear a click
sound.
Take up slack
Keep low on
hip bone
Too high
Seat belt tongue
WARNING
Seat belt
buckle
Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat
Belt:
The lap portion of the seat belt worn
too high is dangerous. In a collision,
this would concentrate the impact
force directly on the abdominal area,
causing serious injury. Wear the lap
portion of the belt snugly and as low
as possible.
2-23
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page36
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (36,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qUnfastening the Seat Belt
qFront Shoulder Belt Adjuster
Depress the button on the seat belt buckle.
If the belt does not fully retract, pull it out
and check for kinks or twists. Then make
sure it remains untwisted as it retracts.
Adjust the height of the shoulder belt if
the seat belt touches your neck, or if it
crosses your arm instead of your shoulder.
To raise the shoulder belt adjuster, push
the adjuster up. To lower the shoulder belt
adjuster, pull the adjuster and slide it
down. Make sure the adjuster is locked.
To raise
To lower
Button
NOTE
l
l
When using the center-rear seat belt, refer
to “Center-Rear Position Seat Belt” (page
2-28).
If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it for
kinks and twists. If it is still not retracting
properly, have it inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
To secure the outboard-third row seat
belts when not in use, insert the belts into
their seat belt retainers.
2-24
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
WARNING
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the
Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page37
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (37,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Front Seat Belt Pretensioner
and Load Limiting Systems
For optimum protection, the driver and
front passenger seat belts are equipped
with pretensioner and load limiting
systems. For both these systems to work
properly you must wear the seat belt
properly.
Pretensioners:
The front seat belt retractors remove slack
quickly as the air bags are expanding.
Any time the air bags and seat belt
pretensioners have fired they must be
replaced.
For deployment details, refer to the SRS
Air Bag Deployment Criteria (page 2-61).
(With Driver and Front Passenger
Occupant Classification System)
In addition, the pretensioner system for
the front passenger, like the front
passenger air bag, is designed to only
deploy in accordance with the total seated
weight on the front passenger seat. For
details, refer to the driver and front
passenger occupant classification system
(page 2-64).
Load limiter:
The load limiting system releases belt
webbing in a controlled manner to reduce
belt force on the occupant's chest. While
the most severe load on a seat belt occurs
in frontal collisions, the load limiter has
an automatic mechanical function and can
activate in any accident mode with
sufficient occupant movement.
Even if the pretensioners have not fired,
the load limiting function must be
checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Wear seat belts only as recommended
in this owner's manual:
Incorrect positioning of the driver and
front passenger seat belts is
dangerous. Without proper
positioning, the pretensioner and
load limiting systems cannot provide
adequate protection in an accident
and this could result in serious injury.
For more details about wearing seat
belts, refer to “Fastening the seat
belts” (page 2-23).
Have your seat belts changed
immediately if the pretensioner or load
limiter has been expended:
One or both front air bags may
deploy, and the corresponding
pretensioner(s) may also deploy at
the same time. Like the air bags, the
front seat belt pretensioners will only
function once. While it is safer to use
a post-crash (a seat belt that was
used in an accident) than no front
seat belt at all, using a front seat belt
with an expended pretensioner or
load limiter loaded reduces the safety
available to you. If the front seat belt
pretensioners are not replaced, the
risk of injury in a collision will
increase. Expended front seat belt
pretensioners and air bags must be
replaced after any collision which
caused them to deploy. Additionally,
the load limiter will only limit loads
on the chest once in a collision and
this is another reason to have the
front seat belts inspected. Always
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
inspect the front seat belt
pretensioners and air bags after any
collision.
2-25
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page38
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (38,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Do not modify the components or
wiring, or use electronic testing devices
on the pretensioner system:
Modifying the components or wiring
of the pretensioner system, including
the use of electronic testing devices is
dangerous. You could accidentally
activate it or make it inoperable
which would prevent it from
activating in an accident. The
occupants or repairers could be
seriously injured.
Properly dispose of the pretensioner
system:
Improper disposal of the pretensioner
system or a vehicle with nondeactivated pretensioners is
dangerous. Unless all safety
procedures are followed, injury could
result. Ask an Authorized Mazda
Dealer how to safely dispose of the
pretensioner system or how to scrap
a pretensioner-equipped vehicle.
NOTE
l
l
The pretensioner system will activate in a
moderate or severe frontal, near-frontal
collision or roll-over accident. It will not
activate in most side or rear impacts.
(With Driver and Front Passenger
Occupant Classification System)
The pretensioner system for the front
passenger is designed to only deploy in
accordance with the total seated weight on
the front passenger seat.
Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will be
released when the air bags and
pretensioners deploy. This does not indicate
a fire. This gas normally has no effect on
occupants, however, those with sensitive
skin may experience light skin irritation. If
residue from the deployment of the air bags
or the front pretensioner system gets on the
skin or in the eyes, wash it off as soon as
possible.
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Light
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is working properly, the warning
light illuminates when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. The warning light turns
off after a specified period of time.
2-26
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page39
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (39,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
A system malfunction is indicated if the
warning light constantly flashes,
constantly illuminates or does not
illuminate at all when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position. If any of
these occur, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible. The system
may not work in an accident.
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/
pretensioner systems and always have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled causing
serious injury or death.
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the air
bag/front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding:
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding is dangerous.
In a collision, the air bags and the
front seat belt pretensioner system
will not deploy and this could result
in death or serious injury.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the vehicle inspected as soon
as possible.
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Beep
If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner systems and
the warning light, a warning beep sound
will be heard for about 5 seconds every
minute.
The air bag and seat belt pretensioner
system warning beep sound will continue
to be heard for approximately 35 minutes.
Have your vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
2-27
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page40
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (40,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Center-Rear Position Seat
Belt (Second-Row Seats)
Before using the center-rear lap/shoulder
belt make sure tongue (A) and anchor
buckle (B) are fastened.
(A)
(B)
WARNING
Using the Seat Belt Guide:
Not using the seat belt guide is
dangerous. If the seat belt guide is
not used, the shoulder portion of the
center-rear seat belt could be
mistakenly positioned under the
head restraint; a position that cannot
provide adequate protection in a
collision and could result in the
center-rear passenger being seriously
injured or killed. Always make sure
the shoulder portion of the centerrear seat belt is on the right side of
the left-rear head restraint and
guided correctly through the seat belt
guide.
Seat belt guide
qFastening the Seat Belt
1. Grasp the seat belt tongue (C).
2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.
2-28
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page41
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (41,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
3. Insert the seat belt tongue (C) into the
seat belt buckle (D) until you hear a
click sound.
4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,
not on the abdominal area, then adjust
the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly
against your body.
WARNING
(C)
(A)
(D)
(B)
WARNING
Fastening the Center-Rear Seat Belt
with Only One Buckle:
Fastening the center-rear seat belt
with only one buckle is dangerous. If
only one pair of seat belt tongues
and buckles is fastened (either seat
belt tongue (C) and seat belt anchor
buckle (D) or seat belt tongue (A) and
seat belt buckle (B)), then the seat
belt cannot provide full protection. In
a sudden stop or collision, the user
could slide under the belt and suffer
serious injuries. Always make sure
that both pairs of seat belt tongues
and buckles are fastened properly.
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the
Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat
Belt:
The lap portion of the seat belt worn
too high is dangerous. In a collision,
this would concentrate the impact
force directly on the abdominal area,
causing serious injury. Wear the lap
portion of the belt snugly and as low
as possible.
qUnfastening the Seat Belt
Depress the button on the seat belt buckle.
If the belt does not fully retract, pull it out
and check for kinks or twists. Then make
sure it remains untwisted as it retracts.
Button
NOTE
If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it for
kinks and twists. If it is still not retracting
properly, have it inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
2-29
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page42
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (42,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qRetracting the Center Seat Belt
(Middle Row) to Lower the
Seatbacks for Carrying Cargo
To retract the center belt and lower the
seatbacks for carrying cargo, insert a
small object such as a key in the seat belt
anchor buckle (B) slot.
To stow the seat belt, retract the belt, put
the seat belt tongues (A) and (C) together
and insert each tongue into the respective
ceiling recess. Insert the seat belt tongues
until you hear a click sound.
Ceiling recess
(A)
(A)
(B)
(C)
CAUTION
Always unfasten the lap portion of
the belt before folding the left-rear
seatback. Leaving the lap portion of
the belt fastened could cause
damage to the seat belt, seat belt
buckle and seatback.
qStowing and pulling out the
Center-Rear Position Seat Belt
The center-rear position seat belt can be
stowed using the following procedure.
CAUTION
When stowing the seat belt, make
sure the belt is locked securely into
the recess. If the seat belt is not
properly stowed, it might get caught
in the seats and be damaged.
2-30
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
To pull out the seat belt, press the area
indicated in the figure upward with your
finger and slide the belt forward. Then
slowly pull out the seat belt from the
ceiling recess.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page43
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (43,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
NOTE
l
l
To encourage rear seat passengers to wear
their seat belts, we suggest leaving the
center-rear lap position of the belt fastened
at all times except when folding the rear
seat forward.
Pulling the seat belt all the way out will
switch it to automatic locking mode. If
automatic locking mode is not needed,
retract the seat belt fully to convert it back
to emergency locking mode.
qRe-attaching the Seat Belt after the
Middle Row Seatbacks are
Returned to their Upright Positions
Seat Belt Extender
If your seat belt is not long enough, even
when fully extended, a seat belt extender
may be available to you at no charge from
your Authorized Mazda Dealer.
This extender will be only for you and for
the particular vehicle and seat. Even if it
plugs into other seat belts, it may not hold
in the critical moment of a crash.
When ordering an extender, only order
one that provides the necessary additional
length to fasten the seat belt properly.
Please contact your Authorized Mazda
Dealer for more information.
To re-attach the center seat belt after the
middle row seats are returned to their
upright positions, grasp the seat belt
tongue (A) and insert it into the seat belt
anchor buckle (B) until you hear a click
sound. It is now secure for passenger use.
NOTE
After returning the left-rear seatback to its
upright position, guide the shoulder portion of
the belt correctly through the seat belt guide
and fasten the lap portion of the belt.
2-31
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page44
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (44,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
WARNING
Do not use a seat belt extender unless
it is necessary:
Using a seat belt extender when not
necessary is dangerous. The seat belt
will be too long and not fit properly.
In an accident, the seat belt will not
provide adequate protection and you
could be seriously injured. Only use
the extender when it is required to
fasten the seat belt properly.
Do not use an improper extender:
Using a seat belt extender that is for
another person or a different vehicle
or seat is dangerous. The seat belt
will not provide adequate protection
and the user could be seriously
injured in an accident. Only use the
extender provided for you and for the
particular vehicle and seat. NEVER
use the extender in a different vehicle
or seat. If you sell your Mazda, do
not leave your seat belt extender in
the vehicle. It could be used
accidentally by the new owner of the
vehicle. After removing the seat belt
extender, discard it. Never use the
seat belt extender in any other
vehicle you may own in the future.
Do not use an extender that is too
long:
Using an extender that is too long is
dangerous. The seat belt will not fit
properly. In an accident, the seat belt
will not provide adequate protection
and you could be seriously injured.
Do not use the extender or choose
one shorter in length if the distance
between the extender's buckle and
the center of the user's body is less
than 15 cm (6 in).
2-32
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Do not leave a seat belt extender
connected to the buckle:
Leaving a seat belt extender
connected to the buckle without
using the seat belt is dangerous.
When the seat belt extender is
connected to the driver's seat belt
buckle (or front passenger) seat, the
SRS driver's (or front passenger's) air
bag system will determine that the
driver (or front passenger) is wearing
the seat belt even if the driver (or
front passenger) is not wearing it.
This condition could cause the
driver's (or front passenger's) air bag
to not activate correctly and result in
death or serious injury in the event of
collision. Always wear the seat belt
with the seat belt extender.
Do not use the seat belt extender when
installing a child-restraint system on
the front or rear passenger seat:
Using a seat belt extender to fasten a
child-restraint system on any seat is
dangerous. Always follow the childrestraint system manufacturer's
installation instructions and never
use a seat belt extender.
NOTE
When not in use, remove the seat belt extender
and store it in the vehicle. If the seat belt
extender is left connected, the seat belt
extender might get damaged as it will not
retract with the rest of the seat belt and can
easily fall out of the door when not in use and
be damaged. In addition, the seat belt warning
light will not illuminate and function properly.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page45
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (45,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep
Driver seated/Front passenger not
seated
The belt minder is a supplemental
warning to the seat belt warning function.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, the warning light/beep
operates to give you further reminders
according to the chart below.
The seat belt warning light illuminates
and a beep sound will be heard if the
driver's seat belt is not fastened when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
Conditions of operation
Condition
The driver's seat belt is not
fastened when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened while the warning
light and the beep sound are
activated.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened before the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
Condition
Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more
Seat belt
Indicator
Result
The warning light
flashes and a beep
sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
The warning light
turns off and the beep
sound stops.
The warning light will
not illuminate and the
beep sound will not be
heard.
Beep
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
qBelt Minder
NOTE
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
deactivate or restore the belt minder. Though
the belt minder can be deactivated, doing so
will defeat the purpose of the system to warn
the driver and the front passenger in the event
that their seat belts are not fastened. For the
safety of the driver and front passenger, Mazda
recommends not deactivating the belt minder.
2-33
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page46
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Driver seated/Front passenger seated
The seat belt warning function reminds
the front passenger to fasten the seat belt
according to the chart below.
Condition
Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more
Seat belt
(Driver)
Seat belt
(Passenger)
Indicator
Beep
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep
Placing heavy items on the front
passenger seat may cause the front
passenger seat belt warning function to
operate depending on the weight of the
item.
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
NOTE
l
l
To allow the front passenger seat weight
sensor to function properly, do not place
and sit on an additional seat cushion on the
front passenger seat. The sensor may not
function properly because the additional
seat cushion could cause sensor
interference.
When a small child sits on the front
passenger seat, it is possible that neither
the warning light nor the warning beep
operate.
2-34
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (46,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page47
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (47,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Child Restraint Precautions
Mazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to use
them.
You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.
Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety
of children riding in your vehicle.
Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the age
and size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual
child-restraint system.
A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,
both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer to
the center of the vehicle in the outboard seats, and towards the buckle on the right if the
child is seated on the center seat.
Statistics confirm that the rear seats are the best place for all children up to 12 years of age,
and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).
A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air
bag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for other
child-restraint systems.
(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
front passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system.
This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front
passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the total seated weight on the front passenger
seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb).
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, the system shuts off the front
passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system, so make sure the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off, Mazda strongly recommends that children be
properly restrained and child-restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear
seats which are the best place for children.
For more details, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors” (page 2-64).
2-35
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page48
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (48,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Use the correct size child-restraint system:
For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must be
properly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age and
size. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.
Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint system
buckled down:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make
sure any child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the childrestraint system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from the
vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors
for LATCH child-restraint systems and the corresponding tether anchor.
Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:
Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. No
matter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in a
sudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or
other occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bag
forces that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may be
slammed into an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that
could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even
though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on
the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates. The
child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.
2-36
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page49
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (49,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Do not install a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat unless
it is unavoidable:
In a collision, the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to
the child. If installing a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger
seat is unavoidable, move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous
(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System):
Your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors. Even with the
front passenger seat weight sensors, if you must use the front passenger seat to seat
a child, using a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat under
the following conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag
deploying and could result in serious injury or death to the child.
Ø The total seated weight of the child with the child-restraint system on the front
passenger seat is approximately 30 kg (66 lb) or more with a child in the childrestraint system.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint
system.
Ø A rear passenger or luggage pushing or pulling down on the front passenger
seatback.
Ø A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.
Ø Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket.
Ø The seat is washed.
Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.
Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items
placed behind it.
Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the second-row seat.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver
seat.
Ø Any accessories, which might increase the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat, are attached to the front passenger seat.
The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for
children. Always use seat belts and child restraints.
2-37
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page50
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (50,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle
with side and curtain air bags:
It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area of
the front passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along
both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraint
system is used. The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could cause
serious injury or death to an out of position child. Furthermore, leaning over or
against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the
advantages of supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the additional
side air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better location
for children. Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the side
window, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt
used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers
could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for
more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant
properly restrained.
CAUTION
A seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during
warm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or your
child touches them.
NOTE
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH
child-restraint systems in the rear seats. When using these anchors to secure a child-restraint system,
refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-46).
2-38
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page51
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (51,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Installing Child-Restraint
Systems
Accident statistics reveal that a child is
safer in the rear seats. The front
passenger's seat is clearly the worst choice
for any child under 12, and with rearfacing child-restraint systems it is clearly
unsafe due to air bags.
NOTE
Even if your vehicle is equipped with front
passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-64),
which automatically deactivates the front
passenger air bag, a rear seat is the safest
place for a child of any age or size.
Some child-restraint systems now come
with tethers and therefore must be
installed on the seats that take tethers to
be effective. In your Mazda, tethered
child-restraint systems can only be
accommodated in the three positions on
the second-row seats.
Some child-restraint systems also employ
specially designed LATCH attachments;
refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint
Systems” (page 2-46).
WARNING
Tethered Child-Restraint Systems Work
Only on Tether-Equipped Rear Seats:
Installation of a tether equipped
child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat or the third-row
seats defeats the safety design of the
system and will result in an increased
chance of serious injury if the childrestraint system goes forward
without benefit of being tethered.
Place tether equipped child-restraint
systems where there are tether
anchors.
qSecond-Row Seats ChildRestraint System Installation
Follow these instructions when using a
child-restraint system, unless you are
attaching a LATCH-equipped childrestraint system to the rear LATCH lower
anchors. Refer to “LATCH ChildRestraint Systems” (page 2-46).
NOTE
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully. If you
are not sure whether you have a LATCH
system or tether, check in the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions and follow
them accordingly. Depending on the type of
child-restraint system, it may use LATCH
system instead of seat belts or if the belt goes
across the child's chest, may recommend
against using automatic locking mode.
1. When installing the child-restraint
system on the second-row seat, make
sure that the center-rear seat belt is
routed through the seat belt guide.
2-39
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page52
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (52,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2. If the seat in which you install a childrestraint system has a seat slide
function, slide the seat as far back as
possible.
3. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
7. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. A
clicking noise from the retractor will be
heard during retraction if the system is
in the automatic locking mode. If the
belt does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat this step.
4. Raise the head restraint to the top
locked position.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-15.
5. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the manufacturer's instructions on
the child-restraint system for belt
routing instructions.
6. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
NOTE
Inspect this function before each use of the
child-restraint system. You should not be able
to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor
while the system is in the automatic locking
mode. When you remove the child-restraint
system, be sure the belt fully retracts to return
the system to emergency locking mode before
occupants use the seat belts.
8. If your child-restraint system requires
the use of a tether strap, refer to the
manufacturer's instructions to hook and
tighten the tether strap after raising the
head restraint.
2-40
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page53
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (53,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Anchor bracket location
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only
for a child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or
tether anchor and result in injury.
Tether strap position
Tether strap
Forward
Always route the tether strap between
the head restraint and the seatback:
Routing the tether strap on top of the
head restraint is dangerous. In a
collision the tether strap could slide
off the head restraint and loosen the
child-restraint system. The childrestraint system could move which
may result in death or injury to the
child.
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the
incorrect tether anchor position is
dangerous. In a collision, the tether
strap could come off and loosen the
child-restraint system. If the childrestraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
2-41
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page54
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (54,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
qThird-Row Seats Child-Restraint
System Installation
The third-row seats cannot accommodate
LATCH-type child-restraint systems or
tethers, therefore these systems must be
installed on the other seat positions such
as the second-row seat. If this not
possible, LATCH-type child-restraint
systems should be installed to a third-row
seat using the seat belt depending on
whether the child-restraint manufacturer
allows their use without LATCH
attachments and tether anchors.
Follow these manufacturer's instructions
when using a child-restraint system.
NOTE
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully.
Depending on the type of child-restraint
system, it may not employ seat belts which are
in automatic locking mode.
1. Raise the head restraint to the top
locked position. Refer to Head
Restraints on page 2-15.
2. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the manufacturer's instructions on
the child-restraint system for belt
routing instructions.
2-42
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
3. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
4. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking
from the retractor will be heard during
retraction if the system is in the
automatic locking mode. If the belt
does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat this step.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page55
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (55,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
NOTE
Inspect this function before each use of the
child-restraint system. You should not be able
to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor
while the system is in the automatic locking
mode. When you remove the child-restraint
system, be sure the belt fully retracts to return
the system to emergency locking mode before
occupants use the seat belts.
qIf You Must Use the Front Seat
for Children
If you cannot put all children in the rear
seats, at least put the smallest children in
the rear and be sure the largest child up
front uses the shoulder belt over the
shoulder.
NEVER put a rear-facing child-restraint
system on the front passenger seat
whether your vehicle is equipped with a
seat weight sensor or not.
This seat is also not set up for tethered
child-restraint systems, put them in one of
the rear seat positions set up with tether
anchors.
Likewise the LATCH child-restraint
system cannot be secured in the front
passenger's seat and should be used in the
second-row seats.
Do not allow anyone to sleep against the
side window if you have an optional side
and curtain air bag, it could cause serious
injuries to an out of position occupant. As
children more often sleep in cars, it is
better to put them in the rear seat. If
installing the child-restraint system on the
front seat is unavoidable, follow these
instructions when using a front-facing
child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat.
NOTE
l
l
To check if your front seats have side air
bags:
Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bag
will have a “SRS AIRBAG” tag on the
outboard shoulder of the front seats.
To check if your vehicle has curtain air
bags:
Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain air
bag will have an “SRS AIRBAG” marking
on the window pillars along the roof edge.
WARNING
Always move the front passenger seat
as far back as possible if installing a
front-facing child-restraint system on it
is unavoidable:
As your vehicle has front air bags
and doubly so because your vehicle
has side air bags, a front-facing
child-restraint system should be put
on the front passenger seat only
when it is unavoidable.
Even if the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light
illuminates, always move the seat as
far back as possible, because the
force of a deploying air bag could
cause serious injury or death to the
child.
2-43
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page56
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (56,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint
system in the front seat with an air bag
that could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems
on the front seat are particularly
dangerous.
Even in a moderate collision, the
child-restraint system can be hit by a
deploying air bag and moved
violently backward resulting in
serious injury or death to the child.
Even though you may feel assured
that the front passenger air bag will
not deploy based on the fact that the
front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light illuminates.
qFront Passenger's Seat ChildRestraint System Installation
Do not allow a child or anyone to lean
over or against the side window of a
vehicle with side and curtain air bags:
It is dangerous to allow anyone to
lean over or against the side window,
the area of the front passenger seat,
the front and rear window pillars and
the roof edge along both sides from
which the side and curtain air bags
deploy, even if a child-restraint
system is used. The impact of
inflation from a side or curtain air
bag could cause serious injury or
death to an out of position child.
Furthermore, leaning over or against
the front door could block the side
and curtain air bags and eliminate
the advantages of supplemental
protection. With the front air bag and
the additional side air bag that
comes out of the front seat, the rear
seat is always a better location for
children. Take special care not to
allow a child to lean over or against
the side window, even if the child is
seated in a child-restraint system.
2. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the manufacturer's instructions on
the child-restraint system for belt
routing instructions.
2-44
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
1. Slide the seat as far back as possible.
3. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
4. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. A
clicking noise from the retractor will be
heard during retraction if the system is
in automatic locking mode. If the belt
does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat the previous step and also this
one.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page57
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (57,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
NOTE
l
l
Inspect this function before each use of the
child-restraint system. You should not be
able to pull the shoulder belt out of the
retractor while the system is in the
automatic locking mode. When you remove
the child-restraint system, be sure the belt
fully retracts to return the system to
emergency locking mode before occupants
use the seat belts.
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully.
Depending on the type of child-restraint
system, it may not employ seat belts which
are in automatic locking mode.
5. (With Driver and Front Passenger
Occupant Classification System)
Make sure the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light illuminates
after installing a child-restraint system
on the front passenger seat.
Refer to Front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light on page
2-64.
WARNING
Do not seat a child in a child-restraint
system on the front passenger seat if
the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light does not
illuminate (With Driver and Front
Passenger Occupant Classification
System):
While it is always better to install any
child-restraint system on the rear
seat, it is imperative that a childrestraint system ONLY be used on the
front passenger seat if the
deactivation indicator light
illuminates when the child is seated
in the child-restraint system (page
2-64). Seating a child in a childrestraint system installed on the front
passenger seat with the front
passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light not illuminated is
dangerous. If this indicator light does
not illuminate even when the total
seated weight is less than
approximately 30 kg (66 lb), this
means that the front passenger front
and side air bags, and seat belt
pretensioner are ready for
deployment. If an accident were to
deploy an air bag, a child in a childrestraint system sitting in the front
passenger seat could be seriously
injured or killed. If the indicator light
does not illuminate after seating a
child in a child-restraint system on
the front passenger seat, seat a child
in a child-restraint system on the rear
seat and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
2-45
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page58
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (58,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed
LATCH child-restraint systems the second-row seats. Both anchors must be used,
otherwise the seat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Most LATCH childrestraint systems must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have
a tether you must use it to better assure your child's safety.
WARNING
Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make
sure the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the childrestraint system manufacturer's instructions.
Never attach two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor:
Attaching two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous.
In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child-restraint
system attachments, and it may break, causing serious injury or death. If you use the
seat position for another child-restraint system when an outboard LATCH position is
occupied, use the center seat belts instead, and the tether if tether-equipped.
Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Follow
the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure the
seat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in
an improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or
fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH
child-restraint systems.
Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH childrestraint system:
Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installing
the child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the
child-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and
the child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system could
move in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or
other occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are no
seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always follow
the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.
2-46
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page59
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (59,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
qLATCH Child-Restraint System
Installation Procedure (SecondRow Outboard Seats)
1. Slide the second-row seat as far back as
possible.
2. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
6. If your child-restraint system came
equipped with a tether, that means it is
very important to properly secure the
tether for child safety. Please carefully
follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions when
installing tethers.
Anchor bracket location
3. Expand the area between the seat
bottom and the seatback slightly to
verify the locations of the LATCH
lower anchors.
For rear
left seat
Tether strap position
Tether strap
For rear
right seat
NOTE
The markings above the LATCH lower anchors
indicate the locations of LATCH lower
anchors for the attachment of a child-restraint
system.
Forward
4. Raise the head restraint to the top
locked position.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-15.
5. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instruction. Pull on the
child-restraint to be sure both anchors
are engaged.
2-47
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page60
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (60,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only
for a child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or
tether anchor and result in injury.
Always route the tether strap between
the head restraint and the seatback:
Routing the tether strap on top of the
head restraint is dangerous. In a
collision the tether strap could slide
off the head restraint and loosen the
child-restraint system. The childrestraint system could move which
may result in death or injury to the
child.
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the
incorrect tether anchor position is
dangerous. In a collision, the tether
strap could come off and loosen the
child-restraint system. If the childrestraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
2-48
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
qLATCH Child-Restraint System
Installation Procedure (SecondRow Center Seat)
The LATCH lower anchors at the center
of the rear seat are much further apart than
the sets of LATCH lower anchors for
child-restraint system installation at other
seating positions. Child-restraint systems
with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be
installed on the center seating position.
Some LATCH equipped child-restraint
systems can be placed in the center
position and will reach the nearest
LATCH lower anchors which are 500 mm
(19.7 in) apart. LATCH compatible childrestraint systems (with attachments on belt
webbing) can be used at this seating
position only if the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions state that the
child-restraint system can be installed to
LATCH lower anchors that are 500 mm
(19.7 in) apart. Do not attach two childrestraint systems to the same LATCH
lower anchor. If your child-restraint
system has a tether, it must also be used
for your child's optimum safety.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page61
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (61,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only
for a child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or
tether anchor and result in injury.
Always route the tether strap between
the head restraint and the seatback:
Routing the tether strap on top of the
head restraint is dangerous. In a
collision the tether strap could slide
off the head restraint and loosen the
child-restraint system. The childrestraint system could move which
may result in death or injury to the
child.
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the
incorrect tether anchor position is
dangerous. In a collision, the tether
strap could come off and loosen the
child-restraint system. If the childrestraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
1. Slide the second-row seat as far back as
possible.
2. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
3. Expand the area between the seat
bottom and the seatback slightly to
verify the locations of the LATCH
lower anchors.
NOTE
The markings above the LATCH lower anchors
indicate the locations of LATCH lower
anchors for the attachment of a child-restraint
system.
4. Raise the head restraint to the top
locked position.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-15.
5. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions. Pull on the
child-restraint to be sure both anchors
are engaged.
6. If your child-restraint system came
equipped with a tether, that means it is
very important to properly secure the
tether for child safety. Please carefully
follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions when
installing tethers.
2-49
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page62
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Anchor bracket position
Tether strap position
Tether strap
Forward
2-50
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (62,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page63
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (63,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions
The front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include 6 air bags. Please verify
the air bags equipped on your vehicle by locating the “SRS AIRBAG” location
indicators. These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed.
The air bags are installed in the following locations:
l
l
l
l
The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)
The front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag)
The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags)
The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)
The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection
in certain situations, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:
Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.
Seat belt usage is necessary to:
l Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.
l Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag
inflation, such as rear impact.
l Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal, near frontal, side collisions or roll-over
accidents that are not severe enough to activate the air bags.
l Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.
l Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the
air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.
l Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.
2-51
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page64
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (64,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
If your vehicle is also equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant
classification system, refer to the Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification
System (page 2-64) for details.
If your vehicle is equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant classification
system, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates for a specified
time after the ignition is switched ON.
Small children must be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in every
state and province. In certain states and provinces, larger children must use a child-restraint
system (page 2-35).
Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the
installation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions.
WARNING
Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:
Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous.
Alone, air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can be
expected to inflate only in the first accident, such as frontal, near frontal, side
collisions or roll-over accident that are at least moderate. Vehicle occupants should
always wear seat belts.
Children should not ride in the front passenger seat:
Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could be
hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. Even if the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as possible. A sleeping child is more likely to lean against
the door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate collision to the front-passenger
side of the vehicle. Whenever possible, always secure a child 12 years and under on
the rear seats with an appropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.
2-52
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page65
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (65,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that
could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even
though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on
the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates. The
child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.
Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags:
Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands
or feet on them is extremely dangerous. The driver and front passenger air bags
inflate with great force and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is too
close. The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. The
front seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor. Front seat occupants should
adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the
seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly:
Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them, or sleeping
up against the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous. The side
and curtain air bags inflate with great force and speed directly expanding along the
door on the side the car is hit. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too
close to the door or leaning against a window, or if rear seat occupants grab the
sides of the front seatbacks. Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by
sitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn
properly.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air
bags deploy:
Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing
something in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interfere
with air bag inflation and injure the occupants.
2-53
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page66
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (66,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:
Attaching objects to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the
seat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the side
air bag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the added
protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is
dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.
Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front
seats. Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modules
in your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys:
Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the
windshield glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars and along the roof
edge and assist grips is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the
curtain air bag, which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along the
roof edge, impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting
the air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open
releasing the gas.
Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes,
hang them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules free
to deploy in the event of a side collision or roll-over accident.
Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats:
Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous. The components
essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event of
a side collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in death
or serious injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to the
supplemental restraint system, do not place luggage or other objects under the front
seats.
Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags
have inflated:
Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags
have inflated is dangerous. Immediately after inflation, they are very hot. You could
get burned.
Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:
Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar,
bull bar, push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. The
air bag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflate
unexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident.
Front occupants could be seriously injured.
2-54
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page67
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (67,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Do not modify the suspension:
Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or the
suspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision or
roll-over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the
possibility of serious injuries.
To prevent false detection by the air bag sensor system, heed the following:
Ø Do not use tires or wheels other than those specified for your Mazda:
Use of any tire or wheel other than those specified for your Mazda (page 10-6) is
dangerous. Use of such wheels will prevent the vehicle's accident detections
system from accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resulting in
incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries.
Ø Do not overload your vehicle:
Overloading your vehicle is dangerous as it could prevent the air bag crash sensor
system from accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resulting in
incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries.
The gross axle weight rating (GAWR) and the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR)
for your vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver's
door frame. Do not exceed these ratings.
Ø Do not drive the vehicle off-road:
Driving your Mazda off-road is dangerous because the vehicle has not been
designed to do so. Driving the vehicle off-road could prevent the air bag crash
sensor system from accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resulting
in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious
injuries.
Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:
Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is
dangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not make
any modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,
badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extra
electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized Mazda
Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of front
seats. It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the
bags do not accidentally deploy, the driver seat slide position sensor and front
passenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain an
undamaged air bag connection.
NOTE
l
l
When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released.
Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injuries
on body parts not covered with clothing through friction.
Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and that
familiarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is important.
2-55
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page68
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (68,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Supplemental Restraint System Components
Driver/Front passenger inflators and air bags
Crash and roll-over sensor, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems (page 2-25)
Front air bag sensor
Side crash sensors
Air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light (page 2-60)
Side and curtain inflators and air bags
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-64)
Front passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-64)
Front passenger seat weight sensor control module
Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-68)
Driver seat slide position sensor (page 2-64)
NOTE
system.
are equipped only on models with the driver and front passenger occupant classification
2-56
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page69
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (69,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
How the SRS Air Bags Work
Your Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags. SRS air bags are
designed to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident.
The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition to
the seat belt functions. Be sure to wear seat belts properly.
qFront Seat Belt Pretensioners
The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal, near
frontal collisions or roll-over accidents.
qDriver Air Bag
The driver's air bag is mounted in the steering wheels.
When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, the
driver's air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver's head or chest
caused by directly hitting the steering wheel.
(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
The driver's dual-stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages. During an
impact of moderate severity the driver's air bag deploys with lesser energy, whereas during
more severe impacts, it deploys with more energy.
2-57
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page70
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (70,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
qFront Passenger Air Bag
The front passenger air bag is mounted in the front passenger dashboard. The inflation
mechanism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver's air bag, as mentioned
above.
(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
In addition, the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the
total seated weight on the front passenger seat. For details, refer to the driver and front
passenger occupant classification system (page 2-64).
qSide Air Bags
The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks.
When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, the
system inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit. The side air
bag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger's chest caused by
directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.
(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
In addition, the front passenger side air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with
the total seated weight on the front passenger seat. For details, refer to the driver and front
passenger occupant classification system (page 2-64).
A side air bag will deploy only on the side the
vehicle receives the force of the impact.
2-58
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page71
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (71,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
qCurtain Air Bags
The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge
along both sides.
When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, the
curtain air bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboard
passenger's head caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.
In a side impact:
Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag on
that side only to inflate.
A curtain air bag will deploy only on the side the
vehicle receives the force of the impact.
In a roll-over:
In response to a vehicle roll-over, both curtain air bags inflate.
Both curtain air bags will deploy after
a roll-over accident is detected.
2-59
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page72
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (72,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly, the warning light
illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is
cranked. The warning light turns off after a specified period of time.
A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes, constantly
illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position. If any of these occur, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
The system may not work in an accident.
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner
could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death.
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep
If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systems and the
warning light, a warning beep sound will be heard for about 5 seconds every minute.
The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heard
for approximately 35 minutes.
Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning
beep sounding:
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep
sounding is dangerous. In a collision, the air bags and the front seat belt
pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as
possible.
2-60
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page73
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (73,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria
This chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the type
of collision.
(The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions.)
A severe frontal/near frontal
collision
Types of collision
A severe side
A roll-over/near
collision
roll-over
A rear collision
SRS
equipment
Front seat
belt
pretensioner
Driver air
bag
Front
passenger air
bag
X*1(both sides)
X*1(both sides)
No air bag and front
seat belt
pretensioner will be
activated in a rear
collision.
X
X*1
Side air bag
X*1(impact side only)
Curtain air
bag
X (impact side only)
X (both sides)
X: The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision.
*1: (With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
The front passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed
to deploy depending on the condition of the total seated weight on the front passenger
seat.
2-61
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page74
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (74,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Limitations to SRS Air Bag
In severe collisions or roll-overs such as those described previously in “SRS Air Bag
Deployment Criteria”, the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy. However, in
some accidents, the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its
severity.
Limitations to front/near front collision detection:
The following illustrations are examples of front/near front collisions that may not be
detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.
Impacts involving trees or poles
Frontal offset impact to the vehicle
Rear-ending or running under a truck's tail gate
Limitations to side collision detection:
The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected as
severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.
Side impacts involving trees or poles
2-62
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Side impacts with two-wheeled vehicles
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page75
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (75,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Limitations to roll-over detection:
The following illustration is an example of an accident that may not be detected as a rollover accident. Therefore, the front seat belt pretensioners and curtain air bags may not
deploy.
Pitch end over end
2-63
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page76
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (76,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System í
First, please read “Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions” (page 2-51)
carefully.
NOTE
This system is equipped on models for the U.S., Canadian and Puerto Rican markets.
qDriver Seat Slide Position Sensor
Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of the
supplemental restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensor
determines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat
position to the diagnostic module (SAS unit). The SAS unit is designed to control the
deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering
wheel.
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a
possible malfunction (page 2-60).
qFront Passenger Seat Weight Sensors
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of the
supplemental restraint system. These sensors are located under both of the front passenger
seat rails. These sensors determine the total seated weight on the front passenger seat. The
SAS unit is designed to prevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner system from deploying if the total seated weight is less than approximately 30
kg (66 lbs).
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt
pretensioner system when:
l
l
There is no passenger in the front passenger seat. (The front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light does not illuminate.)
The total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66
lbs). (The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.)
This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner
system, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates
according to the following table.
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible
malfunction. If this happens, the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner system will not deploy.
2-64
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page77
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (77,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side air
bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.
If the front passenger weight sensors are normal, the indicator light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON position. For a specified of time it goes out.
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:
OFF
Deactivated
Front passenger seat
belt pretensioner
system
Deactivated
ON
Deactivated
Deactivated
OFF
Ready
Ready
Total seated weight on the Front passenger air bag Front passenger front and
front passenger seat
deactivation indicator light
side air bags
Empty (Not occupied)*
Less than approx. 30 kg
(66 lbs)
Approx. 42 kg (93 lbs) or
more
* If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates,
however this does not indicate a malfunction.
The curtain air bag is ready for inflating despite the chart above.
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON position and does not illuminate as indicated in the
above chart, do not allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not work properly in an
accident.
2-65
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page78
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (78,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Do not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:
When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat, decreasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of
approximately 42 kg (93 lbs) required for air bag deployment is dangerous. The front
passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight condition
and the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system
will not deploy during an accident. The front passenger will not have the
supplementary protection of the air bag, which could result in serious injury.
Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated
weight of approximately 42 kg (93 lbs) could result in an air bag not deploying under
the following conditions, for example:
Ø A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with their feet.
Ø Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the
front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat
bottom.
Ø The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entire
weight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door,
grasping the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatback
reclined too far.
Ø Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.
The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will
deactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is close to 30 kg (66
lbs) and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg (93 lbs).
2-66
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page79
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (79,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, increasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of
approximately 30 kg (66 lbs) is dangerous. The front passenger seat weight sensors
will detect the increased total seated weight, which could result in the unexpected
deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner
system in an accident and may cause serious injury. Increasing the total seated
weight on the front passenger seat beyond the total seated weight of approximately
30 kg (66 lbs) could result in the front passenger front and side air bags and seat
belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident under the following conditions,
for example:
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint
system.
Ø A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.
Ø A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with their feet.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.
Ø Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket.
Ø The seat is washed.
Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.
Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items
placed behind it.
Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the second-row seat.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver
seat.
Ø Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.
The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will
deactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is close to 30 kg (66
lbs) and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg (93 lbs).
CAUTION
Ø To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the
sensors in the front seat bottoms:
Ø Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on
them.
Ø Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats.
Ø To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:
Ø Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the
seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
Ø If you place your child on the front passenger seat, secure the child-restraint
system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible (page
2-44).
2-67
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page80
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (80,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
NOTE
l
l
l
l
The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and
side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or
other items are put on the front passenger seat, or if the temperature of the vehicle's interior
changes suddenly.
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat changes.
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing a
child-restraint system on the front passenger seat, install the child-restraint system on the rear
seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
qDriver and Front Passenger Buckle Switches
The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts are
securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags.
2-68
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page81
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (81,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Monitoring and Maintenance
qConstant Monitoring
The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system:
Crash sensors, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
Front air bag sensor
l Air bag modules
l Side crash sensors
l Air bag/Front seat belt pretensioner system warning light
l Front seat belt pretensioners
l Related wiring
(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
l Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
l Driver seat slide position sensor
l Front passenger seat weight sensors
l Front passenger seat weight sensor control module
l
l
The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system's readiness. This begins when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON position and continues while the vehicle is being
driven.
qMaintenance
The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance. But if any of the following occurs,
take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible:
l The air bag system warning light flashes.
l The air bag system warning light remains illuminated.
l The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
l The air bag system warning beep sound is heard.
l The air bags have deployed.
l (With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart. For
more details about this indicator light and this chart, refer to “Front passenger seat
weight sensors” (page 2-64).
2-69
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page82
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (82,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Do not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system
components:
Expended or damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system components must be
replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them. Only a
trained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that they
will work in any subsequent accident. Driving with an expended or damaged air bag
or pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of any
subsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death.
Do not remove interior air bag parts:
Removing any components such as the front seats, front dashboard, the steering
wheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge,
containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous. These parts contain essential air
bag components. The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries.
Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts.
Dispose of the air bag properly:
Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremely
dangerous. Unless all safety procedures are followed, injury can result. Ask an
Authorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an air
bag equipped vehicle.
NOTE
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint
system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a
certified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to “Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)”
(page 9-2).
2-70
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page83
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
3
Black plate (83,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ................................ 3-2
Advanced Keys í ...................................................................... 3-2
Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions ......................... 3-7
Operation Using Advanced Key Functions ............................. 3-14
Advanced Key Suspend Function ........................................... 3-18
Warning and Beep Sounds ...................................................... 3-19
Setting Change (Function Customization) .............................. 3-21
When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated ............................ 3-22
Doors and Locks .........................................................................
Keys ........................................................................................
Keyless Entry System í ..........................................................
Door Locks .............................................................................
Liftgate ....................................................................................
Power Windows ......................................................................
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap ...........................................................
Hood .......................................................................................
Moonroof í .............................................................................
3-23
3-23
3-24
3-30
3-33
3-40
3-47
3-49
3-50
Security System ...........................................................................
Immobilizer System (with Advanced Key) .............................
Immobilizer System (without Advanced Key) ........................
Theft-Deterrent System í ........................................................
3-53
3-53
3-57
3-61
Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-63
Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-63
Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-63
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
3-1
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page84
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (84,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Advanced Keys í
The advanced keyless functions (advanced keyless entry and start system) enables the
following operations while the advanced key is being carried (page 3-7).
l Locking/unlocking the doors and the liftgate without operating the key.
l Starting the engine without operating the key.
Additional functions are available using the buttons on the advanced key.
Refer to Operation Using Advanced Key Functions on page 3-14.
l The following operations are possible using the transmitter of the keyless entry system
from a distance (Lock/Unlock/Panic/Liftgate í button):
Locking/unlocking the doors and the liftgate.
Opening/closing the power liftgate í.
Opening the power windows and the moonroof í.
Operating the theft-deterrent system í.
Turning on the alarm.
l Locking/unlocking the doors or starting the engine using the auxiliary key.
l
l
l
l
l
WARNING
Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where
your children will not find or play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous. This could result in someone
being badly injured or even killed. Children may find these new kinds of keys to be
an interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controls
to operate, or even make the vehicle move.
Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such as
pacemakers:
Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment, ask the
medical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the
advanced key will affect the equipment.
NOTE
l
l
l
The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly.
Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-53) for information regarding keys and engine starting.
(With theft-deterrent system)
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-61) for information regarding keys and the prevention of
vehicle and vehicle contents theft.
3-2
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page85
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (85,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
With power liftgate button
Lock button
Unlock button
Power liftgate button
Panic button
Operation indicator light
Auxiliary key
Key code number plate
Without power liftgate button
Lock button
Unlock button
Panic button
Operation indicator light
Auxiliary key
Key code number plate
A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set; detach this plate and store it
in a safe place (not in the vehicle) for use if you need to make a replacement key.
Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place, but not in
the vehicle.
If your key is lost, consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready.
3-3
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page86
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (86,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
CAUTION
Ø Because the advanced key uses low-intensity radio waves, it may not function
correctly under the following conditions:
Ø The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular
phones.
Ø The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object.
Ø The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers or cell
phones.
Ø Non-Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle.
Ø There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle.
Ø If the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain
gas stations.
Ø The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives highintensity radio waves. Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices such
as televisions or personal computers.
Ø To avoid damage to the advanced key, DO NOT:
Ø Drop the advanced key.
Ø Get the advanced key wet.
Ø Disassemble the advanced key.
Ø Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the
dashboard or hood, under direct sunlight.
Ø Place heavy objects on the advanced key.
Ø Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner.
Ø Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key.
NOTE
l
Battery life is about one year. Be sure to replace the battery as soon as you see the green KEY
indicator light in the instrument cluster begin flashing for 30 seconds after turning off the engine,
otherwise, you will not be able to start the engine using the advanced keyless start system once the
battery is completely dead Refer to KEY warning light (red) on page 5-55. If this occurs, you will
have to either force-start the engine or use the auxiliary key Refer to Advanced Key Battery Dead
Warning on page 3-20.
l
Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 6 advanced keys
can be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle.
3-4
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page87
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (87,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
qAdvanced Key Maintenance
CAUTION
Ø Make sure the battery is installed
with the correct pole facing
upward. Battery leakage could
occur if it is not installed correctly.
Ø When replacing the battery, be
careful not to bend the electrical
terminals or get oil on them. Also
be careful not to get dirt in the
transmitter as it could be
damaged.
Ø There is the danger of explosion if
the battery is not correctly
replaced.
Ø Replace only with the same type
battery (CR2025 or equivalent).
Ø Dispose of used batteries
according to the following
instructions.
Ø Insulate the plus and minus
terminals of the battery using
cellophane or equivalent tape.
Ø Never disassemble.
Ø Never throw the battery into
fire or water.
Ø Never deform or crush.
Replacing the battery at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer is recommended to prevent
damage to the advanced key. If replacing
the battery by yourself, follow the
instruction below.
Replacing the advanced key battery
1. Pull out the auxiliary key.
2. Insert a flathead screwdriver into the
groove shown in the figure and rotate
the screwdriver to open the cover
slightly.
The following conditions indicate that the
battery power is low:
l The KEY indicator light (green) flashes
in the instrument cluster for about 30
seconds after the engine is turned off.
l The system does not operate and the
operation indicator light on the
transmitter does not flash when the
buttons are pressed.
l The system's operational range is
reduced.
3-5
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page88
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (88,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
3. Insert the flathead screwdriver into the
gap between the cover and the
transmitter, and then rotate the
screwdriver to detach the cover.
5. Insert a new battery with the positive
pole facing up, and then cover the
battery with the battery cap.
6. Close the cover.
4. Remove the battery cap, then remove
the battery.
7. Reinsert the auxiliary key.
3-6
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page89
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (89,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
CAUTION
Ø Be careful not to allow the rubber
ring shown in the figure to be
scratched or damaged.
Ø If the rubber ring detaches,
reattach it before inserting a new
battery.
Rubber ring
qService
If you have a problem with the advanced
keyless functions, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Operation Using Advanced
Keyless Functions
qOperational Range
The system operates only when the driver
is in the vehicle or within operational
range while the advanced key is being
carried.
NOTE
When the battery power is low, or in places
where there are high-intensity radio waves or
noise, the operational range may become
narrower or the system may not operate.
Locking, unlocking the doors and the
liftgate
The operational range for locking/
unlocking the doors is an area of up to 80
cm (31 in) from the center of the front
door handles.
The operational range for locking/
unlocking the liftgate is an area of up to
80 cm (31 in) from the center of the
liftgate.
If your advanced key is lost or stolen,
bring all remaining advanced keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible for a replacement and to make
the lost or stolen advanced key
inoperative.
Exterior transmitter
CAUTION
Radio equipment like this is governed
by laws in the United States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
Operational range
NOTE
The system may not operate if you are too
close to the windows, door handles, or liftgate.
3-7
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page90
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (90,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Starting the engine
The operational range for starting the
engine includes nearly the entire cabin
area except for the luggage compartment.
Interior transmitter
qLocking, Unlocking with Request
Switch
All doors and the liftgate can be locked/
unlocked by pressing the request switch
on the front doors or the liftgate while the
advanced key is being carried.
Front doors
Request switch
Operational range
NOTE
l
l
The luggage compartment is out of the
operational range, however, starting the
engine may be possible.
The engine may not start if the advanced
key is placed in the following areas:
Around the dashboard
In the storage compartments such as the
glove box
Starting the engine may be possible even if
the advanced key is outside of the vehicle
and extremely close to a door and window,
however, always start the engine from the
driver's seat.
If the vehicle is started and driven away
while the advanced key is not in the vehicle,
the vehicle will not restart after it is turned
off and the ignition switch is turned to the
Lock position.
If the advanced key is detected within
operational range, the operation indicator
light on the transmitter flashes
momentarily.
Liftgate
Request switch
l
l
l
l
3-8
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
To lock
To lock the doors and the liftgate, press
the request switch. A beep sound will be
heard once and the hazard warning lights
will flash once.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page91
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (91,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
NOTE
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash once to
indicate that the doors and the liftgate are
locked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights only flash when the
theft deterrent system is armed.
The hazard warning lights do not flash if all
the doors and the liftgate are locked before the
theft-deterrent system is properly armed.
Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page
3-61.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
To unlock
Driver's door request switch
To unlock the driver's door, press the
request switch. A beep sound will be
heard twice and the hazard warning lights
will flash twice.
To unlock all doors and the liftgate, press
the request switch again within 3 seconds
and two more beep sounds will be heard.
NOTE
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash twice to
indicate that the doors and the liftgate are
unlocked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights only flash when the
theft deterrent system is turned off.
The hazard warning lights do not flash unless
the theft deterrent system has been properly
turned off.
Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page
3-61.
Front passenger door/liftgate request
switch
To unlock the doors and the liftgate, press
the request switch. A beep sound will be
heard twice and the hazard warning lights
will flash twice.
l
The request switch on the driver's door can
be used to close the power windows and the
moonroof.
Refer to the following pages:
Opening/Closing the Power Windows (page
3-44)
Opening/Closing the Moonroof (page 3-51)
Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are
securely locked.
All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked
when any door or the liftgate is open.
A beep sound is heard for confirmation
when the doors and the liftgate are locked/
unlocked using the request switch. If you
prefer, the beep sound can be turned off
(page 3-21).
The setting can be changed so that the
doors and the liftgate are locked
automatically without pressing the request
switch (page 3-21).
(Auto-lock function)
A beep sound is heard when all doors and
the liftgate are closed while the advanced
key is being carried. All doors and the
liftgate are locked automatically after about
3 seconds when the advanced key is out of
the operational range. Also, the hazard
warning lights flash once. (Even if the
driver is in the operational range, all doors
and the liftgate are locked automatically
after about 30 seconds.)
If you are out of the operational range
before the doors and the liftgate are
completely closed or another advanced key
is left in the vehicle, the auto-lock function
will not work. Always make sure that all
doors and the liftgate are closed and locked
before leaving the vehicle.
3-9
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page92
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (92,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
l
(Auto re-lock function)
After unlocking doors and the liftgate by
pressing the request switch, all doors and
the liftgate will automatically lock if any of
the following operations are not performed
within about 30 seconds. If your vehicle has
a theft-deterrent system, the hazard
warning lights will flash for confirmation.
A door or the liftgate is opened.
The auxiliary key is inserted into the
ignition switch.
The start knob is pushed.
LOCK (Depressed)
The ignition switch can be turned to the
ACC position when the KEY indicator
light (green) illuminates in the instrument
cluster.
l
l
l
qStarting the Engine
Ignition switch positions
As there is no a traditional key, some of
the ignition switch functions are different.
Start knob
LOCK (Released)
The steering wheel locks to help protect
against theft.
WARNING
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
put the key or start knob to LOCK
position, set the parking brake and
make sure the shift lever is in P:
It is important to place the key or
start knob in the LOCK position even
if you are not removing the key from
the ignition or leaving the vehicle.
Leaving the key in other positions
will disable some of the vehicle
security systems and run the battery
down.
Leaving the driver's seat without
putting the ignition switch in LOCK
position, setting the parking brake
and shifting the shift lever to P is
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle
movement could occur. This could
cause an accident.
NOTE
l
l
3-10
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
If turning the ignition switch is difficult,
jiggle the steering wheel from side to side.
The ignition switch cannot be turned from
the ACC position to the LOCK position
when the shift lever is not in P.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page93
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (93,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel unlocks and some
electrical accessories will operate.
Starting the engine
NOTE
l
NOTE
The Advanced Keyless Entry System does not
function in the ACC position, and the doors
will not lock/unlock using the transmitter or
request switches even if the advanced key is
carried away from the vehicle.
ON
This is the normal running position after
the engine is started. The warning lights
(except brakes) should be inspected
before the engine is started (page 5-44).
NOTE
l
l
Engine-starting is controlled by the spark
ignition system.
This system meets all Canadian
Interference-Causing Equipment Standard
requirements regulating the impulse
electrical field strength of radio noise.
The advanced key must be carried because
the advanced key carries an immobilizer
chip that must communicate with the engine
controls at short range.
When starting the engine, be sure the start
knob is securely attached before trying to
operate it. If the knob becomes detached
from the ignition switch, re-attach it by
pushing it on to the ignition switch.
When the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, the sound of the fuel pump motor
operating near the fuel tank can be heard. This
does not indicate an abnormality.
START
The engine is started in this position. It
will crank until you release the start knob;
then it returns to the ON position. The
brake warning light can be checked after
the engine is started (page 5-44).
1. Make sure the advanced key is being
carried.
2. Occupants should fasten their seat
belts.
3. Make sure the parking brake is on.
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must
restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, shift into neutral (N).
3-11
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page94
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (94,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
NOTE
NOTE
The starter will not operate if the shift lever is
not in P or N.
In the following cases, the KEY warning light
(red) illuminates and the engine will not start.
l The advanced key battery is dead.
l The advanced key is out of operational
range.
l The advanced key is placed in areas where
it is difficult for the system to detect the
signal (page 3-7).
l A key from another manufacturer similar to
the advanced key is in the operational
range.
6. Push the start knob slowly all the way
in.
8. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC
position while pushing the start knob
in.
7. Verify that the KEY indicator light
(green) illuminates in the instrument
cluster. The KEY warning light (red)
means you cannot continue to start the
engine using the Advanced Keyless
System. You may have to use the
auxiliary key instead (page 3-22).
9. Turn the ignition switch from the ACC
position to the START position and
hold (up to 10 seconds at a time) until
the engine starts.
CAUTION
Do not try the starter for more than
10 seconds at a time. If the engine
stalls or fails to start, wait 10 seconds
before trying again. Otherwise, you
may damage the starter and drain
the battery.
10. After starting the engine, let it idle for
about 10 seconds.
3-12
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page95
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (95,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
NOTE
l
l
In extremely cold weather or after the
vehicle has not been driven in several days,
let the engine warm up without operating
the accelerator.
Whether the engine is cold or warm, it
should be started without use of the
accelerator.
NOTE
l
Turning off the engine
1. Move the shift lever to the P position.
2. Turn the ignition switch from the ON
position to the ACC position.
NOTE
When the engine is turned off and the ignition
switch it turned from the ACC position to the
LOCK position, the KEY indicator light
(green) flashes in the instrument cluster for
about 30 seconds if the battery power of the
advanced key is low. Replace the battery with a
new one.
Refer to Battery Replacement (page 3-7).
l
When turning the ignition switch to the
LOCK position, the ignition switch has to
be pushed in from the ACC position and
turned. Without being pushed in, the
ignition switch stops at the ACC position
and the vehicle battery may be discharged
if the ignition switch is left in the ACC
position. When leaving the vehicle, make
sure the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position.
If the vehicle is left with the ignition switch
not in the LOCK position, a beep sound is
heard and the indicator light flashes to
notify the driver.
Refer to Warning Beep (page 3-19).
3. Push in the start knob from the ACC
position and turn it to the LOCK
position.
CAUTION
When leaving the vehicle, make sure
the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position.
3-13
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page96
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (96,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Operation Using Advanced
Key Functions
qKeyless Entry System
Transmitter
with power liftgate
Operation indicator
light
This system uses the more traditional
keyless entry buttons to remotely lock and
unlock the doors and the liftgate, and
opens the power windows and the
moonroof.
It can also help you signal for attention.
Press the buttons slowly and carefully.
Lock button
Unlock button
Power liftgate button
Panic button
NOTE
l
l
l
l
l
The keyless entry system is designed to
operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from the
center of the vehicle, but this may vary due
to local conditions.
The system does not operate when the
auxiliary key is in the ignition switch.
With the start knob installed in the LOCK
position, the system is fully operational. If
the ignition switch is not in the LOCK
position or the start knob is pushed in, the
system does not operate.
All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked
by pressing the lock button while any door
or the liftgate is open. The hazard warning
lights will also not flash.
If the transmitter does not operate when
pressing a button or the operational range
becomes too small, the battery may be
dead. To install a new battery, refer to
Maintenance (page 3-5).
without power liftgate
Lock button
Operation indicator light
Unlock button
Panic button
NOTE
The unlock button can be used to open the
power windows and the moonroof, but the lock
button cannot be used to close the power
windows and the moonroof.
Refer to the following pages:
Opening/Closing the Power Windows (page
3-44)
Opening/Closing the Moonroof (page 3-51)
The operation indicator light flashes when
the buttons are pressed.
3-14
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page97
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (97,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Lock button
To lock the doors and the liftgate, press
the lock button. A beep sound will be
heard once and the hazard warning lights
will flash once.
To confirm that all doors and the liftgate
have been locked, press the lock button
again within 5 seconds. If they are closed
and locked, the horn will sound.
NOTE
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash once to
indicate that all doors and the liftgate are
locked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights only flash when the
theft deterrent system is armed.
The hazard warning lights do not flash if all
the doors and the liftgate are locked before the
theft-deterrent system is properly armed.
Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page
3-61.
NOTE
l
l
All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked
when any door or the liftgate is open.
Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are
locked visually or audibly by use of the
double click.
NOTE
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash twice to
indicate that all doors and the liftgate are
unlocked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights only flash when the
theft deterrent system is turned off.
The hazard warning lights do not flash unless
the theft deterrent system has been properly
turned off.
Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page
3-61.
NOTE
(Auto re-lock function)
After unlocking with the transmitter, All doors
and the liftgate will automatically lock if any
of the following operations are not performed
within about 30 seconds. If your vehicle has a
theft-deterrent system, the hazard warning
lights will flash for confirmation.
l A door or the liftgate is opened.
l The auxiliary key is inserted into the
ignition switch.
l The start knob is pressed.
Power liftgate button
If your Mazda has a power liftgate (page
3-35), the transmitter can open/close the
liftgate.
Unlock button
Panic button
To unlock the driver's door, press the
unlock button. A beep will be heard twice
and the hazard warning lights will flash
twice.
If you witness from a distance someone
attempting to break into or damage your
vehicle, pressing the panic button will
activate the vehicle's alarm.
To unlock all doors and the liftgate, press
the unlock button again within 3 seconds
and two more beep sounds will be heard.
NOTE
The panic button will work whether any door
or the liftgate is open or closed.
3-15
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page98
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
(Turning on the alarm)
Pressing the panic button for 1 second or
more will trigger the alarm for about 2
minutes and 30 seconds, and the
following will occur:
l The horn sounds intermittently.
l The hazard warning lights flash.
(Turning off the alarm)
The alarm stops by pressing any button on
the transmitter.
3-16
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (98,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page99
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (99,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Declaration of Conformity
Keyless entry system
3-17
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page100
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (100,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
qAuxiliary Key Function
Use the auxiliary key stored in the
advanced key in the event of a dead
transmitter battery or malfunction.
Removing the auxiliary key
Pull out the auxiliary key from the
advanced key.
Locking, unlocking the doors
The doors can be locked/unlocked using
the auxiliary key, refer to Locking,
Unlocking with Key (page 3-30).
Starting the engine
The engine can be started with the
auxiliary key, refer to Ignition Switch
(page 5-2).
Locking, unlocking the glove box
The glove box can be locked/unlocked
using the auxiliary key, refer to Glove
Box (page 6-192).
3-18
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Advanced Key Suspend
Function
If one advanced key is left in the vehicle
and a second advanced key is used to lock
it, the functions of the advanced key left
in the vehicle is temporarily suspended to
prevent theft of the vehicle.
The following are inoperable:
l Starting the engine using the start
knob.
l Operating the request switches.
To restore these functions, perform any
one of the following:
l Press the lock or unlock button on the
advanced key which has had its
functions temporarily suspended.
l While carrying another advanced key,
push in the start knob until the KEY
indicator light (green) illuminates.
l Insert the auxiliary key and turn the
ignition switch to the ON position.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page101
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (101,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Warning and Beep Sounds
qSystem Malfunction Warning Beep
If any malfunction occurs in the advanced
keyless function, the KEY warning light
(red) in the instrument cluster illuminates
continuously and beep sounds will be
heard.
CAUTION
If the KEY warning light (red) remains
illuminated, do not continue to drive
the vehicle with the advanced keyless
function. Park the vehicle in a safe
place and use the auxiliary key to
continue driving the vehicle. Have the
vehicle inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Refer to Ignition Switch (page 5-2).
qStart Knob Not in LOCK
Warning Beep
If the start knob is in the ACC position
and the driver's door is opened, a
continuous beep sound will be heard to
notify the driver that the start knob has not
been returned to the LOCK position. In
this case, the keyless entry system does
not operate, the car cannot be locked, and
the battery will run down.
qAdvanced Key Removed from
Vehicle Warning Beep
Under the following conditions, a beep
sound will be heard and the KEY warning
light (red) will flash continuously when
the start knob has not been returned to the
LOCK position to notify the driver that
the advanced key has been removed. The
KEY warning light (red) will stop flashing
when the advanced key is back inside the
vehicle:
l The start knob has not been returned to
the LOCK position, the driver's door is
open, and the advanced key is removed
from the vehicle. (A beep sound will be
heard 3 times.)
However the beep sound will be heard
continuously when the start knob is in
the ACC position and the door is open
due to the activation of the warning
beep sound indicating that the start
knob is not in the LOCK position.
l The start knob has not been returned to
the LOCK position and all the doors
are closed after removing the advanced
key from the vehicle. (A beep sound
will be heard 6 times.)
NOTE
Because the advanced key utilizes low-intensity
radio waves, the Advanced Key Removed From
Vehicle Warning may activate if the advanced
key is carried together with a metal object or it
is placed in a poor signal reception area
within the vehicle.
3-19
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page102
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:51 PM
Black plate (102,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
qRequest Switch Inoperable
Warning Beep
l
l
If the request switch for a front door or the
liftgate is pressed under the following
conditions while the advanced key is
being carried, a beep will be heard 6 times
to indicate that the front doors and the
liftgate cannot be locked.
l A door or the liftgate is open (door ajar
included).
l The start knob has not been returned to
the LOCK position.
l The auxiliary key is inserted into the
ignition switch.
qAdvanced Key Battery Dead
Warning
When the start knob is returned to the
ACC or LOCK position from the ON
position, the KEY indicator light (green)
flashes for approximately 30 seconds
indicating that the remaining battery
power is low. Replace with a new battery
before the advanced key becomes
unusable.
Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance
(page 3-5).
NOTE
The advanced key can be set so that the KEY
indicator light (green) does not flash even if
the battery power is low.
Refer to Setting Change (page 3-21).
qEngine Start Not Permitted Warning
Under the following conditions, the KEY
warning light (red) flashes to inform the
driver that the start knob will not rotate to
the ACC position even if it is pushed in
from the LOCK position.
l The advanced key battery is dead.
3-20
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
l
The advanced key is not within
operational range.
The advanced key is placed in areas
where it is difficult for the system to
detect the signal (page 3-7).
A key from another manufacturer
similar to the advanced key is in the
operational range.
qAdvanced Key Left-in-vehicle
Warning Beep
If an advanced key is left in the vehicle
cabin and all the doors and the liftgate are
locked using a separate advanced key, a
beep sound is heard for about 10 seconds
to remind the driver that the advanced key
has been left in the vehicle cabin. If this
happens, the doors and the liftgate lock
but the functions of the advanced key left
in the vehicle cabin may be temporarily
suspended. Perform the following
procedure to restore the functions of the
advanced key (page 3-18).
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page103
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (103,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Setting Change (Function Customization)
The following function settings are possible. These settings can only be changed by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Setting
Advanced key battery
dead indicator
Lock/unlock operation
confirmation beep
sound*1
Autolock function*2
Function
KEY indicator light (green) flashes to indicate
that the advanced key battery power is low.
A beep sound is heard to confirm that all doors or
the liftgate have been locked/unlocked.
When all doors and the liftgate are closed and the
advanced key is being carried and out of
operational range, all the doors and the liftgate
automatically lock after 3 seconds.
(Even if the driver is in the operational range, all
doors and the liftgate are locked automatically
after about 30 seconds.)
At Initial Setting
After Setting
Change
Activated
Deactivated
Activated
Deactivated
Deactivated
Activated
*1: When the autolock function is operating, the warning sound will be heard regardless of the setting.
*2: When the autolock function is enabled, windows will not automatically close. You must close them before
leaving vehicle.
3-21
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page104
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (104,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated
Under the following conditions, warning beeps are heard and a warning/indicator light in
the instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of the
advanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle (page 3-19).
Warning
When a door is open, a continuous beep sound will be
heard.
When a door is open, 3 beep sounds are heard, and the
KEY warning light (red) in the instrument cluster
flashes.
When a door is closed, a beep sound is heard 6 times,
and the KEY warning light (red) in the instrument
cluster flashes.
When locking the doors, the chime sounds for about ten
seconds.
How to check
Check whether the start knob has been returned to the
LOCK position.
Check whether the advanced key has been removed
from the vehicle.
Check whether the advanced key has been removed
from the vehicle.
Check whether the advanced key has been left in the
vehicle.
Check whether the advanced key has been left in the
vehicle.
When attempting to lock the doors by pressing the
request switch on the front doors, and six beep sounds Check whether the start knob has been returned to the
are heard.
LOCK position.
Check whether a door or the liftgate is open.
The advanced key battery power is low. Replace the
When the KEY indicator light (green) flashes in the
battery with a new one.
instrument cluster.
Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on page 3-5.
The advanced key is malfunctioning. Park the vehicle in
When the KEY warning light (red) remains illuminated a safe place, and use the auxiliary key to continue
in the instrument cluster.
driving the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
3-22
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page105
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (105,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Keys
WARNING
Do not leave the key in your vehicle
with children and keep them in a place
where your children will not find or
play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed. Children may find these new
kinds of keys to be an interesting toy
to play with and could cause the
power windows or other controls to
operate, or even make the vehicle
move.
A code number is stamped on the plate
attached to the key set; detach this plate
and store it in a safe place (not in the
vehicle) for use if you need to make a
replacement key.
NOTE
l
l
Write down the code number and keep it in
a separate, safe and convenient place, but
not in the vehicle.
If your key is lost, consult your Authorized
Mazda Dealer and have your code number
ready.
Some types of key chains cannot be
attached to the retractable type key. In this
case, use the key ring provided with the
transmitter which has the key code number
plate attached.
NOTE
l
l
Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-57) for
information regarding keys and engine
starting.
(With theft-deterrent system)
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-61)
for information regarding keys and the
prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents
theft.
Key ring
The keys operate all locks.
Retractable
type key
Key code number plate
3-23
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page106
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (106,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Key extend/retract method (Retractable
type key)
To extend the key, press the release
button.
Keyless Entry System í
This system remotely locks and unlocks
the doors and the liftgate, and opens the
power windows and the moonroof.
It can also help you signal for attention.
Press the buttons slowly and carefully.
CAUTION
To retract the key, rotate it into the holder
while pressing the release button.
3-24
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
To avoid damage to the transmitter,
do not:
Ø Drop the transmitter.
Ø Get the transmitter wet.
Ø Disassemble the transmitter.
Ø Expose the transmitter to any kind
of magnetic field.
Ø Expose the transmitter to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page107
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (107,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
l
l
l
l
l
The keyless entry system is designed to
operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from the
center of the vehicle, but this may vary due
to local conditions.
The system does not operate when the key is
in the ignition switch.
Doors and the liftgate can be locked by
pressing the lock button while any other
door or the liftgate is open. Also, the hazard
warning lights will not flash and the horn
will not sound.
If the transmitter does not operate when
pressing a button or the operation range
becomes too small, the battery may be
dead. To install a new battery, refer to
Maintenance (page 3-27).
Additional transmitters can be obtained at
an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 3
transmitters can be used with the keyless
entry system per vehicle. Bring all
transmitters to an Authorized Mazda
Dealer when additional transmitters are
required.
qTransmitter
Lock button
Unlock button
Operation
indicator light
Panic button
NOTE
The unlock button can be used to open the
power windows and the moonroof, but the lock
button cannot be used to close the power
windows and the moonroof.
Refer to the following pages:
Opening/Closing the Power Windows (page
3-44)
Opening/Closing the Moonroof (page 3-51)
The operation indicator light flashes when
the buttons are pressed.
Lock button
To lock the doors and the liftgate, press
the lock button and the hazard warning
lights will flash once.
To confirm that all doors and the liftgate
have been locked, press the lock button
again within 5 seconds. If they are closed
and locked, the horn will sound and the
hazard warning lights will flash once.
3-25
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page108
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (108,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
l
l
Pressing the transmitter lock button to lock
the doors while any door is open does not
sound the horn.
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash once
to indicate that all doors and the liftgate
are locked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights only flash when
the theft deterrent system is armed.
The hazard warning lights do not flash if all
the doors and the liftgate are locked before
the theft-deterrent system is properly
armed.
Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page
3-61.
NOTE
l
l
All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked
when the key is in the ignition switch.
Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are
locked visually or audibly by use of the
double click.
Unlock button
To unlock the driver's door, press the
unlock button and the hazard warning
lights will flash twice.
To unlock all doors and the liftgate, press
the unlock button again within 3 seconds
and the hazard warning lights will flash
twice.
NOTE
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash twice to
indicate that all doors and the liftgate are
unlocked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights only flash when the
theft deterrent system is turned off.
The hazard warning lights do not flash unless
the theft deterrent system has been properly
turned off.
Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page
3-61.
NOTE
Auto re-lock function
After unlocking with the transmitter, all doors
and the liftgate will automatically lock if one
of the doors or the liftgate is not opened within
about 30 seconds.
Panic button
If you witness from a distance someone
attempting to break into or damage your
vehicle, pressing the panic button will
activate the vehicle's alarm.
NOTE
The panic button will work whether any door
or the liftgate is open or closed.
Turning on the alarm
Pressing the panic button once will trigger
the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30
seconds, and the following will occur:
l The horn sounds intermittently.
l The hazard warning lights flash.
Turning off the alarm
Press any button on the transmitter.
3-26
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page109
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (109,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qTransmitter Maintenance
If the buttons on the transmitter are
inoperable and the operation indicator
light does not flash, the battery may be
dead.
Replace with a new battery before the
transmitter becomes unusable.
2. Insert a screwdriver into the slot and
push the tab to remove the key from
the transmitter.
Tab
CAUTION
Ø Install the battery with the positive
pole ( ) facing down. Battery
leakage could occur if it is not
installed correctly.
Ø When replacing the battery, be
careful not to bend the electrical
terminals or get oil on them. Also
be careful not to get dirt in the
transmitter as it could be
damaged.
Ø There is the danger of explosion if
the battery is not correctly
replaced.
Ø Replace only with the same type
battery (CR1620 or equivalent).
Ø Dispose of used batteries
according to the following
instructions.
Ø Insulate the plus and minus
terminals of the battery using
cellophane or equivalent tape.
Ø Never disassemble.
Ø Never throw the battery into
fire and/or water.
Ø Never deform or crush.
3. Insert a screwdriver into the slot and
gently pry open the transmitter.
4. Remove the battery.
Replacing the transmitter battery
1. Unfold the key (page 3-23).
A
3-27
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page110
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (110,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 or
equivalent) with the positive pole (
facing down.
)
qService
If you have a problem with the keyless
entry system, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If your transmitter is lost or stolen, bring
all remaining transmitters to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible for a replacement and to make
the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.
CAUTION
6. Align the front and back covers and
snap the transmitter shut.
7. Align the key with the transmitter as
shown in the figure, and insert the key
until a click sound is heard.
CAUTION
Insert the key into the transmitter
securely until a click sound is heard.
If it is not inserted securely, it could
detach from the transmitter.
3-28
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Radio equipment like this is governed
by laws in the United States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page111
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (111,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qDeclaration of Conformity
Keyless entry system
3-29
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page112
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (112,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Door Locks
WARNING
Always take all children and pets with
you or leave a responsible person with
them:
Leaving a child or a pet unattended
in a parked vehicle is dangerous. In
hot weather, temperatures inside a
vehicle can become high enough to
cause brain damage or even death.
Do not leave the key in your vehicle
with children and keep them in a place
where your children will not find or
play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed.
Keep all doors locked when driving:
Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle
are dangerous. Passengers can fall
out if a door is accidentally opened
and can more easily be thrown out in
an accident.
Always close all the windows and the
moonroof, lock the doors and take the
key with you when leaving your vehicle
unattended:
Leaving your vehicle unlocked is
dangerous as children could lock
themselves in a hot vehicle, which
could result in death. Also, a vehicle
left unlocked becomes an easy target
for thieves and intruders.
qLocking, Unlocking with Key
The driver's door can be locked/unlocked
with the key.
Turn the key toward the front to unlock,
toward the back to lock.
Unlock
Lock
qLocking, Unlocking with Request
Switch (with Advanced Key)
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the request switch while
carrying the advanced key outside the
vehicle, refer to Operations Using
Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).
qLocking, Unlocking with
Transmitter (with Advanced Key)
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-14).
qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter
(with Retractable Type Key)
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-24).
3-30
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page113
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (113,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qLocking, Unlocking with DoorLock Knob
To lock any door from the inside, push the
door-lock knob.
To unlock, pull it out.
This does not operate the other door
locks.
NOTE
l
l
l
(With advanced key)
The driver's door cannot be locked using
the door-lock knob from the outside.
(With retractable type key)
The driver's door cannot be locked using
the door-lock knob from the outside if the
key is in the ignition switch.
When locking the doors this way, be careful
not to leave the key inside the vehicle.
qPower Door Locks
Lock
Vehicle lock-out prevention
Unlock
To lock any door with the door-lock knob
from the outside, push the door-lock knob
to the lock position and close the door.
This does not operate the other door
locks.
(With advanced key)
The vehicle lock-out prevention feature
prevents you from locking yourself out of
the vehicle. All doors and the liftgate will
automatically unlock if they are locked
using the power door locks with any door
or the liftgate open.
(With retractable type key)
The vehicle lock-out prevention feature
prevents you from locking yourself out of
the vehicle. With the key in the ignition
switch, all doors and the liftgate will
automatically unlock if they are locked
using the power door locks with any door
or the liftgate open.
Door-lock knob
3-31
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page114
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (114,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Locking, unlocking with key
All doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when the driver's door is
locked with the key. All doors and the
liftgate unlock when the driver's door is
unlocked and the key is held in the unlock
position for one second or longer.
Locking, unlocking with door-lock
switch
All doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when lock side is pressed.
They all unlock when unlock side is
pressed.
Unlock
Unlock
Lock
Lock
NOTE
Holding the key in the unlocked position in the
driver's door lock for about a second unlocks
all doors and the liftgate. To unlock only the
driver's door, insert the key into the driver's
door lock and turn the key briefly to the unlock
position and then immediately return it to the
center position.
Locking, unlocking with request switch
(with advanced key)
All doors and the liftgate can be locked/
unlocked by operating the request switch
on the front doors and the liftgate while
carrying the advanced key outside the
vehicle, refer to Operations Using
Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).
Locking, unlocking with transmitter
(with advanced key)
All doors and the liftgate can be locked/
unlocked by operating the keyless entry
system transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry
System (page 3-14).
Locking, unlocking with transmitter
(with retractable type key)
All doors and the liftgate can be locked/
unlocked by operating the keyless entry
system transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry
System (page 3-24).
3-32
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page115
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (115,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qRear Door Child Safety Locks
These locks are intended to help prevent
children from accidentally opening the
rear doors. Use them both whenever a
child rides in the vehicle.
If you slide the child safety lock to the
lock position before closing that door, the
door cannot be opened from the inside.
The door can be opened only by pulling
the outside handle.
Lock
Unlock
Liftgate
WARNING
Never allow a person to ride in the
luggage compartment:
Allowing a person to ride in the
luggage compartment is dangerous.
The person in the luggage
compartment could be seriously
injured or killed during sudden
braking or a collision.
Do not drive with the liftgate open:
Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle
is dangerous. An open liftgate in a
moving vehicle will cause exhaust
gas to be drawn into the cabin. This
gas contains CO (carbon monoxide),
which is colorless, odorless, and
highly poisonous, and it can cause
loss of consciousness and death.
Moreover, an open liftgate could
cause occupants to fall out in an
accident.
qLocking, Unlocking with Request
Switch (with Advanced Key)
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
operating the request switch while
carrying the advanced key outside the
vehicle, refer to Operations Using
Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).
qLocking, Unlocking with
Transmitter (with Advanced Key)
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-14).
3-33
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page116
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (116,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter
(with Retractable Type Key)
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-24).
qLocking, Unlocking with DoorLock Switch
The liftgate can be locked/unlocked by
operating the door-lock switch, refer to
Power Door Locks (page 3-31).
qOpening and Closing the Liftgate
Manually opening the liftgate
WARNING
Always fully open the liftgate when
opening it:
Raising the liftgate only partially is
dangerous as it could drop
unexpectedly resulting in injury.
Pull up on the handle.
3-34
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
NOTE
If the vehicle battery is dead or there is a
malfunction in the electrical system and the
liftgate cannot be unlocked, perform the
following procedure as an emergency measure
to unlock it:
1. Remove the cap on the interior surface of
the liftgate with a flathead screwdriver.
Cap
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page117
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (117,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
2. (With power liftgate)
Push the liftgate while pressing the lever
down.
(Without power liftgate)
Turn the lever to the right to unlock the
liftgate
With power liftgate
Lever
Without power liftgate
Lever
After performing this emergency measure,
have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Manually closing the liftgate
Use both hands to push the liftgate down
until the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.
Pull up on the liftgate to make sure it is
securely latched.
qPower Liftgate í
The power liftgate opens/closes
electrically by operating switches in the
vehicle or the buttons on the keyless entry
system transmitter.
Refer to Keyless Entry System on page
3-14.
WARNING
Be sure to watch the power liftgate as
it opens or closes, and make sure that
it closes completely:
Opening or closing the power liftgate
while not watching it move is
dangerous. Because of unseen
obstacles and the jam-safe feature, a
liftgate may not close completely
and, if left unnoticed, could result in
serious injury or death if an occupant
were to fall out of the vehicle.
Always be sure that the area around
the liftgate is clear before activating
it.
Always confirm the safety of the area
around the power liftgate before
operating it electrically.
Not checking the area around the
liftgate for people before operating it
using the power liftgate switch or the
button on the keyless entry system is
dangerous. A person could become
caught between the liftgate and an
obstruction while it is opening
electrically or between the liftgate
and vehicle while it is closing
electrically, resulting in an accident
and serious injury.
Always be sure the power liftgate
completely closes before shifting into
gear and driving the vehicle:
Shifting out of Park (P) while the
liftgate is moving is dangerous. The
liftgate will not close completely and
this could result in serious injury or
death if an occupant were to fall out
of the vehicle. Occupants in the
vehicle will also not have full
protection in a collision.
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
3-35
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page118
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (118,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Never allow children to operate the
power liftgate system:
Allowing children to operate the
power liftgate switch and the keyless
entry system is dangerous. Children
are not aware of the dangers of
people getting fingers and hands
caught in a moving liftgate. If
someone's neck, head or hands get
caught in a closing door, it could
result in death or serious injury.
NOTE
l
l
l
CAUTION
Ø When closing the power liftgate,
make sure there are no foreign
objects around the striker. If
foreign objects are obstructing the
striker, the liftgate may not close
properly.
l
Striker
l
l
Ø Do not install accessories to the
power liftgate other than specified
accessories. Otherwise, it cannot
be opened/closed automatically
and could result in a malfunction.
Ø Be careful when switching the
power liftgate from electrical to
manual operation. The power
liftgate may open/close
unexpectedly depending on its
position which could result in
injury.
3-36
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Do not apply unnecessary force to the
power liftgate when it is opening/closing
electrically. Unnecessary force on the
liftgate may cause it to reverse direction of
movement automatically. Also, it could
result in a malfunction.
The power liftgate may not open/close
electrically if the vehicle is parked on an
incline, or there is strong wind, or the
liftgate is laden with snow.
The power liftgate will not operate unless it
is unlocked. The power liftgate does not
operate unless it is unlocked using the
power door lock function.
Refer to the Power Door Locks on page
3-31.
If a power liftgate system fuse has blown,
the liftgate cannot be opened using the
power liftgate switch or the outer handle
(liftgate). Use the emergency lever to open
the liftgate.
Fully close the power liftgate before
disconnecting the vehicle battery. If the
battery is disconnected with the liftgate
open, it cannot be opened or closed
automatically after the battery is
reconnected.
To restore the power liftgate functions,
perform the following:
1 Park on level ground.
2 Fully close the liftgate manually.
3 Unlock the liftgate and all the doors.
4 Press the power liftgate switch or the
power liftgate button on the keyless entry
system transmitter to fully open the
liftgate.
5 Press the power liftgate switch or the
power liftgate button on the keyless entry
system transmitter again to fully close
the liftgate.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page119
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (119,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Opening/Closing the power liftgate
If the vehicle has satisfied all the
following operation conditions, the power
liftgate can be opened using the power
function.
Operation conditions
(1) The power liftgate is unlocked.
(2) The shift lever is in park (P) when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
Operation from the driver's seat (To
open/close)
Press the power liftgate switch for about
one second or more while the liftgate is in
the fully closed/open position. The hazard
warning lights flash twice and the liftgate
opens/closes fully after the beep sound is
heard.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
If condition (2) is not satisfied while the
power liftgate is opening electrically, the
beep sound will be heard and the liftgate
will move in the reverse direction
automatically.
If condition (2) is not satisfied while the
power liftgate is closing electrically, the
beep sound will be heard and the liftgate
continues closing.
When condition (2) is satisfied, you can
resume power liftgate open/close operation
with the switches.
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the transmitter does not operate.
Operation using the transmitter
Press the power liftgate button for one
second or more with the power liftgate in
the fully closed/open position. The hazard
warning lights flash twice and the liftgate
opens/closes after the beep sounds.
Refer to Keyless Entry System on page
3-14.
Power liftgate
switch
Operation from outside (To close only)
Press the power liftgate close switch while
the liftgate is fully opened. The hazard
warning lights flash twice and the liftgate
closes automatically after the beep sound
is heard.
Power liftgate
close switch
3-37
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page120
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (120,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
If the power liftgate switch/power liftgate close
switch/power liftgate button on the transmitter
is pressed or the outside handle is operated
while the liftgate is opening/closing
electrically, the beep sound is heard and the
liftgate moves in the reverse direction
automatically. If this operation is repeated the
system switches to manual operation.
Jam-safe equipment
While the power liftgate is opening/
closing electrically and the system detects
a person or an object in the liftgate's path,
the liftgate will move in the reverse
direction automatically.
CAUTION
Sensors are installed on both ends of
the power liftgate. Be careful not to
allow the sensors to be scratched or
damaged by sharp objects, otherwise
the liftgate may no longer open/close
automatically. In addition, if the
sensor is damaged while the liftgate
is closing automatically, the system
changes to manual operation.
Sensor
WARNING
Always check the area around the
power liftgate before opening/closing
it:
Not checking for occupants and
objects around the power liftgate
before opening/closing it is
dangerous. The jam-safe equipment
is designed to prevent jamming in the
event an obstruction is in the
liftgate's path. The system may not
detect certain objects obstructing the
liftgate depending on the way they
are positioned and their shape.
However, if the jam-safe function
detects an obstruction and moves the
liftgate in the reverse direction, an
occupant in the liftgate's path could
be seriously injured.
3-38
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
NOTE
The jam-safe equipment does not activate
during easy closure operation when the power
liftgate is between the near-shut position and
fully closed position.
When the power liftgate is moving in the
open/close direction and an obstruction is
detected, the beep sound will be heard and
the liftgate moves in the reverse direction.
NOTE
If the system repeatedly detects an object
obstructing the power liftgate in the open/close
direction several times, the beep sound will be
heard and the system changes to manual
operation.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page121
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (121,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Power liftgate drop prevention
mechanism
The power liftgate drop prevention
mechanism activates if the system detects
weight such as that caused by a snowladen liftgate when it is opened
electrically. After the liftgate is fully
opened, the beep sound will be heard and
the liftgate closes automatically.
NOTE
l
l
If the liftgate handle is pulled while the
easy closure function is operating, the
liftgate can be opened.
If the liftgate is opened/closed repeatedly in
a short period of time, the easy closure
function may not operate. Wait for a while
and then try again.
NOTE
l
l
If the power liftgate is snow-laden, remove
the snow before operating the liftgate.
Trying to force the power liftgate closed
manually immediately after it has fully
opened automatically may activate the
liftgate drop prevention mechanism.
However, this does not indicate a
malfunction.
Liftgate easy closure
The Easy Closure system automatically
closes the liftgate completely from the
near-shut position.
This system also operates when the
liftgate is closed manually.
WARNING
When closing a liftgate, always keep
hands and fingers away from the
liftgate:
Placing hands or fingers around a
liftgate is dangerous because the
liftgate closes automatically from the
near-shut position, which could
cause hands and fingers to be
pinched and injured.
3-39
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page122
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (122,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Power Windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for the power windows to
operate.
qOperating the Front Power Windows
NOTE
l
WARNING
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing a window:
Closing power windows are
dangerous. A person's hands, head,
or even neck could be caught by the
window and result in serious injury
or even death.
This warning applies especially to
children.
Always lock all passenger power
windows with the power window lock
switch on the driver's side while
children are in the vehicle, and never
allow children to play with power
window switches:
Leaving the power window switches
unlocked while children are in the
vehicle is dangerous. Power window
switches that are not locked with the
power window lock switch would
allow children to operate power
windows unintentionally which could
result in serious injury if a child's
hands, head or neck becomes caught
by the window.
3-40
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
l
Each passenger power window can be
operated with each door switch when the
power window lock switch on the driver's
door is in the unlocked position (page
3-44).
Each passenger power window can also be
operated by the power window master
control switches on the driver's door.
Owner master control switch
Driver's window
Left rear
window
Front passenger's
window
Right rear window
l
The following functions can be performed
for the front power windows using the
power window master control switches on
the driver's door or front passenger's door
switch.
Manual opening/closing
Auto-opening/closing
Two-step down function
l
l
l
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page123
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (123,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Manual opening/closing
To open a power window to the desired
position, lightly hold down the switch.
To close the power window to the desired
position, lightly pull up the switch.
Owner master control switch
Open
Close
Driver's window
Front passenger's
window
NOTE
(POWER WINDOW RESET PROCEDURE)
If the battery was disconnected during vehicle
maintenance, or for other reasons such as a
switch continues to be operated after the
window is fully open/close, the power windows
will not fully open and close automatically.
Resetting of the automatic function can be
performed using the driver's master control
switch or the front passenger door switch.
The power window auto function reset
procedure can be done on one or both door
switches. The power window auto function will
only resume on the side that has been reset.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
Front passenger switch
Close
Open
2. Make sure that the power window lock
switch located on the driver's door is not
depressed.
3. Press the switch and fully open the power
window.
4. Pull up the switch to fully close the power
window and continue holding the switch for
about 2 seconds after the window fully
closes.
5. Repeat Steps 3-4 for each front power
window.
Auto-opening/closing
To fully open a power window
automatically, press the switch completely
down.
To fully close the power window
automatically, pull the switch completely
up.
To stop the power window partway, pull
or press the switch in the opposite
direction and then release it.
6. Make sure that the power windows operate
correctly using the door switches.
Two-step down function
With the power window completely
closed, press the switch lightly and it will
open and stop about 3 cm (1 in) from the
top.
If you continue to press and hold the
switch, the window will resume opening
all the way.
3-41
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page124
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (124,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
NOTE
Pressing the power window switch once when
the window is fully closed will only open it
about 3 cm (1 in) to allow convenient
ventilation of the cabin.
l
Canceling the two-step down function
To cancel the two-step down function for
the front power windows, carry out the
following procedure using the master
control switches.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position and complete the following
procedure within 5 seconds:
Press the power window switch 2 times
firmly, then pull it 2 times firmly.
Owner master control switch
l
The two-step down function cannot be
canceled if the procedure is not completed
within the specified times, or the procedure
is changed along the way. To redo the
procedure, first turn the ignition switch to
the LOCK position and proceed from the
beginning.
If you are unable to cancel the function
despite carrying out the cancellation
procedure, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Restoring the two-step down function
With the two-step down function in the
canceled state, repeat the previous
procedure for canceling the function on
each door switch and it will be restored.
NOTE
If you are unable to restore the function despite
doing the restore procedure, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Jam-safe window
Driver's window
Front passenger's
window
2. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.
3. With the ignition switch in the LOCK
position, and within 40 seconds, turn
the ignition switch to the ON position
and complete the following procedure
within 5 seconds:
Press the power window switch 2 times
firmly, then pull 2 times firmly.
3-42
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
If a person's hands, head or an object
blocks the window during the manual
closing operation or the auto-closing
operation, the window will stop and open
halfway.
WARNING
Make sure nothing blocks the window
just before it reaches the fully closed
position or while fully holding up the
power window switch:
Blocking the power window just
before it reaches the fully closed
position or while fully holding up the
power window switch is dangerous.
In this case, the jam-safe function
cannot prevent the window from
closing all the way. If fingers are
caught, serious injuries could occur.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page125
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (125,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
l
l
Depending on driving conditions, a closing
power window could stop and start opening
when the window feels a shock that is
similar to something blocking it.
In the event the jam-safe function activates
and the power window cannot be closed
automatically, pull and hold the switch fully
and the window will close.
The jam-safe window function does not
operate until the system is re-initialized.
qOperating the Rear Power Windows
The power windows may be operated
when the power window lock switch on
the driver's door is in the unlocked
position.
The rear power windows may be opened
or closed using the power window master
control switches on the driver's door.
Engine-off power window operation
The power window can be operated for
about 40 seconds after the ignition switch
is turned from the ON position to the
ACC or LOCK position with all doors
closed. If any door is opened, the power
window will be inoperable.
Left rear
window
Right rear window
Power window lock
switch
NOTE
l
l
For engine-off operation of the power
window, the switch must be held up firmly
throughout window closure because the
auto-closing function will be inoperable.
The two-step down function is inoperable
during engine-off operation.
To open the power window to the desired
position, hold down the switch.
To close the power window to the desired
position, pull up the switch.
Close
Open
3-43
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page126
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (126,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Engine-off power window operation
The power windows can be operated for
about 40 seconds after the ignition switch
is turned from the ON position to the
ACC or LOCK position with all doors
closed. If any door is opened, the power
windows will be inoperable.
qPower Window Lock Switch
With the lock switch in the unlocked
position (button not depressed), all power
windows on each door can be operated.
With the lock switch in the locked
position (button depressed), only the
driver's side power window can be
operated.
Locked position
Unlocked position
qOpening/Closing the Power Windows
and the Moonroof from Outside
The front power windows and the
moonroof can be opened or closed from
outside the vehicle after the doors and the
liftgate are closed.
The front power windows may be
operated remotely when the power
window lock switch on the driver's door is
in the lock or unlocked position.
WARNING
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing a window and the moonroof:
Closing power windows and the
moonroof are dangerous. A person's
hands, head, or even neck could be
caught by the window or the
moonroof and result in serious injury
or even death.
This warning applies especially to
children.
NOTE
l
The power windows and the moonroof
cannot be opened or closed from outside
the vehicle under the following condition:
A door or the liftgate is opened.
The key is inserted into the ignition
switch.
The start knob is in any position except
LOCK. (With advanced key)
The power windows and the moonroof may
not close completely. Make sure all the
windows and the moonroof are closed.
l
l
WARNING
Unless a passenger needs to operate a
power window, keep the power window
lock switch in the locked position:
Unintentional power window
operation is dangerous. A person's
hands, head, or neck could be caught
by the window and result in serious
injury.
3-44
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
l
l
If the power windows and the moonroof
cannot be closed completely, operate each
power window switch or the tilt/slide switch
from inside the vehicle. After closing the
windows and the moonroof from outside the
vehicle, verify that they are completely
closed.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page128
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (128,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
2. Turn the key counterclockwise and
hold until the windows and the
moonroof are completely open. After
the doors and the liftgate are unlocked,
the windows and the moonroof fully
open automatically.
With key
1. Insert the key in the driver's door key
cylinder.
2. Turn the key clockwise and hold until
the windows and the moonroof are
completely close. After the doors and
the liftgate are locked, the windows
and the moonroof close as long as the
key is turned.
Open
To stop this operation, turn the key to the
center position, then turn it
counterclockwise again.
NOTE
The window and the moonroof opening
operation also can be stopped by turning the
key clockwise. However, the doors and the
liftgate will lock.
Closing
The windows and the moonroof can be
closed in case they are left open after
getting out of the vehicle.
NOTE
(With advanced key)
If the auto-lock function (page 3-8) has been
activated, the doors and the liftgate
automatically lock as you walk away from the
vehicle, however, the power windows and the
moonroof cannot be closed. When leaving the
vehicle, close the windows and the moonroof
using the power window switch or the tilt or
slide switch inside the vehicle, the key, or a
request switch on the front door handles.
3-46
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Close
With request switch on the driver's
door (Advanced key)
1. If the doors and the liftgate are locked,
unlock them.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page129
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (129,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
2. Press and hold the request switch on
the driver's door. After the doors and
the liftgate are locked, the windows
and the moonroof close as long as the
request switch is pressed.
Request switch
To stop the windows and the moonroof
from closing, release the request switch. If
the operation is performed from the
beginning again, the windows and the
moonroof close.
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap
WARNING
When removing the fuel-filler cap,
loosen the cap slightly and wait for any
hissing to stop. Then remove it:
Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel can
burn skin and eyes and cause illness
if ingested. Fuel spray is released
when there is pressure in the fuel
tank and the fuel-filler cap is
removed too quickly.
Before refueling, stop the engine, and
always keep sparks and flames away
from the filler neck:
Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could be
ignited by sparks or flames causing
serious burns and injuries.
Additionally, use of the incorrect fuelfiller cap or not using a fuel-filler cap
may result in fuel leak, which could
result in serious burns or death in an
accident.
CAUTION
Always use only a genuine Mazda
fuel-filler cap or an approved
equivalent, available at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The wrong
cap can result in a serious
malfunction of the fuel and emission
control systems. It may also cause
the check engine light in the
instrument cluster to illuminate.
3-47
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page130
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (130,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qFuel-Filler Lid
To open, pull the remote fuel-filler lid
release.
Remote fuel-filler
lid release
qFuel-Filler Cap
To remove the fuel-filler cap, turn it
counterclockwise.
To close the fuel-filler cap, turn it
clockwise until two or more clicks are
heard.
Open
Close
3-48
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CAUTION
If the check fuel cap warning light
illuminates, the fuel-filler cap may
not be properly installed. If the
warning light illuminates, park your
vehicle safely off the right-of-way,
remove the fuel-filler cap and
reinstall it correctly. After the cap has
been correctly installed, the fuel cap
warning light may continue to
illuminate until a number of driving
cycles have been completed. A drive
cycle consists of starting the engine
(after four or more hours with the
engine off) and driving the vehicle on
city and highway roads.
Continuing to drive with the check
fuel cap warning light illuminated
could cause the check engine light to
illuminate as well.
NOTE
The removed cap can be attached to the inner
side of the lid during refueling to prevent fuel
on the cap from dripping onto the vehicle.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page131
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (131,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Hood
WARNING
Always check that the hood is closed
and securely locked:
A hood that is not closed and
securely locked is dangerous as it
could fly open while the vehicle is
moving and block the driver's vision
which could result in a serious
accident.
3. Grasp the support rod in the padded
area and secure it in the stay hole
indicated by the arrow to hold the hood
open.
Pad
qOpening the Hood
1. With the vehicle parked, pull the
release handle to unlock the hood.
Support rod
Clip
qClosing the Hood
WARNING
Release handle
2. Insert your hand into the hood opening
and slide the hood latch lever to the
right and lift the hood.
Do not leave items in the engine
compartment:
After you have finished checking or
doing servicing in the engine
compartment, do not forget and
leave items such as tools or rags in
the engine compartment.
Tools or other items left in the engine
compartment could cause engine
damage or a fire leading to an
unexpected accident.
1. Check under the hood area to make
certain all filler caps are in place and
all loose items (e.g. tools, oil
containers, etc.) have been removed.
2. Insert the support rod in its clip while
holding up the hood. Verify that the
support rod is secured in the clip before
closing the hood.
3. Close the hood so that it locks securely.
3-49
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page132
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (132,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Moonroof í
The moonroof can be opened or closed
electrically only when the ignition switch
is in the ON position.
Slide switch
NOTE
Before washing your Mazda, make sure the
moonroof is completely closed so that water
does not get inside the cabin area. After
washing your Mazda or after it rains, wipe the
water off the moonroof before operating it to
avoid water penetration which could cause
rust and water damage to your headliner.
Tilt switch
qOperating the Moonroof
Tilt Operation
The rear of the moonroof can be tilted
open to provide more ventilation.
WARNING
Do not let passengers stand up or
extend part of their body through the
open moonroof while the vehicle is
moving:
Extending the head, arms, or other
parts of the body through the
moonroof is dangerous. The head or
arms could hit something while the
vehicle is moving. This could cause
serious injury or death.
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing the moonroof:
A closing moonroof is dangerous. The
hands, head, or even neck of a
person ―especially a child― could
be caught in it as it closes, causing
serious injury or even death.
To fully tilt automatically, momentarily
press the tilt switch.
To fully close automatically, momentarily
pull the tilt switch or press the front of the
slide switch.
To stop tilting partway, press any part of
the tilt or slide switch.
Tilt down
Close
(Tilt down)
Tilt up
Slide Operation
To fully open automatically, momentarily
press the rear of the slide switch.
To fully close automatically, momentarily
press the front of the slide switch or pull
the tilt switch.
3-50
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page133
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (133,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
To stop sliding partway, press any part of
the tilt or slide switch.
Open
Close
Tilt down
(Close)
Power moonroof re-set procedure
If the battery had been disconnected
during vehicle maintenance or for other
reasons, the moonroof may not fully open
or close. The moonroof's jam-safe
function does not function while the
moonroof is re-setting. Carry out the
following procedure to resume operation:
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Press the tilt switch, to partially tilt
open the rear of the moonroof.
NOTE
If the re-set procedure is performed while the
moonroof is in the slide position (partially
open) it closes before the rear tilts opens.
3. Repeat the procedure in Step 2. The
rear of the moonroof tilts open to the
fully open position, then closes a little.
qEngine-off Moonroof Operation
The moonroof can be operated for about
40 seconds after the ignition switch is
turned from the ON position to the ACC
or LOCK position with all doors closed. If
any door is opened, the moonroof will be
inoperable.
qOpening/Closing the Moonroof
from Outside
The moonroof can be opened or closed
from outside the vehicle after the doors
and the liftgate are closed.
Refer to Opening/Closing the Power
Windows and the Moonroof from the
Outside on page 3-44.
qJam-safe Moonroof
If a person's hands, head or an object
blocks the moonroof during closing
operation, the moonroof will stop and
open halfway.
WARNING
Make sure nothing blocks the
moonroof just before it reaches the
fully closed position:
Blocking the moonroof just before it
reaches the closed position is
dangerous.
In this case, the jam-safe function
cannot prevent the moonroof from
stopping. If fingers are caught,
serious injuries could occur.
NOTE
l
l
Depending on driving conditions, a closing
moonroof could stop and start opening
when the moonroof feels a shock that is
similar to something blocking it.
The moonroof's jam-safe function does not
function while the moonroof is initializing.
3-51
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page134
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qSunshade
The sunshade can be opened and closed
by hand.
The sunshade opens automatically when
the moonroof is opened, but must be
closed by hand.
Sunshade
CAUTION
Ø The sunshade does not tilt. To
avoid damaging the sunshade, do
not push up on it.
Ø Do not close the sunshade while
the moonroof is opening. Trying to
force the sunshade closed could
damage it.
3-52
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (134,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page135
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (135,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
Immobilizer System (with
Advanced Key)
The immobilizer system allows the engine
to start only with an advanced key the
system recognizes.
If someone attempts to start the engine
with an unrecognized advanced key, the
engine will not start, thereby helping to
prevent the theft of your vehicle.
If you have a problem with the
immobilizer system or the advanced key
(including auxiliary key), consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Do not allow the following when
starting the engine with the auxiliary
key due to an advanced key dead
battery or other malfunction.
Otherwise the signal from the
auxiliary key will not be received
correctly and the engine may not
start.
Ø A key ring rests on the key grip.
CAUTION
Ø Radio equipment like this is
governed by laws in the United
States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.
Ø To avoid damage to the key, do
not:
Ø Drop the key.
Ø Get the key wet.
Ø Expose the key to any kind of
magnetic field.
Ø Expose the key to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.
Ø Metal parts of other keys or metal
objects touch the auxiliary key
grip.
Ø Spare auxiliary keys or keys for
other vehicles equipped with an
immobilizer system touch or come
near the auxiliary key.
Ø Devices for electronic purchases, or
security passage which touch or
come near the auxiliary key.
3-53
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page136
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
NOTE
l
l
l
The advanced keys (including auxiliary key)
carry a unique electronic code. For this
reason, and to assure your safety, obtaining
a replacement advanced key (including
auxiliary key) requires some waiting time.
They are only available through an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Always keep a spare advanced key in case
one is lost. If an advanced key is lost,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible.
If you lose an advanced key (including
auxiliary key), an Authorized Mazda Dealer
will reset the electronic codes of your
remaining advanced keys (including
auxiliary keys) and immobilizer system.
Bring all the remaining advanced keys
(including auxiliary keys) to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer to reset.
Starting the vehicle with a key that has not
been reset is not possible.
3-54
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (136,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page137
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (137,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
Declaration of Conformity
Immobilizer system
3-55
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page138
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (138,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
qOperation
Arming
NOTE
l
The system is armed when the ignition
switch is turned from the ON position to
the ACC or LOCK position. The security
indicator light in the instrument cluster
flashes every 2 seconds until the system is
disarmed.
l
Disarming
The system is disarmed when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position with
the registered advanced key.
The security indicator light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and goes out.
If the engine does not start with the
correct advanced key, and the security
indicator light keeps illuminating or
flashing, the system may have a
malfunction. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
3-56
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
l
l
The engine may not start and the security
indicator light may illuminate or flash if the
advanced key is placed in an area where it
is difficult for the system to detect the
signal, such as on the dashboard, or in the
glove box. Move the advanced key to
another place, turn the ignition switch to
the LOCK position, and then restart the
engine.
Signals from a TV or radio station, or from
a transceiver or a mobile telephone could
interfere with your immobilizer system. If
you are using the proper advanced key and
the engine fails to start, check the security
indicator light. If the indicator light is
flashing, turn the ignition switch to the
ACC or LOCK position and wait for a
while, then restart the engine. If it does not
start after 3 or more tries, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If the security indicator light flashes
continuously while you are driving, do not
shut off the engine. Go to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer and have it checked. If the
engine is shut off while the indicator light is
flashing, you will not be able to restart it.
Since the electronic codes are reset when
repairing the immobilizer system, the
advanced key (including auxiliary key) are
needed. Bring all the advanced keys
(including auxiliary keys) to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page139
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (139,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
qModification and Add-On
Equipment
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
system's operation if the system has been
modified or if any add-on equipment has
been installed.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do
not modify the system or install any
add-on equipment to the immobilizer
system or the vehicle.
Immobilizer System
(without Advanced Key)
The immobilizer system allows the engine
to start only with a key the system
recognizes.
If someone attempts to start the engine
with an unrecognized key, the engine will
not start, thereby helping to prevent the
theft of your vehicle.
If you have a problem with the
immobilizer system or the key, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Ø Radio equipment like this is
governed by laws in the United
States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.
Ø To avoid damage to the key, do
not:
Ø Drop the key.
Ø Get the key wet.
Ø Expose the key to any kind of
magnetic field.
Ø Expose the key to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.
3-57
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page140
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (140,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
CAUTION
When starting the engine do not
allow the following, as the engine
may not start due to the electronic
signal from the ignition key not being
transmitted correctly.
Ø A key ring rests on the key grip.
NOTE
l
l
l
Ø Metal parts of other keys or metal
objects touch the key grip.
Ø Spare keys or keys for other
vehicles equipped with an
immobilizer system touch or come
near the key grip.
Ø Devices for electronic purchases, or
security passage which touch or
come near the key.
3-58
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
The keys carry a unique electronic code.
For this reason, and to assure your safety,
obtaining a replacement key requires some
waiting time. They are only available
through an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Always keep a spare key, in case one is lost.
If a key is lost, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
If you lose a key, an Authorized Mazda
Dealer will reset the electronic codes of
your remaining keys and immobilizer
system. Bring all the remaining keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset.
Starting the vehicle with a key that has not
been reset is not possible.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page141
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (141,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
Declaration of Conformity
Immobilizer system
3-59
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page142
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (142,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
qOperation
Arming
The system is armed when the ignition
switch is turned from the ON to the ACC
or LOCK position.
The security indicator light in the
instrument cluster flashes every two
seconds until the system is disarmed.
NOTE
l
l
l
Disarming
The system is disarmed when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position with
the correct ignition key.
The security indicator light illuminates for
about three seconds and goes out.
If the engine does not start with the
correct ignition key, and the security
indicator light keeps illuminating or
flashing, the system may have a
malfunction. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
l
If the security indicator light illuminates
and stays on or flashes when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position, the
engine will not start.
Signals from a TV or radio station, or from
a transceiver or a mobile telephone, could
interfere with your immobilizer system. If
you are using the proper key and your
engine fails to start, check the security
indicator light. If it is flashing, remove the
ignition key and wait 2 seconds or more,
then reinsert it and try starting the engine
again. If it does not start after 3 or more
tries, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If the security indicator light flashes
continuously while you are driving, do not
shut off the engine. Go to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer and have it checked. If you
shut off the engine while the light is
flashing you will not be able to restart it.
Since the electronic codes are reset when
repairing the immobilizer system, the keys
are needed. Bring all the existing keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qModification and Add-On
Equipment
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
system's operation if the system has been
modified or if any add-on equipment has
been installed.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do
not modify the system or install any
add-on equipment to the immobilizer
system or the vehicle.
3-60
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page143
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (143,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
Theft-Deterrent System í
If the theft deterrent system detects an
inappropriate entry into the vehicle, which
could result in the vehicle or its contents
being stolen, the alarm alerts the
surrounding area of an abnormality by
sounding the horn and flashing the hazard
warning lights.
Refer to Operation on page 3-61.
NOTE
l
l
The theft-deterrent system operates with the
advanced keyless function, keyless entry
system or the auxiliary key.
The system operates only when the driver is
in the vehicle or within operational range
while the advanced key is being carried.
The system will not function unless it is
properly armed. To properly secure the
vehicle, always make sure all windows are
completely closed and all doors and the
liftgate are locked before leaving the
vehicle. Remember to take your advanced
key.
qOperation
What turns it on:
l
l
Forcing open a door, the hood or the
liftgate.
Opening a door or the hood by
operating an inside door-lock knob or
the hood release handle.
What it does:
l The horn sounds intermittently and the
hazard warning lights flash.
l The alarm continues for about 30
seconds, then stops.
If the system is triggered again, the lights
and horn will activate until a door or the
liftgate is unlocked with the key or with
the transmitter.
NOTE
If the battery goes dead while the theftdeterrent system is armed, the horn will
activate and the hazard warning lights will
flash when the battery is charged or replaced.
qHow to Arm the System
1. Remove the key from the ignition
switch.
(With advanced key)
Turn the start knob to the LOCK
position.
2. Make sure the hood is closed. Close
and lock all doors and the liftgate from
the outside using the key. If you have
the keyless entry system, press the lock
button on the transmitter.
The hazard warning lights will flash
once to indicate that the system is
armed.
The following method will also arm the
theft-deterrent system:
(With advanced key)
Press a request switch or the lock
button on the transmitter.
(Without advanced key)
Close the hood and the liftgate. Press
the area on the door-lock switch
marked “ ” once. Close all doors.
The theft deterrent system can also be
armed by activating the auto re-lock
function with all the doors, the liftgate and
the hood closed.
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
3-61
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page144
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (144,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
NOTE
NOTE
Auto re-lock function
After unlocking with the transmitter or the
request switch, all doors and the liftgate will
automatically lock and the hazard warning
lights will flash if any of the following
operations are not performed within about 30
seconds.
l A door or the liftgate is opened.
l The auxiliary key inserted into the ignition
switch (with advanced key).
l The key is inserted in the ignition switch.
l The start knob is pushed (with advanced
key).
If you have any problem with the theftdeterrent system, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
qTheft-Deterrent Labels
qTo Turn off an Armed System
An armed system can be turned off by any
one of the following methods:
l Unlock a door with the key.
l Press the unlock button on the keyless
entry system transmitter.
l Insert the key into the ignition switch
and turn it to the ON position.
l (With advanced key)
Press a request switch or the unlock
button on the transmitter.
Turn the start knob to the ON
position.
l
l
The hazard warning lights will flash twice
to indicate that the system is turned off.
qTo Stop an Alarm
A triggered alarm can be turned off by
any one of the following methods:
l Unlock a door or the liftgate with the
key.
l Press the unlock button on the keyless
entry system transmitter.
l (With advanced key)
Press a request switch.
Press the unlock button on the
transmitter.
l
l
3-62
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
A label indicating that your vehicle is
equipped with a Theft-Deterrent System is
in the glove compartment.
Mazda recommends that you affix it to the
lower rear corner of a front door window.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page145
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (145,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
Steering Wheel
WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel while
the vehicle is moving:
Adjusting the steering wheel while
the vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Moving it can very easily cause the
driver to abruptly turn to the left or
right. This can lead to loss of control
or an accident.
qSteering Wheel Adjustment
To change the angle or length of the
steering wheel:
1. Stop the vehicle, pull down the lock
release lever under the steering
column.
Tilt wheel release
lever
Mirrors
qOutside Mirrors
Check the mirror angles before driving.
Mirror type
The mirror combination (flat or convex)
installed on the driver and front passenger
sides varies depending on the vehicle
models.
Flat type
Flat surface mirror.
Convex type
The mirror has single curvature on its
surface.
WARNING
Be sure to look over your shoulder
before changing lanes:
Changing lanes without taking into
account the actual distance of the
vehicle in the convex mirror is
dangerous. You could have a serious
accident. What you see in the convex
mirror is closer than it appears.
Power mirror
The ignition switch must be in the ACC
or ON position.
To adjust:
2. Tilt the steering wheel and/or adjust the
steering column length to the desired
positions, push the lever up to lock the
column.
1. Press the left or right side of the
selector switch to choose the left or
right side mirror.
3. Push the wheel up and down to be
certain it's locked before driving.
3-63
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page146
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (146,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
2. Depress the mirror switch in the
appropriate direction.
Outside mirror
Selector switch
Mirror switch
After adjusting the mirror, lock the control
by placing the selector switch in the
middle position.
qRearview Mirror
WARNING
Do not stack cargo or objects higher
than the seatbacks:
Cargo stacked higher than the
seatbacks is dangerous. It can block
your view in the rearview mirror,
which might cause you to hit another
car when changing lanes.
Rearview mirror adjustment
Before driving, adjust the rearview mirror
to center on the scene through the rear
window.
Manual day/night mirror
Folding the mirror
Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is
flush with the vehicle.
Auto-dimming mirror
WARNING
Always return the outside mirrors to
the driving position before you start
driving:
Driving with the outside mirrors
folded in is dangerous. Your rear view
will be restricted, and you could have
an accident.
3-64
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page147
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (147,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
NOTE
For the manual day/night mirror, perform the
adjustment with the day/night lever in the day
position.
Reducing glare from headlights
Press the OFF button ( ) to cancel the
automatic dimming function. The
indicator light will turn off.
To reactivate the automatic dimming
function, press the ON button ( ). The
indicator light will illuminate.
Manual day/night mirror
Push the day/night lever forward for day
driving. Pull it back to reduce glare of
headlights from cars at the rear.
Day/Night lever
Indicator light
OFF button
ON button
Day
Night
Auto-dimming mirror
The auto-dimming mirror automatically
reduces glare of headlights from cars at
the rear when the ignition is switched ON.
The door mirrors also adjust in
conjunction with the interior rear view
mirror.
3-65
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page148
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
NOTE
l
Do not use glass cleaner or suspend objects
on or around the light sensor. Otherwise,
light sensor sensitivity will be affected and
may not operate normally.
Light sensor
Light sensor
l
l
For information regarding the 3 buttons
(
,
,
) on the auto-dimming
mirror, refer to HomeLink Wireless Control
System (page 5-75).
The auto-dimmer function is canceled when
the ignition is switched ON and the shift
lever/selector lever is in reverse (R).
3-66
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (148,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page149
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
4
Black plate (149,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Important information about driving your Mazda.
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................
Fuel Requirements ....................................................................
Emission Control System ..........................................................
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) .........................................
4-2
4-2
4-3
4-4
Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-5
Before Getting In ...................................................................... 4-5
After Getting In ......................................................................... 4-5
Driving Tips ................................................................................... 4-6
Break-In Period ......................................................................... 4-6
Money-Saving Suggestions ...................................................... 4-6
Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-7
Floor Mat .................................................................................. 4-9
Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-9
Winter Driving ........................................................................ 4-10
Driving In Flooded Area ......................................................... 4-12
Overloading ............................................................................ 4-12
Driving on Uneven Road ........................................................ 4-13
Towing ......................................................................................... 4-14
Trailer Towing (Except Mexico) ............................................. 4-14
4-1
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page150
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (150,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Fuel Requirements
Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,
which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.
Fuel with a lower rating could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness. It
could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.
Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.
Fuel
Regular unleaded fuel
Octane Rating*(Anti-knock index)
87 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (91 RON or above)
* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.
Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane (91 RON) could cause the emission control system
to lose effectiveness. It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.
CAUTION
Ø USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead
to deterioration of the emission control system and or failures.
Ø Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10 % ethanol
by volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this
recommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol of
any kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.
Ø Never add fuel system additives. Never add cleaning agents other than those
specified by Mazda. Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally
referred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with your
vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such as
ethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name “Gasohol”.
Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not
be covered by the Mazda warranty.
l Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.
l Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.
l Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
4-2
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page151
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (151,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Emission Control System
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part of
this system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions
requirements.
WARNING
Never park over or near anything flammable:
Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even with
the engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and
could ignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.
CAUTION
Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst
inside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition will
damage the converter and cause poor performance.
Ø USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Ø Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.
Ø Do not coast with the ignition switch turned off.
Ø Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switch turned off.
Ø Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 5 minutes.
Ø Do not tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments
must be made by a qualified technician.
Ø Do not push-start or pull-start your vehicle.
NOTE
Under U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control system before
the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some states, such modification
made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.
4-3
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page152
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (152,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)
WARNING
Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:
Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which is
colorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousness
and death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully open
and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.
Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:
Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaust
gas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Loss
of consciousness or even death could occur.
Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when
idling the engine:
Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed
and the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, which
contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness or
even death could occur.
Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe,
before starting the engine:
Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. The
exhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin.
Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss of
consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.
4-4
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page153
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (153,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Before Starting the Engine
Before Getting In
l
l
l
l
Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,
and outside lights are clean.
Inspect inflation pressures and
condition of tires.
Look under the vehicle for any sign of
fluid leaks.
If you plan to back up, make sure
nothing is in your way.
NOTE
Engine oil, engine coolant, brake fluid, washer
fluid, and other fluid levels should be
inspected. See Maintenance, Section 8.
After Getting In
Are all doors closed and locked?
Is the seat adjusted properly?
l Are the inside and outside mirrors
adjusted?
l Is the steering wheel adjusted properly?
l Is everyone's seat belt fastened?
l Check all gauges.
l Check all warning lights when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
l Release the parking brake and make
sure the brake warning light goes off.
Always be thoroughly familiar with your
Mazda.
l
l
4-5
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page154
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (154,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Break-In Period
Money-Saving Suggestions
No special break-in is necessary, but a few
precautions in the first 1,000 km (600
miles) may add to the performance,
economy, and life of your Mazda.
l Do not race the engine.
l Do not maintain one constant speed,
either slow or fast, for a long period of
time.
l Do not drive constantly at full-throttle
or high engine rpm for extended
periods of time.
l Avoid unnecessary hard stops.
l Avoid full-throttle starts.
l Do not tow a trailer.
How you operate your Mazda determines
how far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Use
these suggestions to help save money on
fuel and repairs.
l Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engine
runs smoothly, begin driving.
l Avoid fast starts.
l Keep the engine tuned. Follow the
maintenance schedule (page 8-3) and
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
perform inspections and servicing.
l Use the air conditioner only when
necessary.
l Slow down on rough roads.
l Keep the tires properly inflated.
l Do not carry unnecessary weight.
l Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving.
l Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
l Keep windows closed at high speeds.
l Slow down when driving in crosswinds
and headwinds.
WARNING
Never stop the engine when going
down a hill:
Stopping the engine when going
down a hill is dangerous. This causes
the loss of power steering and power
brake control, and may cause
damage to the drivetrain. Any loss of
steering or braking control could
cause an accident.
4-6
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page155
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (155,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Hazardous Driving
qDriving on Slippery Surface
WARNING
Be extremely careful if it is necessary to
downshift on slippery surfaces:
Downshifting into lower gear while
driving on slippery surfaces is
dangerous. The sudden change in tire
speed could cause the tires to skid.
This could lead to loss of vehicle
control and an accident.
l
For more traction in starting on
slippery surfaces such as ice or packed
snow, use sand, rock salt, chains,
carpeting, or other nonslip material
under the front wheels.
NOTE
Use snow chains only on the front wheels.
Do not rely on ABS or RSC as a
substitute for safe driving:
The ABS and RSC cannot compensate
for unsafe and reckless driving,
excessive speed, tailgating (following
another vehicle too closely), driving
on ice and snow, and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road
contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an
accident.
When driving on ice or in water, snow,
mud, sand, or similar hazards:
l Be cautious and allow extra distance
for braking.
l Avoid sudden braking and sudden
maneuvering.
l Do not pump the brakes. Continue to
press down on the brake pedal.
l If you get stuck, select a lower gear and
accelerate slowly. Do not spin the front
wheels.
l Do not perform abrupt maneuvers
when the road surface changes (such as
from a paved road to gravel) because
the reaction of the vehicle against the
driving operation changes.
4-7
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page156
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (156,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
qRoll-over
WARNING
Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed and
abrupt maneuvers when driving this
vehicle:
Sharp turns, excessive speed and
abrupt maneuvering of this vehicle is
dangerous as it could result in the
increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle roll-over, personal
injury or death.
This vehicle has a higher center of
gravity. Vehicles with a higher center
of gravity such as utility and AWD
vehicles handle differently than
vehicles with a lower center of
gravity.
Utility and AWD vehicles are not
designed for cornering at high speeds
any more than low profile sports cars
are designed to perform satisfactorily
under off-road conditions. In
addition, utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles.
RSC might help if you get into
trouble, but then it might not be able
to allow you to fully recover, always
drive carefully with the vehicle's
height in mind.
Drive carefully when the vehicle is
loaded by lowering vehicle speed and
applying the brakes earlier:
Abrupt maneuvering and sudden
braking when driving a loaded
vehicle is dangerous as the driving
behavior of a vehicle with a high
center of gravity is different when it is
loaded compared to when it is not,
and could result in the loss of vehicle
control and an accident.
4-8
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
qEmergency Maneuvering
WARNING
Do not perform abrupt maneuvers
when driving the vehicle in an
emergency situation:
Performing abrupt maneuvers even
when driving in an emergency
situation is dangerous as it could
reduce vehicle stability and
operability resulting in an accident.
Operate the accelerator pedal, brake
pedal, and the steering wheel
smoothly.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page157
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (157,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Floor Mat
WARNING
Make sure the floor mats are hooked
on the retention pins to prevent them
from bunching up under the foot
pedals:
Using a floor mat that is not secured
is dangerous as it will interfere with
the accelerator and brake pedal
operation, which could result in an
accident.
Do not install two floor mats, one on
top of the other, on the driver's side:
Installing two floor mats, one on top
of the other, on the driver's side is
dangerous as the retention pins can
only keep one floor mat from sliding
forward.
In using a heavy duty floor mat for
winter use always remove the
original floor mat.
Loose floor mat(s) will interfere with
the foot pedal and could result in an
accident.
Rocking the Vehicle
WARNING
Do not spin the wheels at more than 56
km/h (35 mph), and do not allow
anyone to stand behind a wheel when
pushing the vehicle:
When the vehicle is stuck, spinning
the wheels at high speed is
dangerous. The spinning tire could
overheat and explode. This could
cause serious injuries.
CAUTION
Too much rocking may cause engine
overheating, transaxle failure, and
tire damage.
If you must rock the vehicle to free it from
snow, sand or mud, depress the
accelerator slightly and slowly move the
shift lever from D to R.
When setting a floor mat, position the
floor mat so that its eyelets are inserted
over the pointed end of the retention
posts.
4-9
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page158
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (158,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Winter Driving
Carry emergency gear, including tire
chains, window scraper, a small shovel,
jumper cables, and a small bag of sand
or salt.
Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
perform the following precautions:
l Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in
the radiator.
Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-21.
l Inspect the battery and its cables. Cold
reduces battery capacity.
l Inspect the ignition system for damage
and loose connections.
l Use washer fluid made with
antifreeze―but do not use engine
coolant antifreeze for washer fluid
(page 8-26).
l Do not use the parking brake in
freezing weather as it may freeze.
Instead, shift to P and block the rear
wheels.
l Do not apply excessive force to a
window scraper when removing ice or
frozen snow on the mirror glass and
windshield.
l Never use warm or hot water for
removing snow or ice from windows
and mirrors as it could result in the
glass cracking.
l
qSnow Tires
Use snow tires on all four wheels
Do not go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)
while driving with snow tires. Inflate
snow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)
more than recommended on the tire
pressure label (driver's door frame), but
never more than the maximum cold-tire
pressure shown on the tires.
4-10
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Except 18-inch tires
Your vehicle is originally equipped with
all season radials designed to be used all
year around. In some extreme climates
you may find it necessary to replace them
with snow tires during the winter months
to further improve traction on snow and
ice covered roads.
WARNING
Use only the same size and type tires
(snow, radial, or non-radial) on all four
wheels:
Using tires different in size or type is
dangerous. Your vehicle's handling
could be greatly affected and result
in an accident.
CAUTION
Check local regulations before using
studded tires.
NOTE
If your vehicle is equipped with the tire
pressure monitoring system, the system may
not function correctly when using tires with
steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls (page
5-32).
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page159
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (159,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
qTire Chains
Installing the chains
Check local regulations before using tire
chains.
1. Secure the chains on the front tires as
tightly as possible. Always follow the
chain manufacturer's instructions.
CAUTION
Ø Chains may affect handling.
Ø Do not go faster than 50 km/h (30
mph) or the chain manufacturer's
recommended limit, whichever is
lower.
Ø Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, and sharp turns.
Ø Avoid locked-wheel braking.
Ø Do not use chains on a temporary
spare tire; it may result in damage
to the vehicle and to the tire.
Ø Do not use chains on roads that
are free of snow or ice. The tires
and chains could be damaged.
Ø Chains may scratch or chip
aluminum wheels.
2. Retighten the chains after driving 1/2
―1 km.
NOTE
l
l
Use of tire chains on a vehicle equipped
with P245/50R20 specification tires could
cause interference with the vehicle body
and scratching. If tire chains are to be used,
replace both front and rear tires with P
245/60R18 tires. Please consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If your vehicle is equipped with the tire
pressure monitoring system, the system may
not function correctly when using tire
chains.
Install the chains on the front tires.
Do not use chains on the rear tires.
Use only genuine Mazda tire chains.
Please consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
4-11
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page160
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (160,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Driving In Flooded Area
WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
CAUTION
Do not drive the vehicle on flooded
roads as it could cause short
circuiting of electrical/electronic
parts, or engine damage or stalling
from water absorption. If the vehicle
has been immersed in water, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
4-12
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Overloading
WARNING
Be careful not to overload your vehicle:
The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)
and the gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of your vehicle are on the
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label
on the driver's door frame. Exceeding
these ratings can cause an accident
or vehicle damage. You can estimate
the weight of your load by weighing
the items (or people) before putting
them in the vehicle.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page161
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (161,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Driving on Uneven Road
Your vehicle's suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough/uneven roads
or over speed bumps at excessive speeds. Use care and reduce speed when traveling on
rough/uneven roads or over speed bumps.
Use care not to damage the vehicle's underbody, bumpers or muffler(s) when driving under
the following conditions:
l Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition angle
l Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle
Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class-leading performance and
handling. As a result, the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can be
damaged if driven through potholes or on rough/uneven roads at excessive speeds. Use
care and reduce speed when traveling on rough/uneven roads or through potholes.
4-13
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page162
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (162,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
Trailer Towing (Except Mexico)
Your Mazda was designed and built primarily to carry passengers and cargo.
If you tow a trailer, follow these instructions because driver and passenger safety depends
on proper equipment and safe driving habits. Towing a trailer will affect handling, braking,
durability, performance, and economy.
Never overload vehicle or trailer. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if you need further
details.
CAUTION
Do not tow a trailer during the first 1,000 km (600 miles) of your new Mazda. If you
do, you may damage the engine, transaxle, differential, wheel bearings, and other
power train components.
qWeight Limits
TTW and GCWR
The total trailer weight (TTW), gross combination weight rating (GCWR), gross axle
weight rating (GAWR), trailer load, and trailer tongue load must be within the
prescribed limits.
l The total trailer weight (TTW) is the sum of the weights of the trailer load (trailer
weight plus cargo), trailer hitch, vehicle passengers, and vehicle load. Never allow
the total trailer weight (TTW) to exceed specifications in the Trailer Towing-Load
Table.
l The maximum GCWR is the combination weight of the trailer and load plus the
towing vehicle (including trailer hitch, vehicle passengers, and load). It must not
exceed specifications in the load table.
GAWR and GVWR
Do not exceed front and rear GAWR (gross axle weight rating) and GVWR (gross vehicle
weight rating). If you do, vehicle handling, braking, and performance will be affected.
These values are also on the Motor Vehicle Safety Certification Label posted on the driver's
door frame.
4-14
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page163
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (163,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
High-altitude operation
In a high-altitude operating environment, a gasoline engine loses power at a rate of 3 % to
4 % per 304 m (1,000 ft) of elevation. In these conditions, a reduction in gross vehicle
weight and gross combination weight is recommended.
TRAILER TOWING-LOAD TABLE
Because vehicle weights vary, adjustments must be made to meet the requirements in this table.
Model
Without Towing
With Towing
Package
Package
Item
MAX. FRONTAL
AREA
2.97 m2 (32 ft2)
4.65 m2 (50 ft2)
907 kg (2,000 lb)
1,588 kg (3,500 lb)
Add trailer's weight, load and hitch; vehicle
passengers and vehicle load*1
MAX. TTW
3,105 kg*2 (6,845 lb) 3,786 kg*2 (8,347 lb)
MAX. GCWR
3,202 kg*3 (7,059 lb) 3,883 kg*3 (8,560 lb)
Front
MAX. GAWR
Rear
MAX. GVWR
1,276 kg*2 (2,813 lb)
1,307 kg*3 (2,881 lb)
1,400 kg*2 (3,086 lb)
1,458 kg*3 (3,214 lb)
2,645 kg*2 (5,831 lb)
2,744 kg*3 (6,049 lb)
Tongue load
Tongue load/Trailer load × 100 = 10 % to
15 %
TRAILER-TONGUE LOAD
Trailer load
4-15
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page164
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (164,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
Item
DISTRIBUTION
OF TRAILER
LOAD
Front
Rear
Model
Without Towing
With Towing
Package
Package
60 %
40 %
GCWR: Gross Combination Weight Rating (sum of TTW, vehicle weights and 2 passengers)
GAWR: Gross Axle Weight Rating
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
*1 i.e. baggage, food, camp gear
*2 2WD
*3 AWD
WARNING
Always keep tow loads within specified limits as indicated in the Trailer Towing-Load
Table:
Attempting to tow loads greater than those specified is dangerous as it may cause
serious handling and performance problems that could result in personal injury or
vehicle damage, or both.
Load your trailer with the weight about 60 % toward the front and 40 % toward the
rear:
Loading the trailer with more weight in the rear than in the front is dangerous.
Doing so could cause you to lose control. The trailer tongue load must be 10 %―15
% of the total trailer load (sum of the weights of the trailer and cargo).
Always have the total trailer weight and tongue load determined prior to departure:
Attempting to tow loads without determining the total trailer weight and tongue
load is dangerous. Trailer sway from crosswinds, rough roads or other causes could
result in loss of control and a serious accident.
CAUTION
The total trailer weight and tongue load can be determined by weighing the trailer
on platform scales at a highway weight station or a trucking company.
qTrailer Hitch
Use only a hitch ball recommended by the trailer manufacturer that conforms to the gross
trailer weight requirement.
When not towing a trailer, remove the trailer hitch (if detachable) to reduce the possibility
of damage as a result of the vehicle being rear-ended.
4-16
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page165
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (165,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
WARNING
Always make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached before departure:
An unsecured trailer hitch is dangerous as it causes greater trailer sway from
crosswinds, rough roads or other causes, resulting in loss of control and a serious
accident.
Examine all trailer-hitch mounting bolts regularly and tighten any that are loose. If
the hitch is removed, seal any open mounting holes to prevent exhaust, dust, water,
dirt and other foreign elements from filtering in, possibly endangering personal
safety and damaging your vehicle.
Do not install a hitch that stiffens the bumper as it will reduce the bumper's
performance.
Make sure there are no exhaust gas leaks into the passenger compartment if any
mounting bolts are connected to the body:
Modifying your vehicle exhaust system is dangerous. Exhaust gas entering the
vehicle could cause loss of consciousness or even death.
When mounting the trailer hitch, make no modifications to the vehicle exhaust
system.
CAUTION
Ø Make all hitch adjustments with actual loads. Do not load and unload vehicle
while adjusting hitch. This action will change the vehicle height.
Ø Do not use an axle-mounted hitch. This may damage the axle and related parts.
qTires
When towing a trailer, make sure all tires are inflated to the recommended cold-tire
pressure, as indicated on the tire pressure chart on the driver's door frame. Trailer tire size,
load rating, and inflation pressures should conform to tire manufacturer specifications.
WARNING
Never use the temporary spare tire when towing:
Using the temporary spare tire on your vehicle when towing a trailer is dangerous as
it could result in tire failure, loss of control, and injury to vehicle occupants.
4-17
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page166
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (166,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
qSafety Chains
Safety chains must be used as a precautionary measure should the trailer become
unintentionally unhitched. They should cross under the trailer tongue and attach to the
hitch. Leave enough slack to allow full turns. Consult literature published by your trailer or
hitch manufacturer for more details.
WARNING
Make sure the safety chain is securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle
prior to departure:
Towing a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both the trailer
and the vehicle is dangerous. If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch ball, the
trailer could wander into another lane and cause a collision.
qTrailer Lights
Trailer lights must comply with all federal, state, and local regulations. Equip your trailer
as required before towing it day or night.
CAUTION
Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to the lighting system of your
Mazda. This may damage your vehicle's electrical system and lighting systems. Have
a recreational vehicle dealer or trailer rental agency connect the system, and inspect
the brake lights and turn signals yourself before each trip.
qTrailer Brakes
If the total trailer weight exceeds 450 kg (1,000 lb), trailer brakes are required. If your
trailer has brakes, make sure they comply with all federal, state, and local regulations.
WARNING
Do not connect a hydraulic trailer-brake system to your vehicle's brake system:
Connecting a hydraulic trailer-brake system directly to the vehicle brake system is
dangerous and will result in inadequate braking and possible injury.
qTrailer Towing Tips
l
l
l
Verify that your Mazda maintains a near-normal attitude when a loaded or unloaded
trailer is connected. Do not drive if it has an abnormal front-up or front-down position.
Inspect for incorrect tongue load, worn suspension parts, and trailer overloading.
Make sure the trailer is properly loaded and the cargo is secure to prevent it from
shifting.
Make sure the mirrors conform to all government regulations. If they do not, install
required rear view mirrors appropriate for towing purposes.
4-18
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page167
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (167,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
The three main causes of vehicle-trailer accidents are driver error, excessive speed, and
improper trailer loading.
Before driving
l Have your cooling and braking system checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l Before starting out, inspect the operation of all vehicle and trailer lights and all vehicleto-trailer connections. Stop and re-inspect all lights and connections after driving a short
distance.
Driving
Your Mazda will handle differently with a trailer in tow, so practice turning, backing,
and stopping in a traffic-free area.
l Take time to get accustomed to the extra weight and length.
l Allow more room between your vehicle and the one in front because braking distance
increases with a trailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) of speed, allow at least one vehicle
and trailer length between your Mazda and the vehicle ahead.
l Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration.
l Avoid sudden braking. It may cause loss of control and result in jackknifing, especially
so on wet or slippery roads.
l Shift the shift lever to the D position when towing a trailer in hilly terrain or when
heavily loaded.
The D position will allow operating the vehicle without frequent shifting.
l
Lane changes and turning
Avoid quick lane changes, sudden turns, and tight turns. Slow down before turning to
avoid the need of sudden braking.
A turning trailer will make a tighter arc than the tow vehicle. Compensate with turns that
are larger than normal.
Passing
Plan well ahead to pass other vehicles, and provide plenty of room before changing lanes.
Crosswinds from passing vehicles, especially larger ones, and the effects of rough roads
will affect handling.
If swaying occurs, firmly grip the steering wheel and reduce speed immediately, but
gradually.
Steer straight ahead. If no extreme correction of steering or braking is made, the
combination of less speed and firm steering will result in stability.
Backing up
Backing a vehicle with a trailer requires practice and patience. Back slowly, and have a
helper outside at the rear of the trailer to reduce the risk of an accident.
To turn the trailer, place your hand at the bottom of the steering wheel and turn it in the
direction you want the trailer to go. Make only slight movements to prevent sharp or
prolonged turning.
4-19
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page168
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (168,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
Ascending a hill
Shift into a lower gear to reduce the possibility of overloading or overheating the engine, or
both.
Descending a hill
Shift into a lower gear and use engine compression as a braking effect.
WARNING
Always use lower gears to reduce speed:
Holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently is dangerous as it could
cause the brakes to overheat and lose power, resulting in loss of control and a
serious accident. Use lower gears to help reduce speed. Pull off the road and allow
brakes to cool down whenever braking performance feels reduced.
Overheated engine
The extra weight of the trailer may strain the engine on hot days and on long or steep
upgrades.
If the temperature gauge indicates overheating, turn off the air conditioner, drive safely to
the side of the road, park off the right-of-way and wait for engine to cool. Refer to
Overheating (page 7-14).
Parking
Always make sure the tires of the trailer and the tow vehicle are blocked while parked.
Apply the parking brake firmly and put the transaxle in P.
Avoid parking on an incline, but if you must, follow these instructions:
1. Depress and hold down the brake pedal.
2. Have a helper put wheel blocks against the downhill side of all vehicle and trailer tires.
3. Then release the brake pedal slowly until the blocks bear the load.
l
l
If the grade is downhill, turn the steering wheel so that the front of the front tires face
the curb.
If it is uphill, face the rear of the front tires against the curb.
4. Firmly apply the parking brake.
5. Shift the transaxle into P, and stop the engine.
To restart after parking on an incline:
1. With the transaxle in P, start the engine. (Be sure to depress and hold the brake pedal.)
2. Shift into gear.
4-20
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page169
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (169,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
3. Release the parking brake (also the foot brake) and pull away from the wheel blocks.
Stop; apply the parking brake and shift into P.
4. Have a helper retrieve the wheel blocks.
Fuel consumption
Trailer towing causes higher fuel consumption.
Maintenance
If you tow a trailer frequently, have your vehicle serviced as shown in Scheduled
Maintenance (page 8-3).
4-21
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page170
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
4-22
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (170,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page171
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
5
Black plate (171,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Explanation of instruments and controls.
Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2
Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2
Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-4
Turning Off the Engine ............................................................. 5-5
Brake System ............................................................................ 5-5
Automatic Transaxle Controls ................................................. 5-11
Power Steering ........................................................................ 5-17
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Operation í ..................................... 5-17
Cruise Control ......................................................................... 5-20
Traction Control System (TCS) .............................................. 5-23
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)/Roll Stability Control
(RSC) ...................................................................................... 5-26
Tire Pressure Monitoring System í ......................................... 5-28
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) System í ................................. 5-34
Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-39
Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-39
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-44
Warning/Indicator Lights ........................................................ 5-44
Beep Sounds ........................................................................... 5-59
Switches and Controls ................................................................
Lighting Control .....................................................................
Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...............................................
Fog Lights í ............................................................................
Windshield Wipers and Washer ..............................................
Rear Window Wiper and Washer ............................................
Rear Window Defroster ...........................................................
Horn ........................................................................................
Hazard Warning Flasher ..........................................................
HomeLink Wireless Control System í ....................................
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
5-61
5-61
5-65
5-66
5-67
5-72
5-73
5-74
5-74
5-75
5-1
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page172
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (172,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Ignition Switch
Auxiliary key (with advanced key)
qIgnition Switch Positions
With advanced
key
NOTE
When starting the engine using the advanced
key, refer to Starting the Engine (page 3-10).
When starting the engine with the
auxiliary key, perform the following
procedure.
Without advanced
key
1. Remove the auxiliary key from the
advanced key (page 3-18).
2. Make sure the start knob is in LOCK
position.
3. Remove the start knob by pulling it
outward while pressing the buttons on
both the left and right sides.
4. Insert the auxiliary key in the ignition
switch.
5-2
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
LOCK í
The steering wheel locks to protect
against theft. Only in this position can the
key be removed.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page173
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (173,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
WARNING
Remove the key only when the vehicle
is parked:
Removing the key from the ignition
switch while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous. Removing the key allows
the steering wheel to lock. You will
lose steering control and a serious
accident could occur. (For vehicles
equipped with the advanced key, the
steering wheel locks when the starter
knob is turned to the LOCK position.)
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
put the key or start knob to LOCK
position, set the parking brake and
make sure the shift lever is in P:
It is important to place the key or
start knob in the LOCK position even
if you are not removing the key from
the ignition or leaving the vehicle.
Leaving the key in other positions
will disable some of the vehicle
security systems and run the battery
down.
Leaving the driver's seat without
putting the ignition switch in LOCK
position, setting the parking brake
and shifting the shift lever to P is
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle
movement could occur. This could
cause an accident.
ON
This is the normal running position after
the engine is started. Some indicator
lights/warning lights should be inspected
before the engine is started (page 5-44).
NOTE
When the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, the sound of the fuel pump motor
operating near the fuel tank can be heard. This
does not indicate an abnormality.
NOTE
Vibration of the brake pedal may be felt when
the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, however, this is a normal operation of
the DSC/RSC and does not indicate an
abnormality.
START
The engine is started in this position. It
will crank until you release the key. It
then returns to the ON position.
qIgnition Key Reminder
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or
ACC position with the key inserted, a
continuous beep sound will be heard
when the driver's door is opened.
NOTE
If turning the key is difficult, jiggle the steering
wheel from side to side.
Leaving the key or start knob in any position
but LOCK position also disables some of the
security features and may run the battery
down.
ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel unlocks and some
electrical accessories will operate.
5-3
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page174
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (174,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Starting the Engine
NOTE
l
NOTE
Engine-starting is controlled by the spark
ignition system.
This system meets all Canadian InterferenceCausing Equipment Standard requirements
regulating the impulse electrical field strength
of radio noise.
1. Occupants should fasten their seat
belts.
2. Make sure the parking brake is on.
3. Depress the brake pedal.
4. Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must
restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, shift into neutral (N).
NOTE
The starter will not operate if the shift lever is
not in P or N.
5. Turn the ignition switch to the START
position and hold (up to 10 seconds at
a time) until the engine starts.
CAUTION
Do not try the starter for more than
10 seconds at a time. If the engine
stalls or fails to start, wait 10 seconds
before trying again. Otherwise, you
may damage the starter and drain
the battery.
6. After starting the engine, let it idle for
about 10 seconds.
5-4
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
l
In extremely cold weather or after the
vehicle has not been driven in several days,
let the engine warm up without operating
the accelerator.
Whether the engine is cold or warm, it
should be started without use of the
accelerator.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page175
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (175,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Turning Off the Engine
Brake System
1. Stop the vehicle completely.
qFoot Brake
2. Shift the shift lever to the P position.
Your Mazda has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
use.
3. Turn the ignition switch from the ON
position to the LOCK position.
CAUTION
When leaving the vehicle, make sure
the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position.
Should power-assist fail, you can stop by
applying greater force than normal to the
brake pedal. But the distance required to
stop will be greater than usual.
5-5
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page176
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (176,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
WARNING
Do not coast with the engine stalled or
turned off, find a safe place to stop:
Coasting with the engine stalled or
turned off is dangerous. Braking will
require more effort, and the brake's
power-assist could be depleted if you
pump the brake. This will cause
longer stopping distances or even an
accident.
Shift to a lower gear when going down
steep hills:
Driving with your foot continuously
on the brake pedal or steadily
applying the brakes for long
distances is dangerous. This causes
overheated brakes, resulting in
longer stopping distances or even
total brake failure. This could cause
loss of vehicle control and a serious
accident. Avoid continuous
application of the brakes.
Dry brakes that have become wet by
driving very slowly and applying the
brakes lightly until brake performance
is normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
5-6
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
qParking Brake
WARNING
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
put the key or start knob to LOCK
position, set the parking brake and
make sure the shift lever is in P:
It is important to place the key or
start knob in the LOCK position even
if you are not removing the key from
the ignition or leaving the vehicle.
Leaving the key in other positions
will disable some of the vehicle
security systems and run the battery
down.
Leaving the driver's seat without
putting the ignition switch in LOCK
position, setting the parking brake
and shifting the shift lever to P is
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle
movement could occur. This could
cause an accident.
CAUTION
Driving with the parking brake on
will cause excessive wear of the brake
linings or pads.
NOTE
For parking in snow, refer to Winter Driving
(page 4-10) regarding parking brake use.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page177
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (177,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Setting the parking brake
Depress the brake pedal, then depress the
parking brake pedal fully.
qBrake System Warning Light
This warning has the following functions:
Parking brake warning
The light illuminates when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switch
in the START or ON position. It turns off
when the parking brake is fully released.
Releasing the parking brake
Depress the brake pedal, then depress the
parking brake pedal until it releases.
Gradually let up on the parking brake
pedal.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
depress or that it may go closer to the
floor. In either case, it will take longer to
stop the vehicle.
1. With the engine stopped, open the
hood and check the brake fluid level
immediately, and then add fluid if
required (page 8-23).
NOTE
Release the parking brake pedal once before
trying to reapply it.
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Even if the light turns off have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-7
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page178
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (178,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an
indicator of leakage. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the
brake light is no longer illuminated.
WARNING
Do not drive with the brake system
warning light illuminated. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible:
Driving with the brake system
warning light illuminated is
dangerous. It indicates that your
brakes may not work at all or that
they could completely fail at any
time. If this light remains
illuminated, after checking that the
parking brake is fully released, have
the brakes inspected immediately.
WARNING
Do not rely on ABS or RSC as a
substitute for safe driving:
The ABS and RSC cannot compensate
for unsafe and reckless driving,
excessive speed, tailgating (following
another vehicle too closely), driving
on ice and snow, and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road
contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an
accident.
NOTE
l
qParking Brake Reminder
If the parking brake has not been
completely released and the vehicle is
driven at about 5 km/h (3 mph) or faster, a
continuous beep sound will be heard to
notify the driver that the parking brake
has not been released.
l
Braking distances may be longer on loose
surfaces (snow or gravel, for example)
which usually have a hard foundation. A
vehicle with a normal braking system may
require less distance to stop under these
conditions because the tires will build up a
wedge of surface layer when the wheels
skid.
The sound of the ABS operating may be
heard when starting the engine or
immediately after starting the vehicle.
However, it does not indicate a malfunction.
qABS Warning Light
qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
The ABS control unit continuously
monitors the speed of each wheel. If one
is about to lock up, the ABS responds by
automatically releasing and reapplying
that wheel's brake.
The driver will feel a slight vibration in
the brake pedal and may hear a chattering
noise from the brake system. This is
normal when the ABS operates. Continue
to depress the brake pedal without
pumping the brakes.
5-8
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page179
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (179,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
NOTE
When the engine is jump-started to charge the
battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABS
warning light may illuminate. If this occurs, it
is the result of the weak battery and does not
indicate an ABS malfunction.
Recharge the battery.
qElectronic Brake Force
Distribution System Warning
WARNING
Do not drive with both the ABS warning
light and brake warning light
illuminated. Have the vehicle towed to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have
the brakes inspected as soon as
possible:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are illuminated simultaneously is
dangerous.
When both lights are illuminated, the
rear wheels could lock more quickly
in an emergency stop than under
normal circumstances.
qBrake Assist
During emergency braking situations
when it is necessary to depress the brake
pedal with greater force, the brake assist
system provides braking assistance, thus
enhancing braking performance.
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may illuminate the brake
system warning light and the ABS
warning light on simultaneously. The
problem is likely to be the electronic
brake force distribution system.
When the brake pedal is depressed hard or
depressed more quickly, the brakes apply
more firmly.
NOTE
l
l
l
When the brake pedal is depressed hard or
depressed more quickly, the pedal will feel
softer but the brakes will apply more firmly.
This is a normal effect of the brake assist
operation and does not indicate an
abnormality.
When the brake pedal is depressed hard or
depressed more quickly, a motor/pump
operation noise may be heard. This is a
normal effect of the brake assist and does
not indicate an abnormality.
The brake assist equipment does not
supersede the functionality of the vehicle's
main braking system.
5-9
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page180
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qBrake Pad Wear Indicator
When the disc brake pads become worn,
the built-in wear indicators contact the
disc plates. This causes a loud screeching
noise to warn that the pads should be
replaced.
When you hear this noise, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING
Do not drive with worn disc pads:
Driving with worn disc pads is
dangerous. The brakes could fail and
cause a serious accident. As soon as
you hear a screeching noise consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-10
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (180,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page181
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (181,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Automatic Transaxle Controls
Various Lockouts:
Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition
switch must be in the ACC or ON position).
Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.
NOTE
The Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transaxle giving the
driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to shift gears. Even if
you intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional automatic, you should also be
aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be
retained as the vehicle speed increases. If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the
engine racing, confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode (page 5-13).
5-11
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page182
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (182,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qTransaxle Ranges
The shift lever must be in P or N to
operate the starter.
P (Park)
P locks the transaxle and prevents the
front wheels from rotating.
WARNING
Always set the shift lever to P and set
the parking brake:
Only setting the shift lever to the P
position without using the parking
brake to hold the vehicle is
dangerous. If P fails to hold, the
vehicle could move and cause an
accident.
CAUTION
Ø Shifting into P, N or R while the
vehicle is moving can damage
your transaxle.
Ø Shifting into a driving gear or
reverse when the engine is running
faster than idle can damage the
transaxle.
R (Reverse)
In position R, the vehicle moves only
backward. You must be at a complete stop
before shifting to or from R, except under
rare circumstances as explained in
Rocking the Vehicle (page 4-9).
N (Neutral)
In N, the wheels and transaxle are not
locked. The vehicle will roll freely even
on the slightest incline unless the parking
brake or brakes are on.
5-12
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
WARNING
If the engine is running faster than idle,
do not shift from N or P into a driving
gear:
It's dangerous to shift from N or P
into a driving gear when the engine
is running faster than idle. If this is
done, the vehicle could move
suddenly, causing an accident or
serious injury.
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle:
Shifting into N while driving is
dangerous. Engine braking cannot be
applied when decelerating which
could lead to an accident or serious
injury.
CAUTION
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle. Doing so can cause transaxle
damage.
NOTE
Apply the parking brake or depress the brake
pedal before moving the shift lever from N to
prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.
D (Drive)
D is the normal driving position. From a
stop, the transaxle will automatically shift
through a 6-gear sequence.
M (Manual)
M is the manual shift mode position.
Gears can be shifted up or down by
operating the shift lever.
Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-13).
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page183
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (183,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qActive Adaptive Shift (AAS)
NOTE
l
When the ignition switch is in the LOCK
position, the shift lever cannot be shifted
from P.
To be sure the vehicle is in park, the
ignition key cannot be removed unless the
shift lever is in P.
(With Advanced Key)
The ignition switch cannot be turned from
the ACC to the LOCK position when the
shift lever is not in P.
Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)
automatically controls the transaxle shift
points to best suit the road conditions and
driver input. This optimizes engine
performance and improves driving
comfort. When cornering the vehicle,
AAS mode will hold the transaxle in the
gear the vehicle was in before entering the
curve, allowing the vehicle to be
accelerated from the same gear after
exiting the curve.
If the driver accelerates rapidly, or
accelerates and decelerates rapidly by
operating the accelerator and brake pedal
for a certain period of time while the
selector lever is in the D position, AAS
mode could activate. When this occurs,
AAS mode will maintain the transaxle in
the optimum gear and the driver may
sense that the transaxle is not shifting,
however this does not indicate an
abnormality.
qManual Shift Mode
qShift-Lock System
Changing to manual shift mode while driving
will not damage the transaxle.
l
l
This mode gives you the feel of driving a
manual transaxle vehicle by operating the
shift lever and allows you to control
engine rpm and torque to the drive wheels
much like a manual transaxle when more
control is desired.
To change to manual shift mode, shift the
lever from D to M.
NOTE
The shift-lock system prevents shifting
out of P unless the brake pedal is
depressed.
To shift from P:
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Move the shift lever.
To return to automatic shift mode, shift
the lever from M to D.
5-13
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page184
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (184,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
l
l
l
Shifting
If you change to manual shift mode when
the vehicle is stopped, the gear will shift to
M1.
If you change to manual shift mode without
depressing the accelerator pedal when
driving in D range, 5th gear, the gear will
shift to M4.
If you change to manual shift mode without
depressing the accelerator pedal when
driving in D range, 6th gear, the gear will
shift to M5.
Manually Shifting up
(M1 → M2 → M3 → M4 → M5 → M6)
To shift up to a higher gear, tap the shift
lever back ( ) once.
Indicators
Shift position indicator
In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shift
position indicator in the instrument panel
illuminates.
Gear position indicator
The numeral for the selected gear
illuminates.
NOTE
l
l
Shift position indicator
l
Gear position indicator
NOTE
If the gears cannot be shifted down when
driving at higher speeds, the gear position
indicator will flash twice to signal that the
gears cannot be shifted down (to protect the
transaxle).
5-14
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
When driving slowly, the gears may not
shift up depending on vehicle speed.
In manual shift mode, gears do not shift up
automatically. Do not run the engine with
the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE. If
the tachometer needle enters the RED
ZONE, you may feel engine-braking
because the fuel delivery will be stopped to
protect the engine. However, this does not
indicate an abnormality.
When depressing the accelerator fully, the
transaxle will shift to a lower gear,
depending on vehicle speed.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page185
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (185,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Manually Shifting down
( M6 → M5 → M4 → M3 → M2 →
M1)
To shift down to a lower gear, tap the shift
lever forward ( ) once.
Second gear fixed mode
When the shift lever is tapped back ( )
while the vehicle is stopped, the transaxle
is set in the second gear fixed mode. The
gear is fixed in second while in this mode
for easier starting and driving on slippery
roads. If the shift lever is tapped back ( )
or forward ( ) while in the second gear
fixed mode, the mode will be canceled.
Shifting specification
Shifting up
If the vehicle speed is lower than the
speed specified for each gear, the gear
cannot be shifted up to a higher gear.
Gear
WARNING
Do not use engine braking on slippery
road surfaces or at high speeds:
Shifting down while driving on wet,
snowy, or frozen roads, or while
driving at high speeds causes sudden
engine braking, which is dangerous.
The sudden change in tire speed
could cause the tires to skid. This
could lead to loss of vehicle control
and an accident.
NOTE
l
l
l
When driving at high speeds, the gear may
not shift down depending on vehicle speed.
During deceleration, the gear may
automatically shift down depending on
vehicle speed.
When depressing the accelerator fully, the
transaxle will shift to a lower gear,
depending on vehicle speed.
M1 → M2
M2 → M3
M3 → M4
M4 → M5
M5 → M6
Vehicle speed
You can shift up to M2 whether the
vehicle is stopped or moving.
15 km/h (10 mph)
29 km/h (19 mph)
40 km/h (25 mph)
50 km/h (32 mph)
Shifting down
If the vehicle speed is higher than the
speed specified for each gear, the gear
cannot be shifted to a lower gear so as to
protect the transaxle.
Gear
M6 → M5
M5 → M4
M4 → M3
M3 → M2
M2 → M1
Vehicle speed
230 km/h (142 mph)
201 km/h (124 mph)
150 km/h (93 mph)
96 km/h (59 mph)
49 km/h (30 mph)
NOTE
Regarding the vehicle speed at the highest
gear indicated above, achieving this speed
may not actually be possible depending on
various driving conditions such as the wind,
upslope, and road surface.
5-15
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page186
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (186,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
During deceleration, the gears shift down
automatically when speed is reduced to
the following:
On a steep downgrade, downshifting
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs
brake life.
Gear
M6 → M5
M5 → M4
M4 → M3
M3 or M2 → M1
qDriving Tips
Vehicle speed
47 km/h (29 mph)
37 km/h (22 mph)
26 km/h (16 mph)
7 km/h (4 mph)
NOTE
The gear does not shift down to M1
automatically while in the second gear fixed
mode.
If the vehicle is kicked down at the
following speeds or lower, the gears shift
down automatically:
Gear
M6 → M5
M5 → M4
M4 → M3
M3 → M2
Vehicle speed
230 km/h (142 mph)
90 km/h (55 mph)
65 km/h (40 mph)
40 km/h (24 mph)
Recommendations for shifting
Upshifting
For normal acceleration and cruising, we
recommend these shift points.
Gear
M1 to M2
M2 to M3
M3 to M4
M4 to M5
M5 to M6
Vehicle speed
24 km/h (15 mph)
40 km/h (25 mph)
65 km/h (40 mph)
73 km/h (45 mph)
80 km/h (50 mph)
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift
before the engine starts to overwork. This
gives better acceleration when you need
more speed.
5-16
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
WARNING
Do not allow the vehicle to move in
reverse on an up-slope while the
selector lever is in a forward gear
position, or move forward on a downslope while the selector lever is in the
reverse position.
Otherwise, the engine will stop,
causing the loss of the power brake
and power steering functions, and
make it difficult to control the vehicle
which could result in an accident.
Passing
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing steep grades, depress
the accelerator fully. The transaxle will
shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed.
Climbing steep grades from a stop
To climb a steep grade from a stopped
position:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Shift to D or M1, depending on the
load weight and grade steepness.
3. Release the brake pedal while
gradually accelerating.
Descending steep grades
When descending a steep grade, shift to
lower gears, depending on load weight
and grade steepness. Descend slowly,
using the brakes only occasionally to
prevent them from overheating.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page187
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (187,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Power Steering
Power steering is only operable when the
engine is running. If the engine is off or if
the power steering system is inoperable,
you can still steer, but it requires more
physical effort.
All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
Operation í
AWD provides excellent driveability on
snow-covered and ice-packed roads, sand
and mud, as well as on steep slopes and
other slippery surfaces.
If the steering feels stiffer than usual
during normal driving, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Never hold the steering wheel to the
extreme left or right for more than 5
seconds with the engine running.
This could damage the power
steering system.
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
5-17
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page188
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (188,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qAWD Driving
qAWD Warning Light
WARNING
Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed and
abrupt maneuvers when driving this
vehicle:
Sharp turns, excessive speed and
abrupt maneuvering of this vehicle is
dangerous as it could result in the
increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle roll-over, personal
injury or death.
This vehicle has a higher center of
gravity. Vehicles with a higher center
of gravity such as utility and AWD
vehicles handle differently than
vehicles with a lower center of
gravity.
Utility and AWD vehicles are not
designed for cornering at high speeds
any more than low profile sports cars
are designed to perform satisfactorily
under off-road conditions. In
addition, utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles.
RSC might help if you get into
trouble, but then it might not be able
to allow you to fully recover, always
drive carefully with the vehicle's
height in mind.
Drive carefully when the vehicle is
loaded by lowering vehicle speed and
applying the brakes earlier:
Abrupt maneuvering and sudden
braking when driving a loaded
vehicle is dangerous as the driving
behavior of a vehicle with a high
center of gravity is different when it is
loaded compared to when it is not,
and could result in the loss of vehicle
control and an accident.
5-18
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
This warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Thereafter, the warning light will
illuminate or flash under the following
conditions:
l Illuminates when there is an
abnormality with the AWD system.
l Flashes when the differential oil
temperature is abnormally high.
l Flashes when there are continually
large differences between front and rear
wheel rotation, such as when trying to
pull away from an icy surface, or when
trying to extricate the vehicle from
mud, sand or similar conditions.
If the AWD warning light illuminates:
If the AWD warning light illuminates,
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If the AWD warning light flashes:
Park the vehicle in a safe place. After a
few moments, if the warning light stops
flashing, you can resume driving. If the
light does not stop flashing, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page189
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (189,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
WARNING
Never spin a wheel that is off the
ground:
Spinning a wheel that is off the
ground as a result of the vehicle
being stuck or in a ditch is
dangerous. The drive assembly could
be seriously damaged which could
lead to an accident or could even
lead to overheating, oil leakage, and
a fire.
qTires and Tire Chains
The condition of the tires plays a large
role in the performance of the vehicle.
Moreover, to prevent adverse effects to
the drive assembly, please note the
following:
Tire chains
l Install tire chains to the front tires.
l Do not use tire chains on the rear
wheels.
l Do not drive the vehicle faster than 30
km/h (19 mph) with the tire chains
installed.
l Do not drive the vehicle with tire
chains on road conditions other than
snow or ice.
qTowing
If the vehicle requires towing, have it
towed with all four wheels completely off
the ground(page 7-19).
Tires
l
l
l
l
When replacing tires, always replace
all front and rear tires at the same time.
All tires must be of the same size,
manufacture, brand and tread pattern.
Pay particular attention when
equipping snow or other types of
winter tires.
Do not mix tread-worn tires with
normal tires.
Inspect tire inflation pressures at the
specified periods and adjust to the
specified pressures.
NOTE
Check the tire inflation pressure label attached
to driver's door frame for the correct tire
inflation pressure.
l
Make sure to equip the vehicle with
genuine wheels of the specified size,
on all wheels. With AWD, the system
is calibrated for all four wheels being
of the same dimensions.
5-19
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page190
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (190,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Cruise Control
With cruise control, you can set and
automatically maintain any speed of more
than about 30 km/h (19 mph).
WARNING
Do not use the cruise control under the
following conditions:
Using the cruise control under the
following conditions is dangerous
and could result in loss of vehicle
control.
Ø Hilly terrain
Ø Steep inclines
Ø Heavy or unsteady traffic
Ø Slippery or winding roads
Ø Similar restrictions that require
inconsistent speed
qCruise Main Indicator Light
(Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator
Light (Green)
The indicator light has two colors.
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)
The indicator light illuminates amber
when the ON switch is pressed and the
cruise control system is activated.
Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
The indicator light illuminates green when
a cruising speed has been set.
5-20
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
qActivation/Deactivation
To activate the system, press the ON
switch.
The cruise main indicator light
illuminates.
To deactivate the system, press the OFF
switch.
The cruise main indicator light turns off.
WARNING
Always turn off the cruise control
system when it is not in use:
Leaving the cruise control system in
an activation-ready state while the
cruise control is not in use is
dangerous as the cruise control could
unexpectedly activate if the
activation button is accidentally
pressed, and result in loss of vehicle
control and an accident.
qTo Set Speed
1. Activate the cruise control system by
pressing the ON switch.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which
must be more than 30 km/h (19 mph).
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page191
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (191,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
3. Set the cruise control by pressing the
cruise control SET /SET - switch up
or down at the desired speed. The
cruise control is set at the moment the
cruise control SET /SET - switch is
pressed up or down. Release the
accelerator pedal simultaneously.
Cruise control
switch
qTo Increase Cruising Speed
Follow either of these procedures.
To increase speed using cruise control
switch
Press up the cruise control SET
switch
and hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.
Release the switch at the speed you want.
Cruise control
switch
NOTE
l
l
l
Release the cruise control switch at the
desired speed, otherwise the speed will
continue increasing while the switch is
pressed up, and continue decreasing while
it is pressed down (except when the
accelerator pedal is depressed).
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
momentarily slow down while ascending,
or speed up while descending.
Cruise control will turn off if vehicle speed
drops below 30 km/h (19 mph) when cruise
is activated, such as when climbing a steep
grade.
Your vehicle has a tap-up feature that
allows you to increase your current speed
in increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the cruise control SET
switch. Multiple taps will increase
your vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for
each tap.
5-21
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page192
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (192,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
To increase speed using accelerator
pedal
Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate
to the desired speed.
Press down or press up on the cruise
control SET /SET - switch and release
it immediately.
Your vehicle has a tap-down feature that
allows you to decrease your current speed
in decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the cruise control SET switch. Multiple taps will decrease your
vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each
tap.
qTo Resume Cruising Speed at
More Than 30 km/h (19 mph)
Cruise control
switch
NOTE
If some other method besides the OFF
switch was used to cancel cruising speed
(such as applying the brake pedal) and the
system is still activated, the most recent
set speed will automatically resume when
the RES switch is pressed.
If vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (19
mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 30
km/h (19 mph) or more and press the RES
switch.
Accelerate if you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on. Greater speed
will not interfere with or change the set speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator to return to
the set speed.
qTo Decrease Cruising Speed
Press down the cruise control SET switch and hold it. The vehicle will
gradually slow.
Release the switch at the speed you want.
qTo Cancel
Cruise control
switch
5-22
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
To cancel the system, use one of these
methods:
l Press the OFF switch.
l Slightly depress the brake pedal.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page193
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (193,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
l
Press the CANCEL switch.
Traction Control System
(TCS)
The Traction Control System (TCS)
enhances traction and safety by
controlling engine torque and braking.
When the TCS detects driving wheel
slippage, it lowers engine torque and
operates the brakes to prevent loss of
traction.
The system turns off when the ignition is
switched off.
NOTE
Cruise control will cancel at about 15 km/h (9
mph) below the preset speed (such as may
happen when climbing a long, steep grade).
This means that on a slick surface, the
engine adjusts automatically to provide
optimum power to the drive wheels
without causing them to spin and lose
traction.
WARNING
Do not rely on the traction control
system as a substitute for safe driving:
The traction control system (TCS)
cannot compensate for unsafe and
reckless driving, excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle
too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road
contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an
accident.
Use snow tires or tire chains and drive
at reduced speeds when roads are
covered with ice and/or snow:
Driving without proper traction
devices on snow and/or ice-covered
roads is dangerous. The traction
control system (TCS) alone cannot
provide adequate traction and you
could still have an accident.
5-23
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page194
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (194,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CAUTION
Do not rely on the TCS to maintain
constant control of the vehicle under
severe or maximum handling
conditions. If the TCS operates
frequently due to severe driving
conditions, the TCS may stop
operating to protect the brakes from
overheating. After the brakes have
cooled down, the TCS resumes
normal operation.
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light
qTCS OFF Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
It also illuminates when the TCS OFF
switch is pressed and TCS is switched off.
Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 5-25.
If the light remains illuminated and the
TCS is not switched off, take your vehicle
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer. The
dynamic stability control may have a
malfunction.
NOTE
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC is
operating, the indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC or the
brake assist system may have a
malfunction and they may not operate
correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
l
l
l
In addition to the indicator light flashing, a
slight lugging sound will come from the
engine. This indicates that the TCS is
operating properly.
On slippery surfaces, such as fresh snow, it
will be impossible to achieve high rpm
when the TCS is on.
The brake assist system does not operate
while the TCS/DSC indicator light is
illuminated.
5-24
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the TCS
OFF indicator light remain illuminated even
after turning the ignition switch from ON to
LOCK, and back to ON, attempt the procedure
again. If this still does not resolve the issue,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page195
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (195,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qTCS OFF Switch
If the vehicle speed is less than 15 km/h
(9 mph), press the TCS OFF switch to
turn off the TCS. The TCS OFF indicator
light will illuminate.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
l
Press the switch again to turn the TCS
back on. The TCS OFF indicator light
will turn off. If the vehicle speed is more
than 15 km/h (9 mph), the TCS OFF
indicator light will not illuminate even if
the switch is pressed.
When TCS is on and you attempt to free the
vehicle when it is stuck, or drive it out of
freshly fallen snow, the TCS will activate.
Depressing the accelerator will not
increase engine power and freeing the
vehicle may be difficult. When this happens,
turn off the TCS.
If the TCS is off when the engine is turned
off, it automatically activates when the
ignition switch is turned on.
Leaving the TCS on will provide the best
traction.
If the TCS is OFF when the vehicle speed is
more than 15 km/h (9 mph), it
automatically activates and the TCS OFF
indicator light will turn off.
If the TCS OFF switch is pressed and held
for 10 seconds or more, the TCS OFF
switch malfunction detection function
operates and the TCS and DSC/RSC system
activates automatically. The TCS OFF
indicator light turns off while the TCS
system is operative.
5-25
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page196
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (196,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Dynamic Stability Control
(DSC)/Roll Stability
Control (RSC)
The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)
automatically controls braking and engine
torque in conjunction with systems such
as ABS and TCS to help control side slip
when driving on slippery surfaces or
during sudden or evasive maneuvering,
enhancing vehicle safety.
The Roll Stability Control (RSC)
automatically controls braking and engine
torque in conjunction with systems such
as ABS and TCS to help control rolling
when cornering at a higher speed or
during sudden or evasive maneuvering,
enhancing vehicle safety.
Refer to ABS (page 5-8) and TCS (page
5-23).
DSC/RSC operation is possible at speeds
greater than 15 km/h (9 mph).
5-26
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
WARNING
Do not rely on the dynamic stability
control as a substitute for safe driving:
The dynamic stability control (DSC)/
Roll Stability Control (RSC) cannot
compensate for unsafe and reckless
driving, excessive speed, tailgating
(following another vehicle too
closely), and hydroplaning (reduced
tire friction and road contact because
of water on the road surface). You
can still have an accident.
When driving under bad road
conditions, lower the vehicle speed and
drive carefully:
Reckless driving and excessive speed
under any road conditions is
dangerous as it reduces vehicle
stability and operability which could
result in an accident.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page197
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (197,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CAUTION
Ø The DSC/RSC may not operate
correctly unless the following are
observed:
Ø Use tires of the correct size
specified for your Mazda on all
four wheels.
Ø Use tires of the same
manufacturer, brand and tread
pattern on all four wheels.
Ø Do not mix worn tires.
Ø The DSC/RSC may not operate
correctly when tire chains are used
or a temporary spare tire is
installed because the tire diameter
changes.
Ø Do not modify the suspension,
steering wheel, and tires. It may
affect the DSC/RSC.
Ø Do not install non-genuine
speakers since their vibration may
affect the DSC/RSC sensors.
NOTE
The brake assist system does not operate while
the TCS/DSC/RSC indicator light is
illuminated.
qTCS/DSC/RSC Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC/
RSC is operating, the indicator light
flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC/RSC
may have a malfunction and they may not
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-27
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page198
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (198,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System í
The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) monitors the pressure for each tire.
If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires, the system will inform the driver via the
warning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound.
The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal to
the receiver unit in the vehicle.
Tire pressure sensors
NOTE
When the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes, tire temperatures are also lower.
When the tire temperature decreases, the air pressure decreases as well. The TPMS warning light
may illuminate more frequently. Visually inspect the tires daily before driving, and check tire
pressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge. When checking tire pressures, use of a digital tire
pressure gauge is recommended.
TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tires
regularly.
5-28
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page199
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (199,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CAUTION
Ø Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold
and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a
different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those
tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure
monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one
or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's
handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it
is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Ø Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale.
When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately
one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will
continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to
detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a
variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always
check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow
the TPMS to continue to function properly.
Ø To avoid false readings, the system samples for a little while before indicating a
problem. As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation or
blow out.
NOTE
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
5-29
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page200
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (200,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qTire Pressure Monitoring System
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Thereafter, the warning light illuminates
and a beep is heard when tire pressure is
too low in one or more tires, and flashes
when there is a system malfunction.
WARNING
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes, or
the tire pressure warning beep sound is
heard, decrease vehicle speed
immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes,
or the tire pressure warning beep
sound is heard, it is dangerous to
drive the vehicle at high speeds, or
perform sudden maneuvering or
braking. Vehicle drivability could
worsen and result in an accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak
or a flat, pull over to a safe position
where you can check the visual
condition of the tire and determine if
you have enough air to proceed to a
place where air may be added and
the system monitored again by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire
repair station.
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is
dangerous, even if you know why it is
illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it
develops into a more serious
situation that could lead to tire
failure and a dangerous accident.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
When the warning light illuminates, and
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3
seconds), tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires.
5-30
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page201
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (201,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire
pressure. Refer to the specification charts
(page 10-6).
NOTE
l
CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
l
l
Perform tire pressure adjustment when the
tires are cold. Tire pressure will vary
according to the tire temperature, therefore
let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive
it 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjusting
the tire pressures. When pressure is
adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation
pressure, the TPMS warning light/beep may
turn on after the tires cool and pressure
drops below specification.
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,
resulting from the tire air pressure dropping
due to cold ambient temperature, may turn
off if the ambient temperature rises. In this
case, it will also be necessary to adjust the
tire air pressures. If the TPMS warning
light illuminates due to a drop in tire air
pressure, make sure to check and adjust the
tire air pressures.
After adjusting the tire air pressures, it may
require some time for the TPMS warning
light to turn off. If the TPMS warning light
remains illuminated, drive the vehicle at a
speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10
minutes, and then verify that it turns off.
Tires lose air naturally over time and the
TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too
soft over time or you have a flat. However,
when you find one low tire in a set of fourthat is an indication of trouble; you should
have someone drive the vehicle slowly
forward so you can inspect any low tire for
cuts and any metal objects sticking through
tread or sidewall. Put a few drops of water
in the valve stem to see if it bubbles
indicating a bad valve. Leaks need to be
addressed by more than simply refilling the
trouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take it
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has
all the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systems
and order the best replacement tire for your
vehicle.
5-31
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page202
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (202,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
If the warning light illuminates again even
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there
may be a tire puncture. Replace the
punctured tire with the temporary spare
tire (page 7-8).
NOTE
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used.
Warning light flashes
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qSystem Error Activation
When the TPMS warning light flashes,
there may be a system malfunction.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
A system error activation may occur in
the following cases:
l When there is equipment or a device
near the vehicle using the same radio
frequency as that of the tire pressure
sensors.
l When using the following devices in
the vehicle that may cause radio
interference with the receiver unit.
A digital device such as a personal
computer.
A current converter device such as a
DC-AC converter.
l When excess snow or ice adheres to
the vehicle, especially around the
wheels.
l When the tire pressure sensor batteries
are exhausted.
l When using a wheel with no tire
pressure sensor installed.
l When using tires with steel wire
reinforcement in the side walls.
l When using tire chains.
qTires and Wheels
CAUTION
When inspecting or adjusting the tire
air pressures, do not apply excessive
force to the stem part of the wheel
unit. The stem part could be
damaged.
Changing tires and wheels
The following procedure allows the
TPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor's
unique ID signal code whenever tires or
wheels are changed, such as changing to
and from winter tires.
NOTE
Each tire pressure sensor has a unique ID
signal code. The signal code must be
registered with the TPMS before it can work.
The easiest way to do it is to have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer change your tire and
complete ID signal code registration.
When having tires changed at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer
Tire pressure sensor ID signal code
registration is completed when an
Authorized Mazda Dealer changes your
vehicle's tires.
l
l
5-32
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
When changing tires yourself
If you or someone else changes tires, you
or someone else can also undertake the
steps for the TPMS to complete the ID
signal code registration.
1. After tires have been changed, turn the
ignition switch to the ON position, then
turn it back to the ACC or LOCK
position.
2. Wait for about 15 minutes.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page203
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (203,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
3. After about 15 minutes, drive the
vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h
(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tire
pressure sensor ID signal code will be
registered automatically.
l
NOTE
l
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutes
of changing tires, the tire pressure monitoring
system warning light will flash because the
sensor ID signal code would not have been
registered. If this happens, park the vehicle for
about 15 minutes, after which the sensor ID
signal code will register upon driving the
vehicle for 10 minutes.
A new tire pressure sensor is installed
to a new wheel.
l
The tire pressure sensor ID signal code
must be registered when a new tire pressure
sensor is purchased. For purchase of a tire
pressure sensor and registration of the tire
pressure sensor ID signal code, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When reinstalling a previously removed tire
pressure sensor to a wheel, replace the
grommet (seal between valve body/sensor
and wheel) for the tire pressure sensor.
Replacing tires and wheels
CAUTION
Ø When replacing/repairing the tires
or wheels or both, have the work
done by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer, or the tire pressure sensors
may be damaged.
Ø The wheels equipped on your
Mazda are specially designed for
installation of the tire pressure
sensors. Do not use non-genuine
wheels, otherwise it may not be
possible to install the tire pressure
sensors.
Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors
installed whenever tires or wheels are
replaced.
When having a tire or wheel or both
replaced, the following types of tire
pressure sensor installations are possible.
l The tire pressure sensor is removed
from the old wheel and installed to the
new one.
l The same tire pressure sensor is used
with the same wheel. Only the tire is
replaced.
5-33
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page204
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (204,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) System í
The Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) system is designed to assist the driver by monitoring
blind spots on both sides of the vehicle to the rear in certain situations such as when
changing lanes on roads and freeways.
The BSM system monitors the detection areas on both sides of the vehicle to the rear when
the vehicle speed is about 32 km/h (20 mph) or more, and notifies the driver of vehicles in
the detection area by illuminating the BSM warning light.
If the turn signal lever is operated in the direction the BSM warning light is illuminated, the
system warns the driver of the vehicle in the detection area with a beep sound.
Detection areas
WARNING
Do not rely completely on the BSM system and be sure to look over your shoulder
before changing lanes:
The BSM system can assist the driver in confirming the safety of the surroundings
but is not a complete substitute. The driver is responsible for assuring lane changes
and other maneuvers. Always pay attention to the direction in which the vehicle is
traveling and the vehicle's surroundings.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
The BSM system does not operate when the vehicle speed is lower than about 32 km/h (20 mph).
The radar sensors are equipped inside the rear bumper. (page 5-37)
The system may not operate normally when towing a trailer. Turn off the system by operating the
BSM OFF switch when towing a trailer.
The radar sensors do not detect human, animal, or static objects such as fences. In addition, the
system pauses when the selector lever is shifted to the R position. (The system resumes
automatically when the selector lever is shifted from the R position.)
5-34
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page205
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (205,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
l
The detectability of the radar sensors has its limitations. The BSM system may not operate
properly under the following conditions:
Ice, snow, or soil adheres to the rear bumper surface around the radar sensors.
During adverse weather conditions such as rain or snow, or under conditions where water is
sprayed.
The rear bumper area around the radar sensors is blocked by foreign material (such as
stickers or a bicycle carrier).
The radar sensors may not detect all types of vehicles around your vehicle, especially the
following types of vehicles:
Motorcycles
Vehicles with body shapes that radar may not reflect such as a flatbed trailer with no cargo.
Vehicles with lower body height such as sports cars.
Have the radar sensors inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer if any shock is applied to the
rear bumper, even in a minor accident. If the vehicle is driven with a damaged radar sensor, the
system may not operate properly resulting in an accident.
For repairs or paintwork around the radar sensors, or replacement of the bumper, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The radar sensors of the BSM system may be regulated under the radio wave related laws of the
country where the vehicle is driven. The sensors in this system are approved for use in the U.S.A.
(including territories), Canada, and Mexico. If a vehicle with a BSM system is driven in a country
other than the U.S.A., Canada, or Mexico, the system has to be turned off using the BSM OFF
switch.
The detection area of the system has been determined based on the lane width of general
freeways. Therefore on a road with a narrower lane width, the system may detect vehicles on a
lane next to the adjacent lane and operate the warning light/beep. On a road with wider lane
width, the system may not detect vehicles on the adjacent lane and may not operate the warning
light/beep.
Operation of the warning light/beep may be delayed or the system may not operate the warning
light/beep under the following conditions:
The vehicle accelerates from a standing-start with a vehicle alongside.
A vehicle moves from a lane two lanes over to the adjacent lane.
The difference in vehicle speed between your vehicle and another vehicle is larger when
passing or being passed, and the vehicle passes the detection area within a short period of
time.
On a steep incline, or when there is a difference in height between lanes.
Immediately after the system has been activated by pressing the BSM OFF switch again after it
has been turned off (BSM OFF indicator light in instrument panel illuminates) by pressing the
switch.
Although the system may detect objects on the road side such as parked vehicles or guardrails and
operate the warning light/beep, it does not indicate a malfunction.
If the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors can
detect, the system may pause (The BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument panel flashes).
However, it does not indicate a malfunction.
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
5-35
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page206
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (206,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
l
The following conditions may affect the visibility of the BSM warning lights on the outside mirror,
making it difficult to confirm the illumination of the lights:
Ice or snow adheres to the surface of the outside mirrors.
The door window glass is tinted.
l
l
qBSM Warning Light/Beep
BSM warning light
Equipped on the left and right door
mirrors.
BSM warning beep
The warning beep operates when the turn
signal lever is operated to the side where
the BSM warning light is illuminated.
NOTE
The system can be customized so that the BSM
warning beep does not operate. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qBSM OFF Indicator Light
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
If the BSM system detects a vehicle in the
detection area while the vehicle is driven
at a speed of about 32 km/h (20 mph) or
more, the BSM warning light illuminates
on the side of the vehicle where the rear
on-coming vehicle is detected.
NOTE
l
l
If ice or snow adhere to the outer mirror
surface, the BSM warning light may not be
visible.
If the door window glass is tinted, it may
affect the visibility of the BSM warning
light, making it difficult to confirm the
illumination of the light.
5-36
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
This indicator light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
The BSM OFF indicator light illuminates
when the BSM system is turned off by
pressing the BSM OFF switch.
The indicator light flashes if the BSM
system has a malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven on a road with less
traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors
can detect, the system may pause (The BSM
OFF indicator light in the instrument panel
flashes). However, it does not indicate a
malfunction.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page207
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (207,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qBSM OFF Switch
qCare of Radar Sensors
When the BSM switch is pressed, the
BSM system turns off and the BSM OFF
indicator light illuminates.
The radar sensors are equipped inside the
rear bumper.
Radar sensors
Press the BSM OFF switch again to turn
on the BSM system. The BSM OFF
indicator light turns off.
Always keep the bumper surface near the
radar sensor area clean so that the BSM
system operates normally. Refer to the
Exterior Care (page 8-56).
NOTE
NOTE
l
l
The system may not operate normally when
towing a trailer. Turn off the system by
operating the BSM OFF switch when
towing a trailer.
If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK
position with the BSM system turned off, the
system becomes operable automatically
when the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
l
l
The BSM OFF indicator light flashes if the
radar sensors cannot operate normally. If
the light remains flashing after cleaning the
bumper surface near the radar sensor area,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
For repairs or paintwork around the radar
sensors, or replacement of the bumper,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-37
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page208
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (208,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qSafety Certification
Radiation Hazard
This BSM (blind spot monitoring) device
emits intentional electromagnetic
radiation in the 24 GHz to 25 GHz
frequency range. The total radiated
average power over the entire bandwidth
is below _14 dBm (40 µW). The active
emitting antenna surface is 72 cm2;
therefore the radiated power density in
front of the BSM device is 0.55 µW/cm2.
This value is far below the legal human
exposure protection limit of 1 mW/
cm2(MPE) in Europe and US.
Declaration of compliance for 24 GHz
blind spot radar
(U.S.A)
FCC ID: KR5SV2008BSD
This vehicle is equipped with a 24 GHz
blind spot monitoring (BSM) radar
system, which complies with part 15 of
the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. This device may only work when the
vehicle is in operation pursuant to
§15.252 (a) (4).
5-38
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
(CANADA)
ICDCE2008075 (temporary permission
until RSS·220 is in force)
This vehicle is equipped with a 24 GHz
blind spot monitoring (BSM) radar
system, which complies with the (actually
draft) RSS·220 standard of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. This device may only work when the
vehicle is in operation pursuant to
RSS·220 5.2 (b)
NOTE
During printing time of this user manual the
approvals listed below are granted. Further
countries may become available or actual
certification identifiers may be subject to
change or update.
WARNING
Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page209
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (209,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
Meters and Gauges
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the dashboard gauges illuminate.
Speedometer ...................................................................................................... page 5-40
Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector .................................................. page 5-40
Tachometer ........................................................................................................ page 5-41
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge .................................................................. page 5-41
Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-42
Dashboard Illumination ..................................................................................... page 5-42
5-39
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page210
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (210,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
qSpeedometer
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle.
qOdometer, Trip Meter and Trip
Meter Selector
The display mode can be changed
between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the selector while one of them is
displayed. The selected mode will be
displayed.
Odometer
Trip meter A
Press the selector
Odometer
Selector
Trip meter B
Press the selector
Odometer
Odometer
Trip meter
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
Trip meter
The trip meter can record the total
distance of two trips. One is recorded in
trip meter A, and the other is recorded in
trip meter B.
For instance, trip meter A can record the
distance from the point of origin, and trip
meter B can record the distance from
where the fuel tank is filled.
When trip meter A is selected, pressing
the selector again within one second will
change to trip meter B mode.
When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A
will be displayed. When trip meter B is
selected, TRIP B will be displayed.
5-40
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page211
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (211,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
The trip meter records the total distance
the vehicle is driven until the meter is
again reset. Return it to “0.0” by holding
the selector depressed for 1 second or
more. Use this meter to measure trip
distances and to compute fuel
consumption.
qEngine Coolant Temperature Gauge
The engine coolant temperature gauge
shows the temperature of the engine
coolant.
NOTE
l
l
Only the trip meters record tenths of
kilometers (miles).
The trip record will be erased when:
The power supply is interrupted (blown
fuse or the battery is disconnected).
The vehicle is driven over 999.9 km
(mile).
l
l
qTachometer
The tachometer shows engine speed in
thousands of revolutions per minute
(rpm).
If the needle is near H, it indicates
overheating.
CAUTION
Driving with an overheated engine
can cause serious engine damage
(page 7-14).
Red zone
CAUTION
Do not run the engine with the
tachometer needle in the RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
5-41
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page212
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (212,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
qFuel Gauge
qDashboard Illumination
The fuel gauge shows approximately how
much fuel is remaining in the tank when
the ignition switch is in the ON position.
We recommend keeping the tank over 1/4
full. When the low fuel warning light
illuminates or when the needle is near E,
refuel as soon as possible.
Rotate the knob to adjust the brightness of
the instrument cluster and other
illuminations in the dashboard.
NOTE
l
l
l
The brightness of dashboard illuminations
can be adjusted when the headlight switch
is in the
or
position.
When the dashboard illumination
brightness cannot be adjusted any more, a
beep sound will be heard.
(Black-out meter)
The brightness of the instrument cluster
illumination can be adjusted when the
headlight switch is in any position.
Dim
Full
Approx. 1/4 Full
Low fuel
warning light
NOTE
l
l
After refueling, it may require some time for
the needle to stabilize. In addition, the
needle may deviate while driving on a slope
or curve since the fuel moves in the tank.
The direction of the arrow (
) shows next
to the low fuel warning light indicates that
the fuel-filler lid is on the left side of the
vehicle.
Bright
Canceling the illumination dimmer
(Black-out meter and dashboard
illuminations)
When the headlight switch is in the
or
position, the illumination of the
instrument cluster and the information
display dims.
When driving on snowy or foggy roads,
or in other situations when the instrument
cluster or information display's visibility
is reduced due to glare from surrounding
brightness, cancel the illumination
dimmer and increase the illumination
intensity.
5-42
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page213
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (213,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
To cancel the illumination dimmer, press
the dashboard illumination knob.
NOTE
l
l
This symbol ( ) indicates the knob to
adjust the brightness of the dashboard
illumination.
If the illumination dimmer is cancelled, the
instrument cluster and the information
display will not dim when the headlight
switch is turned to the
or
position
again.
5-43
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page214
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (214,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Warning/Indicator Lights
Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas
Signal
Warning/Indicator Lights
Page
Brake System Warning Light
5-46
Charging System Warning Light
5-48
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light
5-48
Check Engine Light
5-48
Powertrain Malfunction/Reduced Power Warning Light
5-49
ABS Warning Light
5-47
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light
5-49
5-44
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page215
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (215,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Signal
Warning/Indicator Lights
Page
Low Fuel Warning Light
5-50
Check Fuel Cap Warning Light
5-50
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep
5-50
Door-Ajar Warning Light
5-52
Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light
5-52
Automatic Transaxle Warning Light
5-52
AWD Warning Light
5-52
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light
5-53
KEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY Indicator Light (Green)
5-55
Security Indicator Light
5-56
Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light
5-57
Shift Position Indicator Light
5-57
TCS/DSC Indicator Light
5-57
TCS OFF Indicator Light
5-58
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
5-58
BSM OFF Indicator Light
5-58
5-45
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page216
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (216,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Signal
Warning/Indicator Lights
Page
Lights-On Indicator Light
5-59
Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights
5-59
qBrake System Warning Light
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Even if the light turns off have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
This warning has the following functions:
Parking brake warning
The light illuminates when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switch
in the START or ON position. It turns off
when the parking brake is fully released.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
depress or that it may go closer to the
floor. In either case, it will take longer to
stop the vehicle.
1. With the engine stopped, open the
hood and check the brake fluid level
immediately, and then add fluid if
required (page 8-23).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
5-46
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
NOTE
Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an
indicator of leakage. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the
brake light is no longer illuminated.
WARNING
Do not drive with the brake system
warning light illuminated. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible:
Driving with the brake system
warning light illuminated is
dangerous. It indicates that your
brakes may not work at all or that
they could completely fail at any
time. If this light remains
illuminated, after checking that the
parking brake is fully released, have
the brakes inspected immediately.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page217
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (217,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qABS Warning Light
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
NOTE
When the engine is jump-started to charge the
battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABS
warning light may illuminate. If this occurs, it
is the result of the weak battery and does not
indicate an ABS malfunction.
Recharge the battery.
qElectronic Brake Force
Distribution System Warning
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may illuminate the brake
system warning light and the ABS
warning light on simultaneously. The
problem is likely to be the electronic
brake force distribution system.
WARNING
Do not drive with both the ABS warning
light and brake warning light
illuminated. Have the vehicle towed to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have
the brakes inspected as soon as
possible:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are illuminated simultaneously is
dangerous.
When both lights are illuminated, the
rear wheels could lock more quickly
in an emergency stop than under
normal circumstances.
5-47
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page218
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (218,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qCharging System Warning Light
If the light illuminates while driving:
1. Drive to the side of the road and park
off the right-of-way on level ground.
2. Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutes
for the oil to drain back into the oil
pan.
This warning light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and turns off when the engine is
started.
If the warning light illuminates while
driving, it indicates a malfunction of the
alternator or of the charging system.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Do not continue driving when the
charging system warning light is
illuminated because the engine could
stop unexpectedly.
3. Inspect the engine oil level (page 8-20).
If it's low, add the appropriate amount
of engine oil while being careful not to
overfill.
4. Start the engine and check the warning
light.
If the light remains illuminated even after
you add oil, stop the engine immediately
and have your vehicle towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Do not run the engine if the oil
pressure is low. It could result in
extensive engine damage.
qCheck Engine Light
qEngine Oil Pressure Warning Light
This warning light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and turns off when the engine is
started.
This warning light indicates low engine
oil pressure.
5-48
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
This indicator light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and turns off when the engine is
started.
If this light illuminates while driving, the
vehicle may have a problem. It is
important to note the driving conditions
when the light illuminated and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page219
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (219,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
The check engine light may illuminate in
the following cases:
l The fuel tank level being very low or
approaching empty.
l The engine's electrical system has a
problem.
l The emission control system has a
problem.
l The fuel-filler cap is missing or not
tightened securely.
If the powertrain malfunction/reduced
power warning light remains on, do not
drive at high speeds and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Light
If the check engine light remains on or
flashes continuously, do not drive at high
speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
qPowertrain Malfunction/Reduced
Power Warning Light
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
If this light illuminates while driving, the
vehicle may have a problem. It is
important to note the driving conditions
when the light illuminated and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The powertrain malfunction/reduced
power warning light may illuminate in the
following cases:
l The engine's electrical system has a
problem.
l The emission control system has a
problem.
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is working properly, the warning
light illuminates when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. The warning light turns
off after a specified period of time.
A system malfunction is indicated if the
warning light constantly flashes,
constantly illuminates or does not
illuminate at all when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position. If any of
these occur, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible. The system
may not work in an accident.
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/
pretensioner systems and always have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled causing
serious injury or death.
5-49
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page220
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (220,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qLow Fuel Warning Light
qSeat Belt Warning Light/Beep
Low fuel
warning light
This warning light in the fuel gauge
signals that the fuel tank will soon be
empty.
Refuel as soon as possible.
qCheck Fuel Cap Warning Light
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
If the check fuel cap warning light
illuminates while driving, the fuel-filler
cap may not be installed properly. Stop
the engine and reinstall the fuel-filler cap.
Refer to the fuel-filler cap on page 3-48.
5-50
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
The seat belt warning light illuminates
and a beep sound will be heard if the
driver's seat belt is not fastened when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
Conditions of operation
Condition
The driver's seat belt is not
fastened when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened while the warning
light and the beep sound are
activated.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened before the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
Result
The warning light
flashes and a beep
sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
The warning light
turns off and the beep
sound stops.
The warning light will
not illuminate and the
beep sound will not be
heard.
Belt minder
NOTE
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
deactivate or restore the belt minder. Though
the belt minder can be deactivated, doing so
will defeat the purpose of the system to warn
the driver and the front passenger in the event
that their seat belts are not fastened. For the
safety of the driver and front passenger, Mazda
recommends not deactivating the belt minder.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page221
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:52 PM
Black plate (221,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Driver seated/Front passenger not
seated
The belt minder is a supplemental
warning to the seat belt warning function.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, the warning light/beep
operates to give you further reminders
according to the chart below.
Condition
Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more
Seat belt
Driver seated/Front passenger seated
The seat belt warning function reminds
the front passenger to fasten the seat belt
according to the chart below.
Condition
Seat belt
(Driver)
Seat belt
(Passenger)
Indicator
Beep
Indicator
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep
Beep
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more
Placing heavy items on the front
passenger seat may cause the front
passenger seat belt warning function to
operate depending on the weight of the
item.
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
NOTE
l
l
To allow the front passenger seat weight
sensor to function properly, do not place
and sit on an additional seat cushion on the
front passenger seat. The sensor may not
function properly because the additional
seat cushion could cause sensor
interference.
When a small child sits on the front
passenger seat, it is possible that neither
the warning light nor the warning beep
operate.
5-51
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page222
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (222,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qDoor-Ajar Warning Light
This warning light illuminates when any
door or liftgate is not securely closed.
Close the door or liftgate securely before
driving the vehicle.
CAUTION
If the automatic transaxle warning
light illuminates, the transaxle has
an electrical problem. Continuing to
drive your Mazda in this condition
could cause damage to your
transaxle. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
qAWD Warning Light (AWD)
qLow Washer Fluid Level
Warning Light í
This warning light indicates that little
washer fluid remains. Add fluid (page
8-26).
qAutomatic Transaxle Warning Light
This warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
The light illuminates when the transaxle
has a problem.
5-52
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
This warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Thereafter, the warning light will
illuminate or flash under the following
conditions:
l Illuminates when there is an
abnormality with the AWD system.
l Flashes when the differential oil
temperature is abnormally high.
l Flashes when there are continually
large differences between front and rear
wheel rotation, such as when trying to
pull away from an icy surface, or when
trying to extricate the vehicle from
mud, sand or similar conditions.
If the AWD warning light illuminates:
If the AWD warning light illuminates,
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page223
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (223,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
If the AWD warning light flashes:
Park the vehicle in a safe place. After a
few moments, if the warning light stops
flashing, you can resume driving. If the
light does not stop flashing, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Never spin a wheel that is off the
ground:
Spinning a wheel that is off the
ground as a result of the vehicle
being stuck or in a ditch is
dangerous. The drive assembly could
be seriously damaged which could
lead to an accident or could even
lead to overheating, oil leakage, and
a fire.
qTire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) Warning Light í
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Thereafter, the warning light illuminates
and a beep is heard when tire pressure is
too low in one or more tires, and flashes
when there is a system malfunction.
WARNING
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes, or
the tire pressure warning beep sound is
heard, decrease vehicle speed
immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes,
or the tire pressure warning beep
sound is heard, it is dangerous to
drive the vehicle at high speeds, or
perform sudden maneuvering or
braking. Vehicle drivability could
worsen and result in an accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak
or a flat, pull over to a safe position
where you can check the visual
condition of the tire and determine if
you have enough air to proceed to a
place where air may be added and
the system monitored again by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire
repair station.
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is
dangerous, even if you know why it is
illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it
develops into a more serious
situation that could lead to tire
failure and a dangerous accident.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
When the warning light illuminates, and
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3
seconds), tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires.
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
5-53
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page224
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (224,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire
pressure. Refer to the specification charts
(page 10-6).
NOTE
l
CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
l
l
5-54
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Perform tire pressure adjustment when the
tires are cold. Tire pressure will vary
according to the tire temperature, therefore
let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive
it 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjusting
the tire pressures. When pressure is
adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation
pressure, the TPMS warning light/beep may
turn on after the tires cool and pressure
drops below specification.
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,
resulting from the tire air pressure dropping
due to cold ambient temperature, may turn
off if the ambient temperature rises. In this
case, it will also be necessary to adjust the
tire air pressures. If the TPMS warning
light illuminates due to a drop in tire air
pressure, make sure to check and adjust the
tire air pressures.
After adjusting the tire air pressures, it may
require some time for the TPMS warning
light to turn off. If the TPMS warning light
remains illuminated, drive the vehicle at a
speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10
minutes, and then verify that it turns off.
Tires lose air naturally over time and the
TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too
soft over time or you have a flat. However,
when you find one low tire in a set of fourthat is an indication of trouble; you should
have someone drive the vehicle slowly
forward so you can inspect any low tire for
cuts and any metal objects sticking through
tread or sidewall. Put a few drops of water
in the valve stem to see if it bubbles
indicating a bad valve. Leaks need to be
addressed by more than simply refilling the
trouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take it
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has
all the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systems
and order the best replacement tire for your
vehicle.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page225
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (225,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
If the warning light illuminates again even
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there
may be a tire puncture. Replace the
punctured tire with the temporary spare
tire (page 7-8).
NOTE
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used.
Warning light flashes
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qKEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY
Indicator Light (Green) (with
Advanced Key)
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the KEY
warning light illuminated:
If the KEY warning light remains
illuminated, do not continue to drive
using the advanced key system. Park
the vehicle in a safe place and use
the auxiliary key to continue driving
the vehicle. Have the vehicle
inspected at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
When flashing
l
Under the following conditions, the
KEY warning light (red) flashes to
inform the driver that the start knob
will not rotate to the ACC position
even if it is pushed in from the LOCK
position.
The advanced key battery is dead.
The advanced key is not within
operational range.
The advanced key is placed in areas
where it is difficult for the system to
detect the signal (page 3-7).
A key from another manufacturer
similar to the advanced key is in the
operational range.
l
l
l
l
This indicator has two colors.
KEY Warning Light (Red)
When illuminated
l
l
When the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position, it illuminates
momentarily and then goes out.
If any malfunction occurs in the
advanced keyless system, it illuminates
continuously.
5-55
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page226
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (226,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
l
Under the following conditions, the
KEY warning light (red) will flash
continuously when the start knob has
not been returned to the LOCK
position to notify the driver that the
advanced key has been removed from
the vehicle. It will stop flashing when
the advanced key is back inside the
vehicle.
The start knob has not been returned
to the LOCK position, the driver's
door is open, and the advanced key
is removed from the vehicle.
The start knob has not been returned
to the LOCK position and all the
doors are closed after removing the
advanced key from the vehicle.
NOTE
The advanced key can be set so that the KEY
indicator light (green) does not flash even if
the battery power is low.
Refer to Setting Change (Function
Customization)(page 3-21).
qSecurity Indicator Light
l
l
NOTE
The flashing KEY warning light (red) and the
beep sound operate simultaneously (page
3-22).
KEY Indicator Light (Green)
When illuminated
When the start knob is pushed in from the
LOCK position, the system confirms that
the correct advanced key is inside the
vehicle, the KEY indicator light (green)
illuminates, and the start knob can be
turned to the ACC position (page 3-10).
When flashing
When the advanced key battery power is
low, the KEY indicator light flashes for 30
seconds after the start knob is turned from
the ON position to the ACC or LOCK
position. Replace with a new battery
before the advanced key becomes
unusable (page 3-7).
5-56
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
This indicator light starts flashing every 2
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
from the ON to the ACC position and the
immobilizer system is armed.
The light stops flashing when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position with
the correct ignition key.
At this time, the immobilizer system is
disarmed and the light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and then turns off.
If the engine does not start with the
correct ignition key, and the security
indicator light keeps illuminating or
flashing, the system may have a
malfunction. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page227
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (227,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qHeadlight High-Beam Indicator
Light
Gear position indicator
When the shift lever is in the D or M
position, the numeral for the selected gear
displays.
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light
This light indicates one of two things:
l The high-beam headlights are on.
l The turn signal lever is in the flash-topass position.
qShift Position Indicator Light
This indicates the selected shift position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC/
RSC is operating, the indicator light
flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC/RSC
may have a malfunction and they may not
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
The brake assist system does not operate while
the TCS/DSC/RSC indicator light is
illuminated.
Gear position indicator
5-57
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page228
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (228,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qTCS OFF Indicator Light
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)
The indicator light illuminates amber
when the ON switch is pressed and the
cruise control system is activated.
Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
The indicator light illuminates green when
a cruising speed has been set.
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
It also illuminates when the TCS OFF
switch is pressed and TCS is switched off.
Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 5-25.
If the light remains illuminated and the
TCS is not switched off, take your vehicle
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer. The
dynamic stability control may have a
malfunction.
NOTE
If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the TCS
OFF indicator light remain illuminated even
after turning the ignition switch from ON to
LOCK, and back to ON, attempt the procedure
again. If this still does not resolve the issue,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qCruise Main Indicator Light
(Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator
Light (Green)
The indicator light has two colors.
5-58
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
qBSM OFF Indicator Light í
This indicator light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
The BSM OFF indicator light illuminates
when the BSM system is turned off by
pressing the BSM OFF switch.
The indicator light flashes if the BSM
system has a malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven on a road with less
traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors
can detect, the system may pause (The BSM
OFF indicator light in the instrument panel
flashes). However, it does not indicate a
malfunction.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page229
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (229,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qLights-On Indicator Light
Beep Sounds
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Beep
This indicator light illuminates when the
exterior lights and dashboard illumination
are on.
qTurn-Signal/Hazard Warning
Indicator Lights
If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner systems and
the warning light, a warning beep sound
will be heard for about 5 seconds every
minute.
The air bag and seat belt pretensioner
system warning beep sound will continue
to be heard for approximately 35 minutes.
Have your vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING
When operating the turn signal lights, the
left or right turn signal indicator light
flashes to indicate which turn signal light
is operating (page 5-65).
When operating the hazard warning
lights, both turn signal indicator lights
flash (page 5-74).
NOTE
If an indicator light remains illuminated (does
not flash) or if it flashes abnormally, one of the
turn signal bulbs may be burned out.
Do not drive the vehicle with the air
bag/front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding:
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/
front seat belt pretensioner system
warning beep sounding is dangerous.
In a collision, the air bags and the
front seat belt pretensioner system
will not deploy and this could result
in death or serious injury.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the vehicle inspected as soon
as possible.
5-59
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page230
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (230,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qSeat Belt Warning Beep
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, a beep sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened and
the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than
about 20 km/h (12 mph), a beep sound
will be heard again for a specified period
of time.
Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep on
page 5-50.
qIgnition Key Reminder
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or
ACC position with the key inserted, a
continuous beep sound will be heard
when the driver's door is opened.
qLights-On Reminder í
If lights are on and the key is removed
from the ignition switch, a continuous
beep sound will be heard when the
driver's door is opened.
NOTE
When the advanced keyless function is used
and the start knob is in the ACC position, the
Start Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep (page
3-19) overrides the lights-on reminder.
qParking Brake Reminder
If the parking brake has not been
completely released and the vehicle is
driven at about 5 km/h (3 mph) or faster, a
continuous beep sound will be heard to
notify the driver that the parking brake
has not been released.
5-60
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
qTire Inflation Pressure Warning
Beep í
The warning beep sound will be heard for
about 3 seconds when there is any
abnormality in tire inflation pressures
(page 5-28).
qAdvanced Keyless Warning (with
Advanced Key)
Warning indicators for the advanced key,
such as “the advanced key removed from
vehicle warning”, use a beep sound and
warning/indicator lights in the instrument
cluster.
Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds on
page 3-19.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page231
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (231,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Lighting Control
Type B
qHeadlights
Turn the headlight switch to turn the
headlights, other exterior lights and
dashboard illumination on or off.
NOTE
l
l
To prevent discharging the battery, do not
leave the lights on while the engine is off
unless safety requires them.
If the light switch is left on, the lights will
automatically switch off (if equipped)
approximately 30 seconds after turning the
ignition switch to the ACC or LOCK
position.
Without AUTO position
Type A
Switch
Position
Type
A
Type
B
Headlights
Taillights
Parking lights
License lights
Side-marker lights
Dashboard
illumination
Off
Off
On
Off
On
On
With AUTO position
Type A
5-61
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page232
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (232,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Type B
CAUTION
Ø Do not shade the light sensor by
adhering a sticker or a label on
the windshield. Otherwise the light
sensor will not operate correctly.
Light sensor
Switch
Position
Type
A
―
Type
B
Headlights
Taillights
Parking lights
License lights
Side-marker
lights
Dashboard
illumination
―
Off
Off
Auto
Off
On
On
On
Auto
AUTO (Auto-light control)
When the headlight switch is in the
AUTO position and the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, the light sensor
senses the surrounding lightness or
darkness and automatically turns the
headlights, other exterior lights and
dashboard illumination on or off (see
chart above).
5-62
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Ø The light sensor also works as a
rain sensor for the auto-wiper
control. Keep hands and scrapers
clear of the windshield when the
wiper lever is in the AUTO position
and the ignition switch is in the
ON position as fingers could be
pinched or the wipers and wiper
blades damaged when the wipers
activate automatically. If you are
going to clean the windshield, be
sure the wipers are turned off
completely ― this is particularly
important when clearing ice and
snow ― when it is particularly
tempting to leave the engine
running.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page233
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (233,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
NOTE
l
l
l
The headlights, other exterior lights and
dashboard illumination may not turn off
immediately even if the surrounding area
becomes well-lit because the light sensor
determines that it is nighttime if the
surrounding area is continuously dark for
several minutes such as inside long tunnels,
traffic jams inside tunnels, or in indoor
parking lots.
In this case, the light turns off if the light
switch is turned to the OFF position.
The dashboard illumination can be
adjusted by rotating the knob in the
instrument cluster. Also, the day/night mode
can be changed by pressing the knob. To
adjust the brightness of the dashboard
illumination: Refer to Dashboard
Illumination on page 5-42.
The sensitivity of the AUTO lights may be
changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qLights-On Reminder í
If lights are on and the key is removed
from the ignition switch, a continuous
beep sound will be heard when the
driver's door is opened.
NOTE
When the advanced keyless function is used
and the start knob is in the ACC position, the
Start Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep (page
3-19) overrides the lights-on reminder.
qHeadlight High-Low Beam
Press the lever forward to turn on the high
beams.
Pull the lever back to its original position
for the low beams.
Type A
Xenon fusion headlight bulbs í
The low-beam bulbs of the headlights
have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a
bright white beam over a wide area.
High beam
Low beam
WARNING
Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself
Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself is dangerous. Because the
xenon fusion bulbs require high
voltage, you could receive an electric
shock if the bulbs are handled
incorrectly. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer when the replacement
is necessary.
Type B
High beam
Low beam
NOTE
If the headlights flicker, or the brightness
weakens, the bulb-life may be depleted and a
replacement is necessary. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
5-63
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page234
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (234,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
qFlashing the Headlights
qHeadlight Leveling í
To flash the headlights, pull the lever fully
towards you (the headlight switch does
not need to be on). The lever will return to
the normal position when released.
Type A
The number of passengers and weight of
cargo in the luggage compartment change
the angle of the headlights.
The headlight leveling switch adjusts this
angle.
OFF
Flashing
Select the proper setting from the following chart.
Type B
Front seat
OFF
Flashing
Rear seat
Second- ThirdDriver Passenger
row
row
×
―
―
―
×
×
―
―
×
×
―
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
―
―
―
Load
Switch
Position
―
―
―
―
×
×
0
0
1
1
2
3
×: Yes
―: No
qDaytime Running Lights (Canada)
In Canada, vehicles must be driven with
the headlights on during daytime
operation.
For that reason, the daytime running lights
automatically turn on when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position.
5-64
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page235
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (235,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
NOTE
The Daytime Running Lights turn off when the
parking brake is applied.
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
qTurn Signal
Move the signal lever down (for a left
turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop
position. The signal will self-cancel after
the turn is completed.
If the indicator light continues to flash
after a turn, manually return the lever to
its original position.
(Type A)
Right turn
Right lane change
OFF
Left lane change
Left turn
(Type B)
Right turn
Right lane change
OFF
Left lane change
Left turn
Green indicators on the dashboard show
which signal is working.
5-65
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page236
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (236,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Lane-change signals
Move the lever slightly toward the
direction of the change ―until the
indicator flashes― and hold it there. It
will return to the off position when
released.
NOTE
If an indicator light stays on without flashing
or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn
signal bulbs may be burned out.
Fog Lights í
Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.
They help you to see as well as to be seen.
To turn the fog lights on, rotate the fog
light switch to the
position.
The headlight switch must be in the
position before turning on the fog lights.
Type A
Fog light switch
Type B
Fog light switch
To turn them off, rotate the fog light
switch to the OFF position or turn the
(Type A)/
headlight switch to the
(Type B) position.
5-66
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page237
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (237,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
NOTE
l
l
The fog lights will turn off when the
headlights are set at high beam.
(With auto-light control)
If the fog light switch is in the ON position
and the headlight switch is in the AUTO
position, the fog lights will turn on when
the headlights, the exterior lights and
dashboard illumination turn automatically.
Windshield Wipers and
Washer
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
WARNING
Use only windshield washer fluid or
plain water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the
windshield, it will dirty the
windshield, affect your visibility, and
could result in an accident.
Only use windshield washer fluid
mixed with anti-freeze protection in
freezing weather conditions:
Using windshield washer fluid
without anti-freeze protection in
freezing weather conditions is
dangerous as it could freeze on the
windshield and block your vision
which could cause an accident.
In addition, make sure the
windshield is sufficiently warmed
using the defroster before spraying
the washer fluid.
5-67
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page238
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (238,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
NOTE
Because heavy ice and snow can jam the wiper
blades, the wiper motor is protected from
motor breakdown, overheating and possible
fire by a circuit breaker. This mechanism will
automatically stop operation of the blades, but
only for about 5 minutes.
If this happens, turn off the wiper switch and
park off the right-of-way, and remove the snow
and ice.
After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and the
blades should operate normally. If they do not
resume functioning, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. Drive to
the side of the road and park off the right-ofway. Wait until the weather clears before trying
to drive with the wipers inoperative.
Switch Position
Type Type
No.
A
B
Wiper operation
Single wipe cycle (mist)
Intermittent
Low speed
High speed
With AUTO position
qWindshield Wipers
Turn the wipers on by pressing the lever
up or down.
With INT position
Switch Position
Type Type
No.
A
B
Wiper operation
Single wipe cycle (mist)
Auto control
Low speed
High speed
Variable-speed intermittent wipers
Set the lever to the intermittent position
and choose the interval timing by rotating
the ring.
5-68
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page239
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (239,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Type A
Type A
Higher sensitivity
Switch
Center
position
INT ring
Less sensitivity
Type B
Type B
Switch
Less sensitivity
Center
position
INT ring
Higher sensitivity
AUTO (Auto-wiper control)
When the wiper lever is in the AUTO
position, the rain sensor senses the
amount of rainfall on the windshield and
turns the wipers on or off automatically
(off―intermittent―low speed―high
speed).
The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be
adjusted by turning the switch on the
wiper lever.
From the center position (normal), rotate
the switch downward for higher
sensitivity (faster response) or rotate it
upward for less sensitivity (slower
response).
5-69
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page240
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (240,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
CAUTION
Ø Do not shade the rain sensor by
adhering a sticker or a label on
the windshield. Otherwise the rain
sensor will not operate correctly.
Rain sensor
5-70
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Ø When the wiper lever is in the
AUTO position and the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position, the wipers may move
automatically in the following
cases:
Ø If the windshield above the rain
sensor is touched or wiped with
a cloth.
Ø If the windshield is struck with
a hand or other object from
either outside or inside the
vehicle.
Keep hands and scrapers clear of
the windshield when the wiper
lever is in the AUTO position and
the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position as fingers could be
pinched or the wipers and wiper
blades damaged when the wipers
activate automatically.
If you are going to clean the
windshield, be sure the wipers are
turned off completely―this is
particularly important when
clearing ice and snow―when it is
most likely that the engine is left
running.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page241
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (241,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
NOTE
l
l
l
l
l
Switching the auto-wiper lever from the
OFF to the AUTO position while driving at
a vehicle speed of 4 km/h (2 mph) or higher
(or after driving the vehicle) activates the
windshield wipers once, after which they
operate according to the rainfall amount.
The auto-wiper control may not operate
when the rain sensor temperature is about
_10 °C (14 °F) or lower, or about 85 °C
(185 °F) or higher.
If the windshield is coated with water
repellent, the rain sensor may not be able to
sense the amount of rainfall correctly and
auto-wiper control may not operate
properly.
If dirt or foreign matter (Such as ice or
matter containing salt water) adheres to the
windshield above the rain sensor or if the
windshield is iced, it could cause the wipers
to move automatically. However, if the
wipers cannot remove this ice, dirt or
foreign matter, the auto-wiper control will
stop operation. In this case, set the wiper
lever to the low speed position or high
speed position for manual operation, or
remove the ice, dirt or foreign matter by
hand to restore the auto-wiper operation.
If the auto-wiper lever is left in the AUTO
position, the wipers could operate
automatically from the effect of strong light
sources, electromagnetic waves, or infrared
light because the rain sensor uses an
optical sensor. It is recommended that the
auto-wiper lever be switched to the OFF
position other than when driving the vehicle
under rainy conditions.
qWindshield Washer
Pull the lever toward you and hold it to
spray washer fluid.
OFF
Washer
NOTE
With the wiper lever in the OFF or INT (Type
A)/AUTO (Type B) position, the wipers will
operate continuously until the lever is
released.
If the washer does not work, inspect the
fluid level (page 8-26). If it's normal,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-71
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page242
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (242,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Rear Window Wiper and
Washer
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
qRear Window Wiper
Type A
Type B
Turn the wiper on by turning the rear
wiper/washer switch.
ON ― Normal
INT ― Intermittent
5-72
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
qRear Window Washer
To spray washer fluid, turn the rear wiper/
position. After
washer switch to the
the switch is released, the washer will
stop.
If the washer does not work, inspect the
fluid level (page 8-26). If it's normal and
the washer still does not work, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page243
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (243,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Rear Window Defroster
The rear window defroster clears frost,
fog, and thin ice from the rear window.
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
Press the switch to turn on the rear
window defroster. The rear window
defroster operates for about 15 minutes
and turns off automatically.
The indicator light illuminates during
operation.
The defroster operation can be confirmed
by the indicator in the display.
NOTE
This defroster is not designed for melting snow.
If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear
window, remove it before using the defroster.
qMirror Defroster í
To turn on the mirror defrosters, turn the
ignition switch to the ON position and
press the rear window defroster switch
(page 5-73).
To turn off the rear window defroster
before the 15 minutes has elapsed, press
the switch again.
Indicator light
CAUTION
Do not use sharp instruments or
window cleaners with abrasives to
clean the inside of the rear window
surface. They may damage the
defroster grid inside the window.
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
5-73
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page244
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (244,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Horn
To sound the horn, press the
the steering wheel.
Hazard Warning Flasher
mark on
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash.
NOTE
l
l
5-74
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
The turn signals do not operate when the
hazard warning lights are on.
Check local regulations about the use of
hazard warning lights while the vehicle is
being towed to verify that it is not in
violation of the law.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page245
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (245,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
HomeLink Wireless
Control System í
NOTE
HomeLink and HomeLink house are registered
trademarks of Johnson Controls.
The HomeLink system replaces up to 3
hand-held transmitters with a single builtin component in the auto-dimming mirror.
Pressing the HomeLink button on the
auto-dimming mirror activates garage
doors, gates and other devices
surrounding your home.
Indicator light
HomeLink button
WARNING
Do not use the HomeLink system with
any garage door opener that lacks the
safety stop and reverse feature:
Using the HomeLink system with any
garage door opener that lacks the
safety stop and reverse feature as
required by federal safety standards
is dangerous. (This includes garage
doors manufactured before April 1,
1982.)
Using these garage door openers can
increase the risk of serious injury or
death. For further information,
contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515
or www.homelink.com or your
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Always check the areas surrounding
garage doors and gates for people or
obstructions before programming or
during operation of the HomeLink
system:
Programming or operating the
HomeLink system without verifying
the safety of areas surrounding
garage doors and gates is dangerous
and could result in an unexpected
accident and serious injury if
someone were to be hit.
CAUTION
HomeLink has been tested and
complies with FCC and Industry
Canada rules. Changes or
modifications not expressly approved
by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
5-75
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page246
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (246,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
NOTE
FCC ID: NZLOBIHL3
CANADA:4112A-OBIHL3
This device complies with FCC rules part 15.
Operation is subject to the following
conditions:
1- This device may not cause any harmful
interference and
2- This device must accept any interference
that may be received including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE
The programming will not be erased even if
the battery is disconnected.
qPre-programming the HomeLink
System
NOTE
It is recommended that a new battery be
placed in the hand-held transmitter of the
device being programmed to HomeLink for
quicker training and accurate transmission of
the radio-frequency signal.
l
l
Verify that there is a remote control
transmitter available for the device you
would like to program.
Disconnect the power to the device.
qProgramming the HomeLink System
CAUTION
When programming a garage door
opener or a gate, disconnect the
power to these devices before
performing programming, as
continuous operation of the devices
could damage the motor.
5-76
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
The HomeLink system provides 3 buttons
which can be individually selected and
programmed using the transmitters for
current, on-market devices as follows:
1. Press and hold the two outer
HomeLink buttons (buttons one and
three) ― releasing only when the
indicator light begins to flash (after 20
seconds). Do not hold the buttons for
longer than 30 seconds and do not
repeat step 1 to program a second and/
or third hand-held transmitter to the
remaining two HomeLink buttons.
2. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 2.5―7.5 cm (1―3 inches)
away from the HomeLink button you
wish to program while keeping the
indicator light in view.
3. Simultaneously press and hold both the
chosen HomeLink and hand-held
transmitter buttons. Do not release the
buttons until step 4 has been
completed.
NOTE
Some gate operators and garage door openers
may require you to replace this Programming
Step 3 with procedures noted in the “Gate
Operator/Canadian Programming” section.
4. After the HomeLink indicator light
changes from a slow to a rapidly
blinking light, release both the
HomeLink and hand-held transmitter
buttons.
NOTE
If the HomeLink indicator light does not
change to a rapidly blinking light, contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or call 1800-355-3515 for assistance.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page247
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (247,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
5. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink button and observe the
indicator light.
HomeLink should now activate your
rolling code equipped device.
If the indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and your
device should activate when the
HomeLink button is pressed and released.
To program the remaining two HomeLink
buttons, begin with “Programming” ― step 2.
Do not repeat step 1.
NOTE
To program the remaining two HomeLink
buttons, begin with “Programming” ― step 2.
Do not repeat step 1.
If the indicator light blinks rapidly for
two seconds and then turns to a
constant light, continue with
“Programming” steps 6―8 to complete
the programming of a rolling code
equipped device (most commonly a
garage door opener).
6. At the garage door opener receiver
(motor-head unit) in the garage, locate
the “learn” or “smart” button. This can
usually be found where the hanging
antenna wire is attached to the motorhead unit.
7. Firmly press and release the “learn” or
“smart” button. (The name and color of
the button may vary by manufacturer.)
NOTE
For questions or comments, please contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or 1800-355-3515.
qGate operator/Canadian
Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)
after several seconds of transmission ―
which may not be long enough for
HomeLink to pick up the signal during
programming. Similar to this Canadian
law, some U.S. gate operators are
designed to “time-out” in the same
manner.
If you live in Canada or you are having
difficulties programming a gate operator
by using the “Programming” procedures
(regardless of where you live), replace
“Programming HomeLink” step 3 with
the following:
NOTE
NOTE
There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step
8.
If programming a garage door opener or gate
operator, it is advised to unplug the device
during the “cycling” process to prevent
possible overheating.
8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
hold for two seconds and release the
programmed HomeLink button. Repeat
the “press/hold/release” sequence a
second time, and, depending on the
brand of the garage door opener (or
other rolling code equipped device),
repeat this sequence a third time to
complete the programming process.
5-77
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page248
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Continue to press and hold the HomeLink
button while you press and release ―
every two seconds (“cycle”) your handheld transmitter until the frequency signal
has successfully been accepted by
HomeLink. (The indicator light will flash
slowly and then rapidly.)
Proceed with “Programming” step 4 to
complete.
qOperating the HomeLink System
Press the programmed HomeLink button
to operate a programmed device. The
code will continue being transmitted for a
maximum of 20 seconds.
qReprogramming the HomeLink
system
To program a device to HomeLink using a
HomeLink button previously trained,
follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button. DO NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash
after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
HomeLink button, proceed with
“Programming” - step 2.
qErasing Programmed HomeLink
Buttons
To erase the existing programming from
all three operating channels, press and
,
)
hold the two outside buttons (
on the auto-dimming mirror until the
HomeLink indicator light begins to flash
after approximately 20 seconds.
Verify that the programming has been
erased when you resell the vehicle.
5-78
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (248,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page249
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
6
Black plate (249,1)
Interior Comfort
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio
system.
Climate Control System .......................... 6-2
Operating Tips .................................... 6-2
Vent Operation (Front) ........................ 6-4
Fully Automatic Type ......................... 6-6
Vent Operation (Rear) ....................... 6-12
Fully Automatic Type (Rear) ............ 6-14
Audio System .........................................
Antenna .............................................
Operating Tips for Audio System .....
Audio Set (Type A) ...........................
Audio Set (Type B) ...........................
Audio Control Switch Operation í ....
AUX Mode (Auxiliary input) í ........
Safety Certification ...........................
6-17
6-17
6-17
6-27
6-37
6-63
6-66
6-69
Rear Entertainment System ................. 6-70
Rear Entertainment System í ............ 6-70
Part Names ........................................ 6-80
Before Operation ............................... 6-83
Sound Output .................................... 6-89
Rear Entertainment System
Functions ........................................... 6-93
DVD video, DVD audio, Video CD, Audio
CD and MP3/WMA CD Playback (Disc
Mode) ................................................ 6-94
Auxiliary Input (AUX mode) .......... 6-108
Language Code List ........................ 6-112
Country Code List ........................... 6-114
Error Message ................................. 6-118
Symptoms and Actions ................... 6-120
Bluetooth Audio (Type B) ................... 6-123
Bluetooth Audio (Type B) í ............ 6-123
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice
Recognition) ......................................... 6-131
Bluetooth Hands-Free í .................. 6-131
Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation... 6-136
Convenient Use of the Hands-Free
System ............................................. 6-141
Hands-Free Setting .......................... 6-149
When Bluetooth Hands-Free Cannot be
Used ................................................ 6-157
Safety Certification ......................... 6-157
Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free Customer
Service ............................................ 6-158
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel
Operation) ............................................ 6-159
Bluetooth Hands-Free í .................. 6-159
Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation... 6-161
Convenient Use of the Hands-Free
System ............................................. 6-164
Hands-Free Setting .......................... 6-167
When Bluetooth Hands-Free Cannot be
Used ................................................ 6-169
Safety Certification ......................... 6-169
Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free Customer
Service ............................................ 6-170
Rear View Monitor .............................. 6-171
Rear View Monitor í ...................... 6-171
Interior Equipment .............................
Sunvisors .........................................
Interior Lights .................................
Information Display ........................
Cup Holder ......................................
Bottle Holder ...................................
Storage Compartments ....................
Accessory Sockets ..........................
Power Outlet í ................................
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
6-181
6-181
6-182
6-184
6-189
6-191
6-191
6-195
6-196
6-1
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page250
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (250,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Operating Tips
qOperating the Climate Control
System
Operate the climate control system with
the engine running.
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being discharged,
do not leave the fan control dial on for a long
period of time with the ignition switch in the
ON position when the engine is not running.
qClearing the Air Inlet
Clear all obstructions such as leaves,
snow and ice from the hood and the air
inlet in the cowl grille to improve the
system efficiency.
qFoggy Windows
The windows may fog up easily in humid
weather. Use the climate control system to
defog the windows.
To help defog the windows, operate the
air conditioner to dehumidify the air.
NOTE
The air conditioner may be used along with the
heater to dehumidify the air.
qOutside/Recirculated Air Position
Use the outside air position in normal
conditions. The recirculated air position
should be used only when driving on
dusty roads or for quick cooling of the
interior.
6-2
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
qParking in Direct Sunlight
If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows to let warm air escape, then run
the climate control system.
qNot Using for a Long Period
Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes
at least once a month to keep internal
parts lubricated.
qCheck the Refrigerant before the
Weather Gets Hot
Have the air conditioner checked before
the weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerant
may make the air conditioner less
efficient. Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for refrigerant inspection.
The air conditioner is filled with
HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that will
not damage the ozone layer.
If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant
or has a malfunction, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qReplacement of the Cabin Air Filter
If your vehicle is equipped with an air
filter for the air conditioner, it is necessary
to change the filter periodically as
indicated in scheduled maintenance (page
8-3). Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for replacement of the cabin air
filter.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page251
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (251,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qSunlight/Temperature Sensor
The fully automatic air conditioner
function measures inside and outside
temperatures, and the intensity of direct
sunlight. It then sets temperatures inside
the passenger compartment accordingly.
CAUTION
Do not obstruct either sensor,
otherwise the automatic air
conditioner will not operate properly.
Sunlight sensor
Interior temperature sensor
6-3
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page252
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (252,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Vent Operation (Front)
Open
Close
Close
Open
qAdjusting the Vents
Directing airflow
You can direct air flow by moving the adjustment knob.
Opening/closing vents
The two outside vents can be opened and closed with wheel.
NOTE
When using the air conditioner, mist may come out from the vents. This is not a sign of trouble but a
result of humid air being suddenly cooled.
6-4
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page253
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (253,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qSelecting the Airflow Mode
Dashboard Vents
Defroster and Floor Vents
Dashboard and Floor Vents
Defroster Vents
Floor Vents
6-5
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page254
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (254,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Fully Automatic Type
Climate control information is displayed on the information display.
Information display
Air intake display
A/C
AUTO
DUAL
Airflow display
Mode selector display
Ambient temperature /Temperature
setting display (front passenger)
Temperature setting display (driver)
Air intake selector
Windshield defroster switch
Driver temperature control dial
Fan control dial
AUTO switch
OFF switch
Rear window defroster switch
Mode selector switch
6-6
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Passenger temperature control dial
A/C switch
DUAL switch
OUTSIDE (Ambient
temperature) switch
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page255
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (255,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qControl Switches
AUTO switch
Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the
climate control system.
Temperature control dial
Cold
By pressing the AUTO switch the
following functions will be automatically
controlled in accordance with the selected
set temperature:
l Airflow temperature
l Amount of airflow
l Selection of airflow mode
l Outside/Recirculated air selection
l Air conditioner operation
NOTE
AUTO switch indicator light
l When on, it indicates AUTO operation, and
the system will function automatically.
l If any of the following dials or switches are
operated while in AUTO control, the AUTO
switch indicator turns off.
Mode selector switch
Fan control dial
Windshield defroster switch
The functions for dials and switches other
than those operated in the above continue
to operate in AUTO control.
l
l
l
Hot
This dial controls temperature. Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
l When the DUAL switch is off:
Turn the driver temperature control dial
to control the temperature.
l When the DUAL switch is on:
Turn the driver or front passenger
temperature control dial to control the
temperature.
NOTE
The system changes to the individual operation
mode (DUAL switch indicator light
illuminated) by turning the front passenger
temperature control dial even when the DUAL
switch is off, which allows individual control
of the set temperature for the driver and front
passenger.
Fan control dial
OFF switch
Slow
Fast
The fan has seven speeds. The selected
speed will be displayed.
6-7
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page256
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (256,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Mode selector switch
NOTE
l
l
The air conditioning operates when the A/C
switch is pressed even if the fan is off.
The air conditioner may not function when
the outside temperature approaches 0 °C
(32 °F). (Indicator light remains on even
when system is off.)
Air intake selector
The desired airflow mode can be selected
(page 6-5).
NOTE
l
l
l
With the airflow mode set to the
position and the temperature control dial
set at a medium temperature, heated air is
directed to the feet and a comparably lower
air temperature will flow through the
central, left and right vents.
To set the air vent to
, press the
windshield defroster switch.
In the
position, the air conditioner is
automatically turned on and the
mode is automatically selected to defrost
the windshield. In the
position, the
mode cannot be changed to the
mode.
A/C switch
Outside or recirculated air positions can
be selected. Press the switch to select
outside/recirculated air positions.
Recirculated air position (indicator
light illuminated)
Use this position when going through
tunnels, driving in congested traffic (high
engine exhaust areas) or when quick
cooling is desired.
Outside air position (indicator light
turned off)
Use this position for normal conditions
and defogging.
WARNING
Pressing the A/C switch while the AUTO
switch is turned on will turn off the air
conditioning (cooling/dehumidifying
functions). The air conditioning can be
turned on and off by pressing the A/C
switch while the fan control dial is on.
6-8
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Do not use the
position in cold or
rainy weather:
position in cold or
Using the
rainy weather is dangerous as it will
cause the windows to fog up. Your
vision will be hampered, which could
lead to a serious accident.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page257
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (257,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
OUTSIDE (Ambient Temperature)
switch
Individual operation mode (indicator
light illuminated)
The set temperature can be controlled
individually for the driver and front
passenger.
Interconnection mode (indicator light
turned off)
Press the OUTSIDE switch to display the
ambient temperature.
NOTE
l
l
l
The displayed ambient temperature may
vary from the actual ambient temperature
depending on the surrounding area and
vehicle conditions.
Press the OUTSIDE switch for three
seconds or longer to switch the display
from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice
versa.
Press the OUTSIDE switch again to switch
the display from ambient temperature to the
temperature set for the air conditioner.
The set temperature for the driver and
front passenger is controlled
simultaneously.
NOTE
l
l
l
The set temperature for the front passenger
changes to that of the driver while in the
interconnected mode.
is displayed on the information
display while in the individual operation
mode.
The system changes to the interconnection
mode automatically if the windshield
defroster switch is pressed. The system will
not change to the individual operation
mode by pressing the DUAL switch or
turning the front passenger temperature
control dial.
DUAL switch
Windshield defroster switch
Use the DUAL switch to change the mode
between the individual operation (driver
and passenger) and interconnection
modes.
Press the switch to defrost the windshield
and front door windows.
6-9
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page258
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (258,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
NOTE
NOTE
In the
position, the air conditioner is
automatically turned on and the
mode is
automatically selected to defrost the
position, the
windshield. In the
mode cannot be changed to the
mode.
qOperation of Automatic Air
Conditioning
l
l
Setting the temperature to the maximum
high or low will not provide the desired
temperature at a faster rate.
When selecting heat, the system will restrict
airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold
air from blowing out of the vents.
qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging
1. Press the AUTO switch. Selection of
the airflow mode, air intake selector
and amount of airflow will be
automatically controlled.
2. Use the temperature control dial to
select a desired temperature.
Press the DUAL switch or turn the
front passenger temperature control
dial to control the set temperature
individually for the driver and front
passenger.
Press the windshield defroster switch.
position is
In this position, the
automatically selected, and the air
conditioner automatically turns on. The
air conditioner will directly dehumidify
the air to the front windshield and side
windows (page 6-5). Airflow amount will
be increased.
WARNING
Cold
Hot
To turn off the system, press the OFF
switch.
6-10
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Set the temperature control to the hot
or warm position when defogging (
position):
position with the
Using the
temperature control set to the cold
position is dangerous as it will cause
the outside of the windshield to fog
up. Your vision will be hampered,
which could lead to a serious
accident.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page259
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (259,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
NOTE
l
l
Press the windshield defroster switch to
change the mode to the interconnection
mode automatically. The system does not
change to the individual operation mode by
pressing the DUAL switch or turning the
front passenger temperature control dial.
Use the temperature control dial to increase
the air flow temperature and defog the
windshield more quickly.
6-11
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page260
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (260,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Vent Operation (Rear)
qAdjusting the Vents
Directing airflow
You can direct air flow by moving the adjustment knob.
NOTE
When using the air conditioner, mist may come out from the vents. This is not a sign of trouble but a
result of humid air being suddenly cooled.
6-12
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page261
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (261,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qSelecting the Airflow Mode
For vehicles with rear full-auto air conditioning, the airflow mode can be selected
according to the purpose of use.
Instrument panel Vents
Floor Vents
Instrument panel and Floor Vents
6-13
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page262
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (262,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Fully Automatic Type (Rear)
Front
AUTO switch
REAR switch
Rear
Mode selector display
AUTO
SYNC
Rear airflow display
Temperature setting display
Temperature control
switch
Fan control switch
OFF switch
AUTO switch
Mode selector switch
qControl Switches
AUTO switch
Rear switch
Press the rear switch to operate the rear air
conditioning.
The indicator illuminates to indicate that
the rear air conditioning is operating.
By pressing the AUTO switch the
following functions will be automatically
controlled in accordance with the set
temperature:
l Airflow temperature
6-14
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page263
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (263,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
l
l
Amount of airflow
Selection of airflow mode
Mode selector switch
OFF switch
The desired airflow mode can be selected
(page 6-13).
Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the
climate control system.
Temperature control switch
qOperation of Automatic Air
Conditioning
Operation from front seats
1. Turn the front air conditioning on.
2. Press the rear switch. The rear air
conditioning operates.
This switch controls temperature. Press
for hot and
for cold.
Fan control switch
3. Selection of the airflow mode, airflow
amount and temperature will be
automatically controlled to the same
temperature setting as the front air
conditioner for the driver's side.
The fan has five speeds.
6-15
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page264
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (264,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
NOTE
l
l
l
l
If the AUTO switch is pressed while the
front A/C switch is off, the rear air
conditioning operates only to circulate air.
Setting the temperature to the maximum
high or low will not provide the desired
temperature at a faster rate.
When selecting heat, the system will restrict
airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold
air from blowing out of the vents.
When the rear air conditioner is controlled
to the same temperature setting as the front
air conditioner for the driver's side,
“SYNC” is displayed on the rear screen.
Operation from rear seats
1. Turn the front air conditioning on.
2. Press the AUTO switch. The selection
of the airflow mode and airflow
amount will be automatically
controlled.
3. Use the temperature control switch to
set the desired temperature.
6-16
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
NOTE
l
l
l
l
l
If the AUTO switch is pressed while the
front A/C switch is off, the rear air
conditioning operates only to circulate air.
Setting the temperature to the maximum
high or low will not provide the desired
temperature at a faster rate.
When selecting heat, the system will restrict
airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold
air from blowing out of the vents.
When the rear air conditioner is operated
automatically, “AUTO” is displayed on the
rear screen.
When the rear air conditioner is controlled
to the same temperature setting as the front
air conditioner for the driver's side,
“SYNC” is displayed on the rear screen.
4. To turn off the system, press the OFF
switch.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page265
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (265,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Antenna
qAM/FM Radio Antenna
The antenna is printed onto the window
glass.
CAUTION
When washing the inside of the
window which has an antenna, use a
soft cloth dampened in lukewarm
water, gently wiping the antenna
lines.
Use of glass cleaning products could
damage the antenna.
qSatellite Radio Antenna í
The satellite radio antenna receives
SIRIUS signals.
Operating Tips for Audio
System
WARNING
Do not adjust the audio control
switches while driving the vehicle:
Adjusting the audio while driving the
vehicle is dangerous as it could
distract your attention from the
vehicle operation which could lead to
a serious accident. Always adjust the
audio while the vehicle is stopped.
Even if the audio control switches are
equipped on the steering wheel, learn
to use the switches without looking
down at them so that you can keep
your maximum attention on the road
while driving the vehicle.
CAUTION
Ø For the purposes of safe driving,
adjust the audio volume to a level
that allows you to hear sounds
outside of the vehicle including car
horns and particularly emergency
vehicle sirens.
Ø Do not install non-genuine
speakers since their vibration may
affect the Dynamic Stability
Control (DSC)/Roll Stability
Control (RSC) sensors.
Satellite radio antenna
NOTE
l
l
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the audio system
on for a long period of time when the
engine is not running.
If a cellular phone or CB radio is used in
or near the vehicle, it could cause noise to
occur from the audio system, however, this
does not indicate that the system has been
damaged.
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
6-17
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page266
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (266,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qRadio Reception
AM characteristics
AM signals bend around such things as
buildings or mountains and bounce off the
ionosphere. Therefore, they can reach
longer distances than FM signals. Because
of this, two stations may sometimes be
picked up on the same frequency at the
same time.
Signals from an FM transmitter are similar
to beams of light because they do not
bend around corners, but they do reflect.
Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannot
travel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FM
stations cannot be received at the great
distances possible with AM reception.
Ionosphere
FM wave
AM wave
Ionosphere
FM wave
100—200 km (60—120 miles)
Station 1
Station 2
FM characteristics
An FM broadcast range is usually about
40―50 km (25―30 miles) from the
source. Because of extra coding needed to
break the sound into two channels, stereo
FM has even less range than monaural
(non-stereo) FM.
FM Station
40—50km
(25—30 miles)
Atmospheric conditions can also affect
FM reception. High humidity will cause
poor reception. However, cloudy days
may provide better reception than clear
days.
Multipath noise
Since FM signals can be reflected by
obstructions, it is possible to receive both
the direct signal and the reflected signal at
the same time. This causes a slight delay
in reception and may be heard as a broken
sound or a distortion. This problem may
also be encountered when in close
proximity to the transmitter.
Reflected wave
Direct
6-18
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page267
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (267,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Flutter/Skip noise
Signals from an FM transmitter move in
straight lines and become weak in valleys
between tall buildings, mountains, and
other obstacles. When a vehicle passes
through such an area, the reception
conditions may change suddenly, resulting
in annoying noise.
Strong signal noise
This occurs very close to a transmitter
tower. The broadcast signals are
extremely strong, so the result is noise and
sound breakup at the radio receiver.
Station drift noise
Weak signal noise
In suburban areas, broadcast signals
become weak because of distance from
the transmitter. Reception in such fringe
areas is characterized by sound breakup.
When a vehicle reaches the area of two
strong stations broadcasting at similar
frequencies, the original station may be
temporarily lost and the second station
picked up. At this time there will be some
noise from this disturbance.
Station 1
88.1 MHz
Station 2
88.3 MHz
6-19
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page268
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (268,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating Tips for CD Player/InDash CD Changer
l
The CD revolves at high speed within
the unit. Defective (cracked or badly
bent) CDs should never be used.
l
Do not use non-conventional discs
such as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,
etc. The disc may not eject resulting in
a malfunction.
l
If the memory portion of the CD is
transparent or translucent, do not use
the disc.
Condensation phenomenon
Immediately after turning on the heater
when the vehicle is cold, the CD or
optical components (prism and lens) in the
CD player/In-dash CD changer may
become clouded with condensation. At
this time, the CD will eject immediately
when placed in the unit. A clouded CD
can be corrected simply by wiping it with
a soft cloth. Clouded optical components
will clear naturally in about an hour. Wait
for normal operation to return before
attempting to use the unit.
Handling the CD player/In-dash CD
changer
The following precautions should be
observed.
l Do not spill any liquid on the audio
system.
l
Do not insert any objects, other than
CDs, into the slot.
Transparent
6-20
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page269
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (269,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
A new CD may have rough edges on
its inner and outer perimeters. If a disc
with rough edges is used, proper
setting will not be possible and the CD
player/In-dash CD changer will not
play the CD. In addition, the disc may
not eject resulting in a malfunction.
Remove the rough edges in advance by
using a ball-point pen or pencil as
shown below. To remove the rough
edges, rub the side of the pen or pencil
against the inner and outer perimeter of
the CD.
l
The CD player/In-dash CD changer has
been designed to play CDs bearing the
identification logo as shown below. No
other discs can be played.
l
Use discs that have been legitimately
produced. If illegally-copied discs such
as pirated discs are used, the system
may not operate properly.
Be sure never to touch the signal
surface when handling the CDs. Pick
up a CD by grasping the outer edge or
the edge of the hole and the outer edge.
l
l
When driving over uneven surfaces,
the sound may jump.
l
l
Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.
Avoid scratching the reverse side (the
side without a label). The disc may not
eject resulting in a malfunction.
Dust, finger smudges, and dirt can
decrease the amount of light reflected
from the signal surface, thus affecting
sound quality. If the CD should
become soiled, gently wipe it with a
soft cloth from the center of the CD to
the edge.
6-21
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page270
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (270,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Do not use record sprays, antistatic
agents, or household spray cleaners.
Volatile chemicals such as benzine and
thinner can also damage the surface of
the CD and must not be used. Anything
that can damage, warp, or fog plastic
should never be used to clean CDs.
Insert discs one by one. If two discs are
inserted at the same time, the system
may not operate properly.
The CD player/In-dash CD changer
ejects the CD if the CD is inserted
upside down. Also dirty and/or
defective CDs may be ejected.
Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD
player/In-dash CD changer.
Do not insert any disc with a peel-off
seal affixed to it.
This unit may not be able to play
certain CD-R/CD-RWs made using a
computer or music CD recorder due to
disc characteristics, scratches,
smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust or
condensation on the lens inside the
unit.
Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to
direct sunlight or high temperature may
damage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and make
them unplayable.
CD-R/CD-RW exceeding 700 MB
cannot be played.
This unit may not be able to play
certain discs made using a computer
due to the application (writing
software) setting used. (For details,
consult the store where the application
was purchased.)
It is possible that certain text data, such
as titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RW
may not be displayed when musical
data (CD-DA) is playing.
The period from when a CD-RW is
inserted to when it begins playing is
longer than a normal CD or CD-R.
6-22
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
l
l
Completely read the instruction manual
and cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.
Do not use discs with cellophane tape
adhering, partially peeled off labels, or
adhesive material exuding from the
edges of the CD label. Also, do not use
discs with a commercially-available
CD-R label affixed. The disc may not
eject resulting in a malfunction.
qOperating tips for MP3
NOTE
Supply of this product only conveys a license
for private, non-commercial use and does not
convey a license nor imply any right to use this
product in any commercial (i.e. revenuegenerating) real time broadcasting (terrestrial,
satellite, cable and/or any other media),
broadcasting/streaming via the Internet,
intranets and/or other networks or in other
electronic content distribution systems, such as
pay-audio or audio-on-demand applications.
An independent license for such use is
required. For details, please visit
http://www.mp3licensing.com.
l
This audio system handles MP3 files
that have been recorded on CD-R/CDRW/CD-ROMs. Discs that have been
recorded using the following formats
can be played:
ISO 9660 level 1
ISO 9660 level 2
Joliet extended format
Romeo extended format
This unit handles MP3 files
conforming to the MP3 format
containing both header frames and data
frames.
This unit can play multi-session
recorded discs that have up to 40
sessions.
l
l
l
l
l
l
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page271
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (271,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
l
l
l
l
This unit can play MP3s with sampling
frequencies of 16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48
kHz.
This unit can play MP3 files that have
been recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to
320 kbps. Nonetheless, to insure
enjoyment of music with consistent
sound quality, it is recommended to use
discs that have been recorded at a bit
rate of 128 kbps or more.
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)
and MP3 files, playback of the two file
types differs depending on how the
disc was recorded.
Packet written discs cannot be played
on this unit.
This unit does not play CDs recorded
using MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3
PRO and RIFF MP3 formats.
Folder
No.
The order of hierarchy for MP3 files
and folders during playback or other
functions is from shallow to deep. The
arrangement and playing order of a
recorded disc containing MP3 files is
as follows:
File number
A numerical file number is assigned
to each file in a folder in the order of
hierarchy from shallow to deep.
Folder number
A numerical folder number is
assigned to each folder in the order
of hierarchy from shallow to deep.
01
04
3
03
2
05
4
06
5
1
Level1
Level2
Level3
Level4
Playback may not occur in the above
hierarchy depending on the audio unit.
l
l
l
l
l
l
NOTE
Folders and tracks (files) within the same
hierarchy play in the order they were written to
the disc depending on the write software.
: Track (File)
02
About folders and files
l
: Folder
l
l
The folder order is automatically
assigned and this order cannot be
optionally set.
Any folder without an MP3 file will be
ignored. (It will be skipped and the
folder number will not be displayed.)
MP3 files not conforming to the MP3
format containing both header frames
and data frames will be skipped and
not played.
This unit will play MP3 files that have
up to eight levels. However, the more
levels a disc has, the longer it will take
to initially start playing. It is
recommended to record discs with two
levels or less.
A single disc with up to 512 files can
be played and a single folder with up to
255 files can be played.
When naming an MP3 file, be sure to
add an MP3 file extension (.mp3) after
the file name.
6-23
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page272
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (272,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
The maximum number of characters
that can be used for file names is as
follows. However, this unit will only
display up to 32 characters, including
the file extension (.mp3).
ISO9660 level 1
ISO9660 level 2
Joliet extended
format
Romeo extended
format
Maximum number of
characters in a file name
(including a separator “.”
and the three letters of the
file extension)
12*
31*
64
128
* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) and
underbar “_” are available.
CAUTION
This unit can only play MP3 files that
have an MP3 file extension (.mp3)
attached. Do not attach an MP3 file
extension to any other type file as it
could cause noise to be emitted or a
malfunction in the unit.
About ID3 Tag display
l
l
This unit can only display ID3 Tag
album, track and artist names that have
been input using Ver.1.0/1.1/2.2/2.3
formats. Any other data that may have
been input cannot be displayed.
This unit can only display English
(including numerals) one-byte
characters. Use only English (including
numerals) one-byte characters when
inputting ID3 tags. Two-byte characters
and some special symbols cannot be
displayed.
6-24
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Specialized glossary
MP3
Abbreviation for “MPEG Audio Layer 3”.
A technical standard for audio
compression as decided by an ISO
(International Organization for
Standardization) MPEG working group.
Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be
compressed to approximately a tenth of
the source data size.
ISO 9660
An international standard for logical
formatting of CD-ROM files and folders.
It is divided into three separate levels
based on differences in file naming
procedures, data configuration and other
characteristics.
Multi-session
A session is the complete amount of data
recorded from the beginning to the end of
a single period of CD-ROM, CD-R/CDRW data recording. Multi-session refers to
the existence of data from two or more
sessions on a single disc.
Sampling
Refers to the process of encoding analog
audio data at regular intervals and
converting it to digital data. The sampling
rate refers to the number of times a
sample is taken in one second and is
expressed in Hz units. Increasing the
sampling rate improves the sound quality
but also increases the data size.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page273
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (273,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Bit rate
Refers to the volume of data per second,
expressed in bps (bits per second).
Generally, the larger the number of the
transfer bit rate when compressing an
MP3 file, the more information regarding
musical reproduction it carries, and
therefore the better the sound quality.
Playable WMA file specification
CD-R and CD-RW including WMA files
can be played with this unit. Discs which
conform to the following formats can be
played.
Playable WMA files are as follows:
Packet writing
Specification
A general term for the method, similar to
that used for floppy discs or hard drives,
of recording the required file in a single
increment on a CD-R and similar.
Sampling
frequency
Item
Bit rate
ID3 Tag
ID3 tag is a method for storing
information related to the music in an
MP3 file. Information such as track, artist
and album name can be stored. This
content can be freely edited using ID3
editing function software.
VBR (Variable Bit Rate)
Channel mode
WMA tag
CAUTION
VBR
Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate. While
CBR (Constant Bit Rate) is generally
used, VBR varies the bit rate for audio
compression according to compression
conditions and this allows for
compression with preference given to
sound quality.
qOperating Tips for WMA
WMA is short for Windows Media Audio
and is the audio compression format used
by Microsoft.
Audio data can be created and stored at a
higher compression ratio than MP3.
* Microsoft and Windows Media are
registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation U.S. in the United States
and other countries.
Content
Windows Media
Audio Version 7.0,
8.0, 9.0
32kHz. . . . . . . 32, 40,
48 kbps
44.1kHz . . . . . 32, 48,
64, 80, 96, 128, 160,
192, 256, 320 kbps
48kHz. . . . . . . 64, 96,
128, 160, 192 kbps
Supported
Stereo/Monaural
Title, artist name,
album name
This unit plays files with the (.wma)
file extension as a WMA file. Do not
use the WMA file extension for files
other than WMA files. It may cause
noise or a malfunction.
l
l
l
In a WMA file, the track name, artist
name and album name are recorded
with data called “WMA-Tag”, and the
information can be displayed.
WMA files which do not comply with
the specific standard may not be played
correctly or its file and folder name
may not be displayed correctly.
The file extension may not be provided
depending on the computer operating
system, version, software, or settings.
In this case, add the file extension
“.wma” to the end of the file name, and
then write the disc.
6-25
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page274
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
MEMO
6-26
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (274,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page275
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (275,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Audio Set (Type A)
Audio information is displayed on the information display.
The
/( ),
buttons are only functional if the vehicle is equipped with the
separately purchased SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit (U.S.A. and Canada).
Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-28
Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-30
Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player .............................................................. page 6-32
Operating the Auxiliary jack .................................................................................. page 6-35
Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-36
6-27
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page276
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (276,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qPower/Volume/Sound Controls
Power/Volume dial
Audio control dial
Power ON/OFF
Audio sound adjustment
Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
1. Press the audio control dial to select the
function. The selected function will be
indicated.
Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
Press the power/volume dial again to turn
the audio system off.
*1
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being discharged,
do not leave the audio system on for a long
period of time when the engine is not running.
Volume adjustment
To adjust the volume, turn the power/
volume dial.
Turn the power/volume dial to the right to
increase volume, to the left to decrease it.
6-28
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
*1
*1*2
*3
*1 Depending on the mode selected, the
indication changes.
*2 Depending on the model, this function
may not be available.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page277
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (277,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
*3 The function may appear on the
display but is only adjustable in the
European market models.
Select the desired ALC mode.
Mode
No change
2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust the
selected functions as follows:
Indication
Volume change
Minimum
Turn Left Turn Right
Medium
Select mode
Decrease
Increase
bass
bass
Decrease
Increase
treble
treble
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
front
rear
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
left
right
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
12Hr
(Flashing)
24Hr
(Flashing)
Maximum
Turn the audio control dial to select ALC
OFF or ALC LEVEL1―3 modes. The
selected mode will be indicated.
* The function may appear on the display but is only
adjustable in the European market models.
NOTE
About 5 seconds after selecting any mode, the
volume function will be automatically selected.
To reset bass, treble, fade, and balance, press
the audio control dial for 2 seconds. The unit
will beep and “CLEAR” will be displayed.
Automatic Level Control (ALC)
The automatic level control (ALC) is a
feature that automatically adjusts audio
volume and sound quality according to
the vehicle speed.
The volume increases in accordance with
the increase in vehicle speed, and
decreases as vehicle speed decreases.
BEEP setting
The beep-sound when operating the audio
system can be set on or off.
ILLM EFT setting (Illumination setting
during operation)
The audio system illumination during
operation can be set on or off.
Time adjustment
Rotating the audio control dial switches
the display between 12 and 24-hour clock
time (page 6-185).
6-29
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page278
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:53 PM
Black plate (278,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Radio
Scan button Band selector button
Seek tuning
buttons
Manual tuning dial/Auto memory button
Radio ON
Press a band selector button (
turn the radio on.
Channel preset buttons
Tuning
) to
Band selection
Successively pressing the band selector
) switches the bands as
button (
follows: FM1→FM2→AM.
The selected mode will be indicated. If
FM stereo is being received, “ST” will be
displayed.
NOTE
If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,
reception automatically changes from
STEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and the
“ST” indicator will go out.
6-30
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
The radio has the following tuning
methods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Preset
channel, and Auto memory tuning. The
easiest way to tune stations is to set them
on preset channels.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse blows
or the battery is disconnected), the preset
channels will be erased.
Manual tuning
Turning the manual tuning dial will
change the frequency higher or lower.
Seek tuning
Pressing the seek tuning button ( , )
will cause the tuner to seek a higher or
lower frequency automatically.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page279
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (279,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
If you continue to press and hold the button,
the frequency will continue changing without
stopping.
Scan tuning
Press the scan button (
) to
automatically sample strong stations.
Scanning stops at each station for about 5
seconds. To hold a station, press the scan
) again during this interval.
button (
Preset channel tuning
The 6 preset channels can be used to store
6 AM and 12 FM stations.
1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,
or FM2. Tune to the desired station.
2. Depress a channel preset button for
about 2 seconds until a beep sound is
heard. The preset channel number and
station frequency will be displayed.
The station is now held in the memory.
Press and hold the auto memory button
) for about 2 seconds until a beep
(
sound is heard; the system will
automatically scan and temporarily store
up to 6 stations with the strongest
frequencies in each selected band in that
area.
After scanning is completed, the station
with the strongest frequency will be tuned
and its frequency displayed.
Press and release the auto memory button
) to recall stations from the auto(
stored stations. One stored station will be
selected each time; its frequency and
channel number will be displayed.
NOTE
If no stations can be tuned after scanning
operations, “A” will be displayed.
3. Repeat this operation for the other
stations and bands you want to store.
To tune one in the memory, select AM,
FM1, or FM2 and then press its
channel preset button. The station
frequency and the channel number will
be displayed.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse blows
or the battery is disconnected), the preset
channels will be erased.
Auto memory tuning
This is especially useful when driving in
an area where the local stations are not
known. Additional AM/FM stations can
be stored without disturbing the
previously set channels.
6-31
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page280
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (280,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Player
Load button
Track up/Fastforward button
Scan button
CD play button
Track down/
Reverse button
Repeat button
Power/Volume dial
Type
Music/MP3 CD player
CD slot
Folder up button
CD eject button
Random button
l
l
Playable data
Music data (CD-DA)
MP3 file
NOTE
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA) and
MP3 files, playback of the two file types differs
depending on how the disc was recorded.
Inserting the CD
Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.
The auto-loading mechanism will set the
CD and begin play.
NOTE
There will be a short lapse before play begins
while the player reads the digital signals on
the CD.
6-32
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Folder down button
Display feed dial
Ejecting the CD
Press the CD eject button (
CD.
) to eject the
Playback
Press the CD play button ( ) to start
play when a CD is in the unit.
If a CD is not in the unit when the CD
play button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”
will flash on and off.
NOTE
When the load button (
) is pressed, the
CD will load and play even if the CD eject
button ( ) had been previously pressed.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page281
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (281,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Fast-forward/Reverse
Press and hold the fast-forward button
( ) to advance through a track at high
speed.
Press and hold the reverse button ( ) to
reverse through a track at high speed.
Repeat playback
Track search
2. Press the button again to cancel the
repeat playback.
Press the track up button ( ) once to skip
forward to the beginning of the next track.
Press the track down button ( ) once to
skip back to the beginning of the current
track.
Folder search (during MP3 CD
playback)
To change to the previous folder, press the
folder down button ( ), or press the
folder up button ( ) to advance to the
next folder.
Music scan
During music CD playback
This function scans the titles on a CD and
plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you
in finding a song you want to listen to.
During music CD playback
) during
1. Press the repeat button (
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.
During MP3 CD playback
(Track repeat)
) during
1. Press the repeat button (
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “TRACK RPT” is
displayed.
2. To cancel the repeat playback, press the
button again after 3 seconds.
(Folder repeat)
) during
1. Press the repeat button (
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks in the current folder repeatedly.
“FOLDER RPT” is displayed.
During MP3 CD playback
2. Press the button again to cancel the
repeat playback.
This function scans the titles in a folder
currently being played and plays 10
seconds of each song to aid you in finding
a song you want to listen to.
Random playback
Tracks are randomly selected and played.
) during
Press the scan button (
playback to start the scan play operation
(the track number will flash).
) again to
Press the scan button (
cancel scan playback.
During music CD playback
) during
1. Press the random button (
playback to play the tracks on the CD
randomly. “RDM” is displayed.
2. Press the button again to cancel the
random playback.
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal playback will
resume where scan was selected.
6-33
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page282
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (282,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
During MP3 CD playback
MP3 CD
(Folder random)
) during
1. Press the random button (
playback to play the tracks in the folder
randomly. “FOLDER RDM” is
displayed.
File number/Elapsed
time display
2. To cancel the random playback, press
the button again after 3 seconds.
Folder number/File
number
(CD random)
File name
) during
1. Press the random button (
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks on the CD randomly.
“DISC RDM” is displayed.
Folder name
Album name (ID3 Tag)
2. Press the button again to cancel the
random playback.
Song name (ID3 Tag)
Switching the display
Each time the display button (
) is
pressed during playback, the display will
switch in the following order.
Music CD
Artist name (ID3 Tag)
Track number/Elapsed time
Track name
NOTE
(MP3 CD)
l The information viewable in the display is
only CD information (such as artist name,
song title) which has been recorded to the
CD.
l The system can only display one-byte
alphabetic characters. If two-byte or other
types of characters have been recorded to
the CD, they may not display correctly.
Album name
Display scroll
Artist name
6-34
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Only 8 characters (File name) or 12
characters (Except file name) can be
displayed at one time. To display the rest
of the characters of a long title, turn the
) to the right.
display feed dial (
Hidden titles can be scrolled into the
display one character at a time.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page283
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (283,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
The displayable number of characters is
limited. If the number of characters, including
the file extension (.mp3), exceeds 32
characters, it may not be fully displayed.
Message display
If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it means
that there is some CD malfunction. Check
the CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, and
then properly reinsert. If the message
appears again, take the unit to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer for service.
qOperating the Auxiliary jack
You can connect portable audio units or
similar products on the market to the
auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio
over the vehicle's speakers, refer to
Auxiliary Input (page 6-66).
6-35
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page284
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (284,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qError Indications
If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clear
the error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Indication
CHECK CD
Cause
Solution
Insert the CD properly. If the error indication continues
CD is inserted upside down
to display, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Insert another CD properly. If the error indication
CD is defective
continues to display, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
6-36
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page285
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (285,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Audio Set (Type B)
Functions and information available for the selected mode are displayed on the left and
right of the audio unit screen. To select and operate a desired function, or select
information, press the corresponding selection button 1―8.
Selection
button 1
Selection
button 5
Selection
button 2
Selection
button 3
Selection
button 6
Selection
button 7
Selection
button 4
Selection
button 8
Screen Adjustments and Other Settings ................................................................. page 6-38
Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-40
Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-44
Operating the Satellite Radio ................................................................................. page 6-48
Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ....................................................................... page 6-58
Operating the Auxiliary Jack .................................................................................. page 6-61
Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-62
6-37
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page286
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (286,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qScreen Adjustments and Other Settings
Selection
button 1
Selection
button 5
Selection
button 2
Selection
button 3
Selection
button 6
Selection
button 7
Selection
button 4
Selection
button 8
Display button
Press the display button (
) to
display the tone adjustment screen.
Press the button again to return to the
previous screen.
Next page display*
Press selection button 1.
Previous page display*
Press selection button 5.
Initialization
Returns all the adjusted screen adjustment
settings and language settings to their
initial setting.
Decrease brightness
Press selection button 2.
Contrast adjustment
Higher contrast
Press selection button 7.
Lower contrast
Press selection button 3.
Tint adjustment*
Green tint enhancement
Press selection button 8.
Press selection button 6.
Brightness adjustment
Red tint enhancement
Press selection button 2.
Increase brightness
Press selection button 6.
6-38
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page287
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (287,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Color adjustment*
To deepen a color
Press selection button 7.
To fade color
Press selection button 3.
* Adjustment is available depending on
the display.
NOTE
A language setting is unavailable for the
satellite radio. English is constantly displayed.
Screen display off
Press selection button 4.
) to
Press the display button (
return to the previously selected mode's
screen.
NOTE
Continuous adjustment of the brightness,
contrast, tint, and color can be done by longpressing the selection button for the adjustment
item.
Daytime/Night screen
When the headlights are on, daytime
mode can also be selected (if a brighter
screen is needed at night). This selection
can only be done when the headlights are
on.
The screen can be returned to the daytime
screen while the headlights or running
lights are on by pressing the dashboard
illumination knob.
Language setting
The displayed language can be changed to
one of the three available languages.
Press selection button 5 to display the
language setting screen.
English display
Press selection button 2.
French display
Press selection button 3.
Spanish display
Press selection button 4.
6-39
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page288
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (288,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qPower/Volume/Sound Controls
Selection
button 1
Selection
button 5
Selection
button 2
Selection
button 3
Selection
button 6
Selection
button 7
Selection
button 8
Power/Volume dial
Audio control button
Power ON/OFF
Audio sound adjustment
Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
When the audio control button
) is pressed, the audio settings
(
screen is displayed.
Press the button to return to the previous
screen.
Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
Press the power/volume dial again to turn
the audio system off.
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being discharged,
do not leave the audio system on for a long
period of time when the engine is not running.
Next page display
Press selection button 1.
Previous page display
Press selection button 5.
Initialization
Volume adjustment
To adjust the volume, turn the power/
volume dial.
Turn the power/volume dial to the right to
increase volume, to the left to decrease it.
6-40
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Returns all of the audio setting items to
their initial setting.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page289
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (289,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Press selection button 8.
Setting item
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
Beep
AudioPilot® 2
Centerpoint®
Rear Seat Surround
Surround Volume
Setting value
Down
Up
Down
Up
Rear
Front
Left
Right
Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
Down
Up
NOTE
Continuous adjustment of the bass, treble,
fader, and balance can be done by longpressing the selection button for each
adjustment item.
Beep setting
The beep-sound when operating the audio
system can be set on or off.
Beep on
Press selection button 6.
Bass (low pitch sound)
Beep off
Low pitch enhancement
Press selection button 2.
Press selection button 6.
*
Low pitch attenuation
Press selection button 2.
Treble (treble sound)
Treble enhancement
Press selection button 7.
Treble attenuation
Press selection button 3.
Fader (front/back volume balance)
Rear speaker volume reduction
Press selection button 6.
Front speaker volume reduction
Press selection button 2.
Balance (left/right volume balance)
Left side volume reduction
Press selection button 7.
Right side volume reduction
Press selection button 3.
AudioPilot® 2
AudioPilot® 2 automatically adjusts audio
volume and sound quality in accordance
with the level of noise entering the vehicle
interior while driving. When AudioPilot®
2 is turned on, the system automatically
calculates the conditions for optimum
hearing of sound which may be difficult
to hear depending on exterior noise.
AudioPilot® 2 can be set on or off.
AudioPilot® 2 on
Press selection button 7.
AudioPilot® 2 off
Press selection button 3.
* AudioPilot® 2 is a registered trademark
of Bose Corporation.
*Centerpoint®
Centerpoint® offers you the experience of
5.1-channel surround sound in your
vehicle even with your conventional 2channel stereo DVDs inserted in the Rear
Entertainment System main unit or 2channel stereo CDs.
Centerpoint® can be set on or off.
6-41
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page290
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (290,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Centerpoint® on
Press selection button 6.
Surround Volume down
Press selection button 2.
Centerpoint® off
NOTE
Press selection button 2.
Surround Volume adjustment is available if
Centerpoint® or Rear Seat Surround is on.
NOTE
l
l
Centerpoint® operates optimally with a 2channel stereo CD. MP3 audio files can be
played, however, MP3 audio files encoded
with high compression may result in poor
sound quality.
Centerpoint® is available for 2-channel
stereo audio except for AM radio/FM radio/
SIRIUS digital satellite radio/AUX/BT
audio.
* Centerpoint® is a registered trademark
of Bose Corporation.
Rear Seat Surround (Rear
Entertainment System-equipped model)
The rear seat-optimized function allows
passengers to optimize the audio output to
the rear for a more pleasurable acoustic
field when selecting the 5.1-channel
sound mode.
Rear Seat Surround can be set on or off.
NOTE
Rear seat-optimized is only effective if a CD or
a DVD inserted in the Rear Entertainment
System main unit is 5.1 Dolby Digital/DTS
audio.
Rear Seat Surround on
Press selection button 7.
Rear Seat Surround off
Press selection button 3.
Surround Volume
Surround Volume up
Press selection button 6.
6-42
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page291
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (291,1)
MEMO
6-43
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page292
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (292,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Radio
Band selector button
Selection
button 2
Selection
button 5
Seek tuning
buttons
Selection
button 6
Selection
button 7
Selection
button 3
Selection
button 4
Selection
button 8
Scan button
Mute button Auto memory button
Radio ON
Press a band selector button (
turn the radio on.
Manual tuning dial
Tuning
) to
Band selection
Successively pressing the band selector
) switches the bands as
button (
follows: FM1 → FM2 → AM.
The selected mode will be indicated. If
FM stereo is being received, “ST” will be
displayed.
NOTE
If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,
reception automatically changes from
STEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and the
“ST” indicator will no longer display.
6-44
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
The radio has the following tuning
methods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Preset
channel, and Auto memory tuning. The
easiest way to tune stations is to set them
on preset channels.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse blows
or the battery is disconnected), the preset
channels will be erased.
Manual tuning
Turning the manual tuning dial will
change the frequency higher or lower.
Seek tuning
Pressing the seek tuning button ( , )
will cause the tuner to seek a higher or
lower frequency automatically.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page293
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (293,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
If you continue to press and hold the seek
tuning button ( ,
), the frequency will
continue changing without stopping.
Scan tuning
Press the scan button (
) to
automatically sample stations with the
strongest frequencies. Scanning stops at
each station for about five seconds. To
hold a station, press the scan button
) again during this interval.
(
Preset channel tuning
The six preset channels can be used to
store six AM and twelve FM stations.
Press and hold the auto memory button
). The system will automatically
(
scan and temporarily store up to six
stations with the strongest frequencies in
each selected band in that area.
After scanning is completed, the radio
tunes into the station with the strongest
frequency, and its frequency is displayed.
) to
Press the auto memory button (
recall stations from the auto-stored
stations. One stored station will be
selected each time, and its frequency will
be displayed.
NOTE
l
1. To set a channel, first select AM, FM1,
or FM2. Tune to the desired station.
If any of the following operations is
performed, auto-memory mode is cleared
and the normal display appears.
Band selector button (
) is
pressed
Manual tuning dial is turned
Seek tuning button ( ,
) is pressed
If the radio is unable to tune into any
station after the scanning operation is
completed, “No Channel” will be
displayed.
l
2. Press and hold selection button 2, 3, 4,
6, 7, or 8. The station frequency will be
displayed. The station is now held in
the memory.
3. Repeat this operation for the other
stations and bands you want to store.
To tune into one stored in the memory,
select AM, FM1, or FM2 and then
press its selection button. The station
frequency will be displayed.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse blows
or the battery is disconnected), the preset
channels will be erased.
Auto memory tuning
This is especially useful when driving in
an area where the local stations are
unknown. Additional AM/FM stations
can be stored without disturbing the
previously set channels.
l
l
l
Mute
Press the mute button (
) once to
mute the audio. Press it again to resume
audio output.
Radio Data System (RDS)
Radio text information display
A maximum of 64 characters of radio text
information sent from a broadcasting
station is displayed in the audio display.
Press selection button 5.
6-45
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page294
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
If any of the following operations is performed,
the radio text information display is cleared
and the normal display appears.
l Return button (
) is pressed
l Band selector button (
) is pressed
l Manual tuning dial is turned
l Seek tuning button (
,
) is pressed
6-46
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (294,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page295
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (295,1)
MEMO
6-47
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page296
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (296,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Satellite Radio
Selection
Selection SIRIUS button
button 3
button 8
Selection
Selection
button 4
button 7
Selection
button 1
Selection
button 5
Selection
button 2
Selection
button 6
Category up
button
Seek tuning
buttons
Scan button
Play/Pause button
6-48
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Return button
Category down
button
Manual tuning dial/Enter button
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page297
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (297,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
This equipment has been tested and found to
comply with the limits for a Class B digital
device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation. This
equipment generates, uses, and can radiate
radio frequency energy and if not installed and
used in accordance with the instructions, may
cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no
guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does
cause harmful interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined
by turning the equipment off and on, the user
is encouraged to try to correct the interference
by one or more of the following measures:
l Increase the separation between the
equipment and tuner.
l Connect the equipment into an outlet on a
circuit different from that to which the tuner
is connected.
l Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/
TV technician for help.
What is satellite radio?
With over 130 channels, SIRIUS Satellite
Radio brings you more of what you love.
Get 69 channels of 100 % commercialfree music, plus all your favorite sports,
news, talk and entertainment. Everything
worth listening to is now on SIRIUS.
100 % Commercial-free Music―With
music from every genre, artist-dedicated
channels, live performances and more,
SIRIUS is the home of 100 %
commercial-free music.
Live Sports Play-by-Play & Expert
Talk―Hear every NFL game, every
NASCAR® race and college sports
coverage from over 150 schools. Plus
24/7 sports talk with channels like
SIRIUS NFL Radio, SIRIUS NASCAR
Radio and more.
Exclusive Entertainment and
Talk―The biggest names, compelling
talk, hilarious comedy. Hear Howard
Stern, Martha Stewart, Jamie Foxx, Blue
Collar Comedy, Playboy Radio, political
talk and more.
World-class News―Stay informed with
FOX, CNN, CNBC, NPR®, BBC and
more.
Plus local traffic and weather.
Family & Kids―Entertain the entire
family with Radio Disney, Kids Place
Live, Laugh USA and more.
Sign up for SIRIUS Radio today! For
more information, visit www.sirius.com.
Satellite radio can be subscribed to and
received in the United States (Except
Alaska and Hawaii) and Canada.
How to Activate Satellite Radio
You must call SIRIUS to activate your
service. Activation is free and takes only a
few minutes.
6-49
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page298
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (298,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
SIRIUS service uses an ID code to
identify your radio. This code is needed to
activate SIRIUS service, and report any
problems.
To activate you SIRIUS radio tuner, call a
SIRIUS customer service specialist at 1888-539-7474 or you can visit SIRIUS
online at www.sirius.com.
Please have the following information
ready:
l SIRIUS ID (12-digit electronic serial
no., or ESN*)
l Valid credit card information (may not
be required at initial sign-up)
Be sure you are parked outside with a
clear view of open sky, you will be
instructed to turn on your radio (in
SIRIUS mode and tuned to channel 184).
Activation typically takes only 2―5
minutes.
* ESN: Electronic Serial Number
SIRIUS operation
All operations of the satellite radio are
conducted by means of the audio unit.
SIRIUS radio mode selection
) is
When the SIRIUS button (
pressed during ACC ON, it will play the
last SIRIUS channel in use before the
mode was switched over to another mode
or the power was turned off.
6-50
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
) is
When the SIRIUS button (
pressed in a mode other than the SIRIUS
mode, the last channel in use will be
received. Every time the SIRIUS button
) is pressed, the bank changes in
(
the order shown below.
SIRIUS1
SIRIUS2
SIRIUS3
NOTE
SIRIUS1, SIRIUS2 and SIRIUS3: six stations
can be stored in each bank for convenient
access to your favorite stations.
Operation in the initial state
It may take some time to start up the
equipment when it is in the initial state,
when there is a change in the user's
subscription condition, or when the
SIRIUS channel map is changed.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page299
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (299,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
“Updating channels XXX% complete” is
displayed when the SIRIUS channel map
is changed. If the “Updating channels
XXX% complete” display is not available,
“Updating channels” is displayed. If the
unit is initialized or the user contract
content is changed, “Updating channels.
Subscription Updated.” is displayed.
Updating could take as long as a few
minutes depending on the geographical
area. When the unit is in an initialized
state, channel 184 is displayed after the
display indicates “Updating channels
XXX% complete”. If the SIRIUS channel
map or the user contract content is
changed, the channel prior to the change
is displayed after “Updating channels
XXX% complete” is displayed. After the
initialization display, it may take as long
as ten seconds or more to receive channel
184.
Unsubscribed channel
When a selected station has not been
subscribed to, the display indicates the
following:
“Call 888-539-7474”
“To Subscribe”
NOTE
When the subscription contract is canceled, all
of the channels including channel 184 appear
as unsubscribed.
Invalid channel
When a selected channel is not
broadcasting, “Invalid” is displayed.
NOTE
If the last channel selected has become
unavailable because of a channel update the
above indication is displayed until any button
is pressed.
NOTE
Preset channel programming
Do not perform the following operation while
“Updating” is displayed. Otherwise, the
updating procedure will be canceled.
l Turning off the audio power
l Switching to other modes
l Turning the ignition off
1. Turn the manual tuning dial and select
the desired channel.
When the SIRIUS mode is switched to
another mode, or when the power is
turned off, the present channel which is
being received is stored as the last
channel.
Six stations can be stored in each bank,
SIRIUS1, SIRIUS2 and SIRIUS3 for
convenient access to your favorite stations.
Channel selection
Turning the manual tuning dial allows you
to select the desired receiving channel.
Channel up
Turn the manual tuning dial clockwise.
Channel down
Turn the manual tuning dial
counterclockwise.
2. Press and hold selection button 2, 3, 4,
6, 7, or 8.
NOTE
Preset channel call-up
Press selection button 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, or 8.
NOTE
In the initial setting, all channels are preset to
184.
Category change
Press the category button (
select the desired category.
,
) and
6-51
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page300
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (300,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Category up
Press the category up button ( ).
Category down
Press the category down button ( ).
Every time the category up button ( ) is
pressed, the category is changed over in
the order shown below.
At this time, the lowest (smallest-number)
channel within the category indicated is
received.
When the highest (or lowest) category is
reached, the category is changed over in
the order shown below.
Highest category → Lowest category →
XXX category
NOTE
Category set (Category lock)
Press selection button 1 to lock the
category of the channel being received.
Press selection button 1 again to clear the
lock.
NOTE
l
l
Channel number, channel name,
category name, artist name, song titles
and information display
The information regarding the channel
which is currently being received is
displayed.
l
l
NOTE
A category can be set only when a channel
which belongs to a category is being received.
Channel selection within a category
To select a radio station in a set category,
turn the manual tuning dial.
NOTE
l
l
The channel number needs to be indicated
in the display to use the manual tuning dial
for this function.
To select a radio station other than one in a
set category, turn the manual tuning dial.
Scan tuning
Press the scan button (
) to
automatically sample stations. Scanning
stops at each station for about five
seconds. To hold a station, press the scan
) again during this interval.
button (
6-52
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Unsubscribed channels, invalid channels,
parental lock channels and channel 0 are
not subject to the scan, therefore these
channels will skip automatically.
If a category is set, scan channels in the
category. If a category is not set, scan all
channels.
If the entire title cannot be displayed, “...”
is added at the end to the part of the title
which can be displayed.
If a channel other than a parental-locked
channel is received, channel name,
category name, artist name, song title, and
information are displayed.
(Channel number display)
The channel number for the channel
currently being received is displayed.
(Channel name display)
l
l
l
The channel name for the channel
currently being received is displayed.
A channel name may have a full title
and an abbreviated title. In this case,
the full title is displayed. If the channel
only has an abbreviated title, it is
displayed.
If there is no channel name, “No Ch
Name” is displayed.
(Category name display)
l
The category name for the channel
currently being received is displayed.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page301
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (301,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
l
A category name may have a full title
and an abbreviated title. In this case,
the full title is displayed. If the
category only has an abbreviated title,
it is displayed.
If there is no category name, “No
Category” is displayed.
(Artist name display)
l
l
The artist name for the channel
currently being received is displayed.
If there is no artist name, “No Artist” is
displayed.
(Song title display)
l The song title for the channel currently
being received is displayed.
l If there is no song title, “No Song” is
displayed.
(Information display)
l The information for the channel
currently being received is displayed.
l If there is no information, “No
Information” is displayed.
Instant replay
This function allows you to rewind and
replay the program that you were
previously or are currently listening to.
Press the Play/Pause button ( ).
When the seek tuning button ( ) is
pressed, playback starts from the
beginning of the current program.
When the seek tuning button ( ) is
pressed twice, playback starts from the
beginning of the previous program.
Press and hold the seek tuning button
( ) to reverse the program while the
button is being pressed.
When the seek tuning button ( ) is
pressed, playback starts from the
beginning of the next program.
When the seek tuning button ( ) is
pressed while the last program is being
played, the instant replay mode is
canceled.
Press and hold the seek tuning button
( ) to fast-forward the program while
the button is being pressed. When
pressing and holding the button until the
end of the program, the instant replay
mode is canceled.
When the Play/Pause button ( ) is
pressed again, playback is paused, or
playback starts if it has been paused.
Instant replay (PAUSE)
If the Play/Pause button ( ) is pressed
while the instant replay mode is off,
instant replay mode is turned on in a
paused condition (PAUSE). Press the
Play/Pause button ( ) again to resume
playback from the point at which it was
paused.
Displaying the SIRIUS ID (ESN)
Method 1
Turn the manual tuning dial and select
channel 0 to display the twelve-digit
Electronic Serial Number (ESN) for the
SIRIUS tuner.
Method 2
1. Press selection button 5 to display the
settings screen.
2. Press selection button 5 again to
display the twelve-digit Electronic
Serial Number (ESN) for the SIRIUS
tuner.
(If the SIRIUS ID (ESN) for the tuner
does not display)
If “ESN Fail” is displayed, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
6-53
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page302
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (302,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Parental lock
Parental lock, parental unlock, parental
lock ID change, and parental lock ID reset
can be set.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
l
Press the return button (
) during
all the settings to return to the previous
display.
Turn the manual tuning dial during the ID
code or master code input to select “CLR”,
and then press the enter button (
) to
delete an input number.
If there is no input for ten seconds during
the ID code or master code input, the
system returns to the settings screen.
If only a four-digit ID code or master code
is input, “OK” can be selected.
If the registered ID code has been forgotten,
reset the code in “Parental-lock ID reset”
to [0000].
Parental lock
If a channel is locked, the channel is
muted.
(Channel locking)
1. Turn the manual tuning dial to select
the desired channel.
(Registered ID code input preparation)
(Registered ID code input
confirmation)
6. After inputting the four digits, turn the
manual tuning dial and select “OK”,
and then press the enter button
) to confirm the four digits.
(
7. If the four digits match the registered
ID code, “Parental lock” appears and
mute is turned on.
If they do not match the registered ID
code, “Error” appears and then the
display returns to “- - - -”.
Parental unlock
Channels locked using the parental lock
function can be unlocked.
(Channel unlocking)
1. Select a channel to be unlocked by
turning the manual tuning dial.
(Registered ID code input preparation)
2. Press selection button 5 to display the
settings screen.
3. Press selection button 2 to display the
parental unlock screen.
4. “Enter Pin” and “- - - -” are displayed,
and input of the registered ID code is
possible.
2. Press selection button 5 to display the
settings screen.
(Registered ID code input)
3. Press selection button 1 to display the
parental lock settings screen.
5. Turn the manual tuning dial to select a
number and press the enter button
) to input the number.
(
4. “Enter Pin” and “- - - -” are displayed,
and input of the registered ID code is
possible.
(Registered ID code input)
5. Turn the manual tuning dial to select a
number and press the enter button
) to input the number.
(
6-54
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
(Registered ID code input
confirmation)
6. After inputting the four digits, turn the
manual tuning dial and select “OK”,
and then press the enter button
) to confirm the four digits.
(
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page303
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (303,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
7. If the four digits match the registered
ID code, “Parental unlock” appears and
mute is canceled.
If they do not match the registered ID
code, “Error” appears and then the
display returns to “- - - -”.
Parental-lock ID change
When changing the ID code, the new ID
code is input after the previous one is
input first.
(Registered ID code input preparation)
1. Press selection button 5 to display the
settings screen.
2. Press selection button 3 to display the
ID code change screen.
3. “Enter Pin” and “- - - -” are displayed,
and input of the registered ID code is
possible.
(Registered ID code input)
4. Turn the manual tuning dial to select a
number and press the enter button
) to input the number.
(
(Registered ID code input
confirmation)
5. After inputting the four digits, turn the
manual tuning dial and select “OK”,
and then press the enter button
) to confirm the four digits.
(
6. If the four digits match the registered
ID code, “Enter Pin” and “- - - -” are
displayed.
If they do not match the registered ID
code, “Error” appears and then the
display returns to “- - - -”.
(New ID code input confirmation)
8. After inputting the four digits, turn the
manual tuning dial and select “OK”,
and then press the enter button
) to confirm the four digits.
(
9. “Pin Changed” appears to indicate that
the new ID code input has been
completed.
10. The display returns to its normal
display.
NOTE
Channels locked before changing the ID code
remain after changing the ID code. To unlock a
channel, input the changed ID code.
Parental-lock ID reset
If the registered ID code has been
forgotten, reset the ID code to the default
[0000] code.
(Master code input preparation)
1. Press selection button 5 to display the
settings screen.
2. Press selection button 4 to display the
ID code initial screen.
3. “Enter Pin” and “- - - -” are displayed,
and input of the registered ID code is
possible.
(Master code input)
4. Turn the manual tuning dial to select a
number and then press the enter button
) to input the number.
(
(New ID code input)
7. Turn the manual tuning dial to select a
number and press the enter button
) to input the number.
(
6-55
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page304
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
Master code:
The Master Code is used to initialize or reinitialize the ID code in the event that the code
is not set to [0000] and/or the personalized ID
code is not known. The initialization process
resets the ID code to [0000]. The master code
can potentially defeat the intent of the security
of the parental lock if it is located by persons
not authorized by the owner to access certain
channels.
SIRIUS Satellite Radio Master Code: [0913]
(Master code input confirmation)
5. After inputting the four digits, turn the
manual tuning dial and select “OK”,
and then press the enter button
) to confirm the four digits.
(
6. If the four digits match the master
code, “Pin Cleared” appears.
If they do not match the master code,
“Error” appears and the display returns
to “- - - -”.
7. The ID code returns to the default
[0000] code.
6-56
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (304,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page305
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (305,1)
MEMO
6-57
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page306
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (306,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the In-Dash CD Changer
Load button
Selection
Selection
button 3
button 8
Selection
Selection
CD play button
button 4
button 7
CD eject button
Selection
button 5
Selection
button 6
Folder up
button
Selection
button 1
Selection
button 2
Track up
button
Track down
button
Folder down
button
Scan button
File dial
Play/Pause button
Type
Music/MP3/WMA CD
player
l
l
Playable data
Music data (CD-DA)
MP3/WMA file
NOTE
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA) and
MP3/WMA files, playback of the two or three
file types differs depending on how the disc
was recorded.
Inserting the CD
The CD must be label-side up when
inserting. The auto-loading mechanism
will set the CD and begin play.
NOTE
The CD will begin playback automatically
after insertion. A CD cannot be inserted while
the display reads “Please Wait”.
There will be a short lapse before play begins
while the player reads the digital signals on
the CD.
6-58
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Normal CD insertion
1. Press the load button (
).
2. When “Please Insert a Disc” is
displayed, insert the CD.
Inserting CDs into desired tray number
1. Press and hold the load button (
).
2. Press the selection button for the
desired tray number while
“Please Wait” is displayed.
3. When “Please Insert a Disc” is
displayed, insert the CD.
NOTE
The CD cannot be inserted to the desired tray
number if the number is already occupied.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page307
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (307,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
Multiple CD insertion
1. Press and hold the load button (
If the button is not pressed and about five
seconds have elapsed while “Disc Ejecting” is
displaying, CDs are automatically ejected.
).
) again.
2. Press the load button (
When “Please Insert a Disc” is
displayed, insert the CD.
3. Remove the CD, then the next CD will
be ejected.
3. When “Please Insert a Disc” is
displayed again, insert the next CD.
NOTE
l
NOTE
The first-inserted CD will be played
automatically when:
l No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds
after “Please Insert a Disc” is displayed.
l The CD trays are full.
l
l
Ejecting CDs
CDs will be ejected starting from the one in
the tray with the lowest number.
All CDs in the trays will be ejected
continuously.
CDs can be ejected when the ignition
switch is off. Press and hold the CD eject
button ( ) to eject all CDs.
Playback
Press the CD play button (
) to start
play when a CD is in the unit.
) is pressed
If the CD play button (
when a CD is not inserted and an external
device is not connected, “No Disc” is
displayed.
All of the following information is
displayed during playback.
Normal ejection
1. Press the CD eject button ( ).
“Disc Ejecting” will be displayed.
2. Remove the CD.
NOTE
When the CD is ejected during play, the next
CD will be played automatically.
Music CD
Ejecting CDs from desired tray number
1. Press and hold the CD eject button (
2. Press the selection button for the
desired tray number while
“Disc Ejecting” is displayed.
3. Remove the CD.
)
The track number, elapsed time, album
name, artist name, and song name are
displayed.
MP3/WMA CD
The folder number, track number, elapsed
time, folder name, album name, artist
name, and song name are displayed.
Multiple CD ejection
1. Press and hold the CD eject button
( ).
2. Press the CD eject button (
) again.
6-59
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page308
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (308,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
NOTE
If the entire title cannot be displayed, “...” is
added at the end to the part of the title which
can be displayed.
If title information is not available,
“NO TITLE” is displayed.
If there are any undisplayable characters in
the title, “- - - - - - - -” is displayed.
Some CDs cannot display information.
Press and hold the ( ) or ( ) button to
continuously move up or down through the
folders.
Pause
Press the Play/Pause button ( ).
Press the button again to resume
playback.
Fast-forward
).
Reverse
Press and hold the track down button
( ).
Track search
) during
Press the scan button (
playback to start the scan play operation.
) again to
Press the scan button (
cancel scan playback.
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal playback will
resume where scan was selected.
Track up
Press the track up button (
file dial clockwise.
During music CD playback
This function scans the titles on a CD and
plays ten seconds of each song to aid you
in finding a song you want to listen to.
During MP3/WMA CD playback
This function scans the titles in a folder
currently being played and plays ten
seconds of each song to aid you in finding
a song you want to listen to.
Fast-forward/Reverse
Press and hold the track up button (
Music scan
) or turn the
Repeat playback
During music CD playback
Track down
Press the track down button ( ) or turn
the file dial counterclockwise.
Disc search
1. Press selection button 1 during
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “Repeat Track” is
displayed.
Press the selection button for the desired
tray number.
2. Press selection button 1 again to cancel
the repeat playback.
Folder search (during MP3/WMA CD
playback)
During MP3/WMA CD playback
Folder up
1. Press selection button 1 during
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “Repeat Track” is
displayed.
Press the folder up button (
).
Folder down
Press the folder down button (
).
6-60
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
(Track repeat)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page309
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (309,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
2. Press selection button 1 twice to cancel
the repeat playback.
(Folder repeat)
1. Press selection button 1 twice during
playback to play the tracks in the
current folder repeatedly.
“Repeat Folder” is displayed.
2. Press selection button 1 again to cancel
the repeat playback.
Random playback
Tracks are randomly selected and played.
During music CD playback
Message display
If “Check Disc” is displayed, it means that
there is a CD malfunction. Check the CD
for damage, dirt, or smudges, and then
properly reinsert. If the message appears
again, take the unit to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer for service.
qOperating the Auxiliary Jack
You can connect portable audio units or
similar products on the market to the
auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio
over the vehicle's speakers, refer to
Auxiliary Input (page 6-66).
1. Press selection button 5 during
playback to play the tracks in the CD
randomly. “Random Disc” is displayed.
2. Press selection button 5 again to cancel
the random playback.
During MP3/WMA CD playback
(Folder random)
1. Press selection button 5 during
playback to play the tracks in the folder
randomly. “Random Folder” is
displayed.
2. Press selection button 5 twice to cancel
the random playback.
(All random)
1. Press selection button 5 twice during
playback to play the tracks on the CD
randomly. “Random All” is displayed.
2. Press selection button 5 again to cancel
the random playback.
6-61
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page310
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (310,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qError Indications
If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clear
the error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Indication
Acquiring Signal
Antenna Fail
Check Disc
Cause
Solution
Depending on the
surrounding conditions
(such as large trees, buildImprove reception by moving away from possible
ings, or tunnels) and special
obstructions. If the error indication continues to display,
weather conditions,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
SIRIUS radio reception
may be diminished or
temporarily interrupted.
Check the satellite radio antenna, antenna cable and
Satellite radio antenna
DLP antenna connector. If the error indication continues
malfunction
to display, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Insert the CD properly. If the error indication continues
CD is inserted upside down
to display, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Insert another CD properly. If the error indication
CD is defective
continues to display, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
NOTE
If a broken DLP* unit is replaced with a new unit, cancel the license for the broken unit and make
sure to carry out new registration for the replaced unit. If the license for the broken unit is not
canceled, you will be charged a reception fee for both units.
* DLP: Down Link Processor (SATELLITE RADIO Module)
6-62
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page311
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (311,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Audio Control Switch
Operation í
When the audio unit is turned on,
operation of the audio unit from the
steering wheel is possible.
NOTE
Because the audio unit will be turned off under
the following conditions, the switches will be
inoperable.
l When the ignition is turned off (LOCK).
l When the power button on the audio unit is
pressed and the audio unit is turned off.
l When the CD being played is ejected and
the audio unit is turned off.
With Bluetooth Hands-Free only/
Bluetooth Hands-Free and navigation
system
Use the talk button, pick-up button, and
hang-up button for navigation system
sound operation.
For details, refer to the separate manual
“NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner's
Manual”.
Talk button
Pick-up button
Hang-up button
Without Bluetooth Hands-Free and
navigation system
NOTE
l
l
The talk button, pick-up button, and hangup button are operable with the audio unit
turned off.
Mazda has installed this system to prevent
distraction while driving the vehicle and
using audio controls on the dashboard.
Always make safe driving your first priority.
qAdjusting the Volume
To increase the volume, press up the
volume switch.
To decrease the volume, press down the
volume switch.
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
6-63
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page312
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (312,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Without Bluetooth Hands-Free and
navigation system
(Type B)
) to change
Press the mode switch (
the audio source (FM1 radio → FM2
radio → AM radio → CD changer →
SIRIUS1 → SIRIUS2 → SIRIUS3 →
AUX → (RSES) → BT audio →
cyclical).
Without Bluetooth Hands-Free and
navigation system
With Bluetooth Hands-Free only/
Bluetooth Hands-Free and navigation
system
With Bluetooth Hands-Free only/
Bluetooth Hands-Free and navigation
system
qChanging the Source
(Type A)
Press the mode switch (
) to change
the audio source (FM1 radio → FM2
radio → AM radio → CD player → AUX
→ cyclical).
6-64
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page313
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (313,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
CD, CD changer, RSES, SIRIUS digital
satellite radio, and BT audio modes cannot be
selected in the following cases:
· RSES, SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit, or
BT audio unit is not equipped on the audio
system.
· CD has not been inserted.
The AUX mode is locked out unless you
connect a commercially available portable
audio unit to the auxiliary jack. Connect a
portable audio unit or similar product on the
market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music
or audio over the vehicle's speakers. Change
the audio source to AUX mode (page 6-66).
qSeek Switch
Without Bluetooth Hands-Free and
navigation system
With Bluetooth Hands-Free only/
Bluetooth Hands-Free and navigation
system
When listening to the radio or SIRIUS
digital satellite radio
Press the seek switch up or down. The
radio switches to the next/previous stored
station in the order that it was stored
(1―6).
(Radio)
Press and hold the seek switch in the up or
down position to seek all usable stations
at a higher or lower frequency whether
programmed or not.
(SIRIUS digital satellite radio)
Press and hold the seek switch in the up or
down position to seek all usable stations
at a higher or lower channel whether
programmed or not.
When playing a CD or BT audio
Press up the seek switch to skip to the
next track.
Press down the seek switch to repeat the
current track.
Press and hold the seek switch in the up or
down position to continuously switch the
tracks up or down.
6-65
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page314
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (314,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qMute Switch í
Press the mute switch ( ) once to mute
audio, press it again to resume audio
output.
NOTE
If the ignition is turned off (LOCK) with the
audio muted, the mute will be canceled.
Therefore, when the engine is restarted, the
audio is not muted. To mute the audio again,
press the mute switch ( ).
AUX Mode (Auxiliary
input) í
You can connect portable audio units or
similar products on the market to the
auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio
over the vehicle's speakers.
Without Bluetooth Hands-Free and
navigation system
WARNING
Do not adjust the portable audio unit
or a similar product while driving the
vehicle:
Adjusting the portable audio unit or
a similar product while driving the
vehicle is dangerous as it could
distract your attention from the
vehicle operation which could lead to
a serious accident. Always adjust the
portable audio unit or a similar
product while the vehicle is stopped.
6-66
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page315
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (315,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CAUTION
Ø Close the lid when the auxiliary
jack is not in use to prevent
foreign objects and liquids from
penetrating the auxiliary jack.
Ø Depending on the portable audio
device, noise may occur when
using the device with it connected
to the accessory socket equipped
on the vehicle. (If noise occurs, do
not use the accessory socket.)
2. Pass the connection plug cord through
the cutout of the console and insert the
plug into the auxiliary jack.
Plug
NOTE
l
l
l
l
l
Before using the auxiliary jack, read the
manufacturer's instructions for the product
being connected.
Use a commercially-available, nonimpedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plug for
connecting the portable audio unit to the
auxiliary jack. Before using the auxiliary
jack, read the manufacture's instructions
for connecting a portable audio unit to the
auxiliary jack.
To prevent discharging of the battery, do
not use the auxiliary input for long periods
with the engine off or idling.
Noise may occur depending on the product
connected to the auxiliary jack.
With regard to connecting a portable audio
or similar device to a power source, use the
battery for the device, not the accessory
socket.
WARNING
Do not allow the connection plug cord
to get tangled with the parking brake
or the shift lever:
Allowing the plug cord to become
tangled with the parking brake or
the shift lever is dangerous as it
could interfere with driving, resulting
in an accident.
CAUTION
Do not place objects or apply force to
the auxiliary jack with the plug
connected.
NOTE
l
Connecting the auxiliary jack
1. Open the console lid.
l
l
Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack
securely.
Insert or remove the plug with the plug
perpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole.
Insert or remove the plug by holding its
base.
To listen to a portable audio unit
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
6-67
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page316
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
2. Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
3. (Type A)
) of the
Press the AUX button (
)
audio unit or the mode switch (
of the audio control switches on the
steering wheel to change to the AUX
mode.
(Type B)
) of the
Press the AUX button (
)
audio unit or the mode switch (
of the audio control switches on the
steering wheel to change to the AUX
mode.
Audio Unit
Audio Control
Switches
NOTE
l
l
l
Set the volume of the portable audio unit to
the maximum within the range that the
sound does not become distorted, then
adjust the volume using the power/volume
dial of the audio unit or the up/down switch
of the audio control switch.
Audio adjustments other than audio volume
can only be done using the portable audio
device.
If the connection plug is pulled out from the
auxiliary jack while in AUX mode, noise
may occur.
6-68
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (316,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page317
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (317,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Safety Certification
This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCC
requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services.
CAUTION
Ø This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified
service personnel.
If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Ø Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those
specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CD
player with the top case of the unit removed.
Ø Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
NOTE
For CD player section:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,
may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation.
6-69
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page318
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (318,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Rear Entertainment System í
Monitor screen release knob
DISC IN indicator light
Disc slot
Wireless headphone signal transmitter/Remote
control signal receiver
Eject button
Monitor screen
qRear Entertainment System Outline
The Rear Entertainment System has a 9.0-inch wide LCD, as well as DVD video, DVD
audio, video CD, audio CD, and MP3/WMA CD playback functions. Moreover, the system
is equipped with input terminals for video picture and audio sound, and AV equipment such
as a video game player or a video camera can be connected and displayed on the monitor
screen.
6-70
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page319
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (319,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
qProper Operation of Rear Entertainment System
For safe driving, read the following warnings and cautions before starting operation, and
use the system properly.
WARNING
Ø Do not disassemble or modify this unit.
It may cause an accident, fire, or electrical shock.
Ø Do not use if there is a malfunction condition such as no screen image or sound.
It may cause an accident, fire, or electrical shock. Follow the procedures in
“Symptoms and Actions” (page 6-120) and if the problem is not resolved, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Ø Do not use if some problem has occurred.
If any problem occurs, such as a foreign material penetration, spilled liquid,
smoking from internal burning, or other abnormal smells, stop operation
immediately and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer. If operation is continued, it
may cause an accident, fire, or electrical shock.
Ø Lower the volume to minimum before turning off the power.
If the volume is set high, loud sound will be produced when turning on the power,
causing auditory problems or an accident.
Ø Adjust the volume while driving so that ambient sound can be heard.
If the volume is too high and ambient sound cannot be heard while driving,
driving operation could be obstructed causing an accident.
Ø Do not leave the remote controller and the headphones unstowed.
If the remote controller and the headphone are not stowed, they could fall under
the brake pedal during a sudden stop or while turning, which could obstruct
driving operation and cause an accident.
CAUTION
Ø Do not put foreign material into the disc slot.
It may cause a fire or malfunction.
Ø Do not clean plastic finished parts with solvent such as benzene or thinner.
The parts may deform causing a fire or malfunction.
6-71
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page320
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (320,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
qOperating Tips for Disc
Playable discs
DVD video*1, DVD audio*2, video CD, audio CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-R, DVD-RW and
dts CD*3 can be played.
NOTE
It may not be possible to play DVD video, DVD audio, video CD, audio CD, and MP3/WMA CD
according to the procedures indicated in these instructions if the playback conditions have been
restricted by the producer.
Read the instruction manual accompanying the DVD video, video CD, DVD audio, audio CD.
6-72
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page321
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:54 PM
Black plate (321,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
DVD video
DVD videos bearing the following logo can be played.
DVD audio
DVD audio bearing the following logo can be played.
●Region code must include “1” or “ALL”.
●NTSC
(National Television System Committee)
recorded type.
●8 cm (3in) or 12 cm (5in) size
DVD-R and DVD-RW
DVD-Rs and DVD-RWs bearing each of the following logos can
be played.
Video CD, audio CD, CD-R, and CD-RW
Video CDs, audio CDs, CD-Rs, and CD-RWs bearing each of the
following logos can be played.
●Playback control function supported.
●8 cm (3in) or 12 cm (5in) size
●MP3 recorded type.
*1: Audio is not produced by the headphones when DTS audio is selected. Listen to DTS audio over the vehicle's
speakers.
*2: Stereo playback is produced.
*3: Audio is not produced from the headphones. Listen to this audio from the speakers.
Unplayable discs
l Discs not bearing the logo mark indicated in the above table.
l Discs not including “1” or “ALL” in region code.
l Discs recorded in other than NTSC (e.g. PAL or SECAM).
6-73
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page322
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:55 PM
Black plate (322,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
l
l
l
DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, DVD+RW, CD-ROM, CDV, CD-G, CVD, VSD, SVCD,
SACD, photo CDs, non-conventional discs (e.g. heart-shaped), and partially transparent
discs.
Discs recorded in CD-TEXT format.
HD DVD and Blu-ray discs
Handling of discs
l Do not use non-conventional discs such as heart-shaped, octagonal discs, or discs with a
memory portion that is transparent or translucent. The unit could be damaged.
Transparent
l
l
l
l
l
When driving over uneven surfaces, the sound may jump.
Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling the discs. Pick up the discs by
grasping the outer edge or the edge of the hole and the outer edge.
Do not write on or attach labels, stickers or similar to discs.
Defective (cracked or badly bent) discs should never be used.
A new disc may have rough edges on its inner and outer perimeters. If a disc with rough
edges is used, proper setting will not be possible and the unit will not play the disc.
Remove the rough edges in advance by using a ball-point pen or pencil as shown below.
To remove the rough edges, rub the side of the pen or pencil against the inner and outer
perimeter of the discs.
6-74
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page323
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:55 PM
Black plate (323,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Disc cleaning
Do not use record sprays, antistatic agents, or household spray cleaners. Volatile chemicals
such as benzine and thinner can also damage the surface of the disc and must not be used.
Anything that can damage, warp or fog plastic should never be used to clean discs.
Condensation
Immediately after turning on the heater when the vehicle is cold, the disc or optical
components (prism and lens) in the unit may become clouded with condensation. At this
time, the disc will eject immediately when placed in the unit. A clouded disc can be
corrected simply by wiping it with a soft cloth. Clouded optical components will clear
naturally in about an hour. Wait for normal operation to return before attempting to use the
unit.
Operating tips for DVD video
Region code
The playback restriction area is set in a DVD video. The playback restriction area is
indicated by a region code, and a DVD video can be played only in its indicated area.
The region code for U.S.A. and Canada are “1”. DVD videos bearing region code
including “1” or “ALL” on the package or the instruction manual can be played by this
unit. The region code setting for this unit has been set to “1”.
DVD videos bearing any of the following logos on the package or instruction manual can
be played.
6-75
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page324
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:55 PM
Black plate (324,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Playable DISC specification
CD-R and CD-RW including MP3/WMA files can be played with this unit. Discs which
conform to the following formats can be played.
Name
Standard
ISO9660
CD-R, CD-RW format
ISO9660 extension
Multi-session
Maximum hierarchy
number
Maximum folder
number
Explanation
Level 1
Level 2
Joliet
Romeo
Supported
8 hierarchies (Including root)
256 folders
Maximum file number
512 files (Total capacity included in a disc.) Files other than MP3 or WMA are not
included.)
Operating tips for MP3
NOTE
Supply of this product only conveys a license for private, non-commercial use and does not convey a
license nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial (i.e. revenue-generating) real time
broadcasting (terrestrial, satellite, cable and/or any other media), broadcasting/streaming via the
Internet, intranets and/or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems, such as
pay-audio or audio-on-demand applications. An independent license for such use is required. For
details, please visit http://www.mp3licensing.com.
Playable MP3 file specification
Playable MP3 files are as follows:
Item
Specification
Sampling frequency
Bit rate
MPEG1
MPEG2
MPEG1
MPEG2, 2.5
VBR (Variable Bit Rate)
Channel mode
ID3 tag
l
Content
MPEG1 AUDIO LAYER3
MPEG2.5 AUDIO LAYER3
MPEG2 AUDIO LAYER3
32, 44.1, 48kHz
16, 22.05, 24kHz
32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320
kbps
32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 144, 160 kbps
Supported
Stereo, Joint stereo, Dual channel, Monaural
Ver. 1.0, Ver. 1.1 title, artist name, album name
This unit corresponds to MP3 files in which both header and data comply with the MP3
format.
6-76
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page325
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:55 PM
Black plate (325,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
l
l
l
l
l
l
This unit corresponds to multi-session recorded disc playback at a maximum of 49
sessions.
Some data on multi-session recorded discs cannot be played.
Playback of discs with added sessions is possible.
Packet Write recorded discs cannot be played.
This unit does not correspond to MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3 PRO, and RIFF-style
MP3 formats.
The maximum number of characters available for a file name is as follows, however, the
displayable number of characters on this unit is limited.
ISO9660 level 1
ISO9660 level 2
Joliet extended format
Romeo extended format
Maximum number of characters in a file name
(including a separator “.” and the three letters of the file extension)
12*
31*
64
128
* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) and underbar “_” are available.
MP3
CAUTION
This unit plays files with the (.mp3) file extension as a MP3 file. Do not use the MP3
file extension for files other than MP3 files. It may cause noise or a malfunction.
l
l
l
In a MP3 file, the track name, artist name, album name and category name are recorded
with data called “ID3-Tag”, and the information can be displayed on the monitor.
MP3 files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly
or its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly.
The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system,
version, software, or settings. In this case, add the file extension “.mp3” to the end of the
file name, and then write the disc.
Playlist
This unit can play playlist files. Playlist is a function that allows free setting of the
playback order of MP3 files. The file extension of a playlist file in which the order of
playback is recorded is “. m3u” or “. pls”.
Operating tips for WMA
WMA is short for Windows Media Audio and is the audio compression format used by
Microsoft.
Audio data can be created and stored at a higher compression ratio than MP3.
*
Microsoft and Window Media are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation U.S. in
the United States and other countries.
6-77
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page326
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:55 PM
Black plate (326,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Playable WMA file specification
CD-R and CD-RW including WMA files can be played with this unit. Discs which
conform to the following formats can be played.
Playable WMA files are as follows:
Item
Specification
Sampling frequency
Bit rate
VBR (Variable Bit Rate)
Channel mode
WMA tag
Content
Windows Media Audio Version7.0
22.05kHz . . . . 32 kbps
32kHz. . . . . . . 48, 64 kbps
44.1kHz . . . . . 48, 64, 80, 96, 128, 160, 192, 256, 320 kbps
48kHz. . . . . . . 64, 96, 128, 160, 192 kbps
Supported
Stereo/Monaural
Title, artist name, album name
WMA
CAUTION
This unit plays files with the (.wma) file extension as a WMA file. Do not use the
WMA file extension for files other than WMA files. It may cause noise or a
malfunction.
l
l
l
In a WMA file, the track name, artist name, album name and category name are
recorded with data called “WMA-Tag”, and the information can be displayed on the
monitor.
WMA files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly
or its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly.
The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system,
version, software, or settings. In this case, add the file extension “.wma” to the end of
the file name, and then write the disc.
Operating tips for Dolby
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.
“Dolby”, “MLP Lossless”, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
6-78
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page327
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:55 PM
Black plate (327,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Operating tips for dts
“DTS” and “DTS Digital Surround” are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems,
Inc.
qOperation Tips for Headphones
To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the Rear Entertainment System, it is
necessary to use the wireless headphones that are included.
Specification
Item
Transmission system
Modulation system
Carrier frequency
Content
Infrared light
Frequency modulation
Right channel 2.8 MHz, left channel 2.3 MHz
6-79
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page328
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:55 PM
Black plate (328,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Part Names
qRear Entertainment System Main Unit
Monitor screen release knob
DISC IN indicator light
Disc slot
Wireless headphone signal transmitter/Remote
control signal receiver
6-80
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Eject button
Monitor screen
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page329
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:55 PM
Black plate (329,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
qRemote Controller
No.
Name
No.
Name
RETURN button
PLAY button
MENU button
Slow playback button
ENTER/Select button
POWER button
STOP button
SOURCE button
PAUSE button
Picture adjust mode button
Fast-forward button
Picture adjust button
Rewind button
SET UP button
PREVIOUS (Track down) button
Number keys
NEXT (Track up) button
DISPLAY MODE button
DISPLAY button
6-81
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page330
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:55 PM
Black plate (330,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
qHeadphone
Power button
Power indicator
Volume dial
L (left) side
Arm
6-82
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
R (right) side
Infrared receiver
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page331
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:55 PM
Black plate (331,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Before Operation
qDisplay Opening/Closing
NOTE
l
CAUTION
Ø Close the display while the Rear
Entertainment System is not in
use. If the display is left open, a
passenger could be injured by
hitting the display, or the display
could be damaged.
Ø Do not press the monitor screen
while opening the display. It may
cause a malfunction.
l
If the display is closed while the power is
on, it automatically turns off.
The display locks in two positions when
opened to 100 or 120-degrees.
Opening the display
Press the monitor screen release knob and
open the display until it is in the lock
position.
qDisc Insertion/Ejection
CAUTION
If the signal surface of a disc is
touched, it could cause the sound to
skip. Pick up a disc by grasping the
edge of the hole and the outer edge.
Monitor screen
release knob
NOTE
When no disc is inserted, “No Disc” is
displayed on the monitor.
Closing the display
Close and press the display until a
clicking sound can be heard.
6-83
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page332
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (332,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Inserting the disc
Insert the disc into the disc slot with the
label-side up.
NOTE
l
l
When the eject button is pressed, the disc is
ejected halfway.
A disc can be ejected with the Rear
Entertainment System turned off.
qPicture Adjustment
Disc slot
CAUTION
Insert the disc with its label-side
(decorated side) facing upward. If the
disc is inserted upside-down, it may
cause a malfunction.
NOTE
If a disc is inserted while the Rear
Entertainment System is turned off but the
display is open, and when the ignition switch is
in the ACC or ON position, the system
automatically turns on and starts playback.
The brightness (BRIGHT), color
adjustment (TINT), color density
(COLOR), and contrast (CONTRAST) of
the screen can be adjusted.
Press the picture adjust button
(PICTURE) on the remote controller to
change to the picture adjustment mode.
The picture mode changes in the order of
BRIGHT →TINT →COLOR
→CONTRAST →OFF each time the
button is pressed in this mode.
Press the picture adjust button ( ) or ( ),
positioned to top/bottom of the picture
adjustment mode button (PICTURE), to
adjust each picture mode.
NOTE
l
l
Ejecting the disc
Press the eject button to eject the disc.
If the picture adjustment mode is on and no
operation has been done for about 5
seconds, the mode is canceled
automatically.
If the picture is no longer adjustable by
pressing the picture adjust button ( ) or
( ), it indicates that the adjustment value
has reached the maximum/minimum value.
Adjusting the brightness
1. Press the picture adjustment mode
button (PICTURE) and select the
BRIGHT mode.
2. Press the picture adjust button ( ) or
( ) to adjust.
Eject button
6-84
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
l
Picture adjust button ( ): Brighten
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page333
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (333,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
l
Picture adjust button ( ): Darken
l
Picture adjust button ( ): Lighten
Adjusting the color adjustment
Adjusting the contrast (definition)
1. Press the picture adjustment mode
button (PICTURE) and select the TINT
mode.
1. Press the picture adjustment mode
button (PICTURE) and select the
CONTRAST mode.
2. Press the picture adjust button ( ) or
( ) to adjust.
2. Press the picture adjust button ( ) or
( ) to adjust.
l
l
Picture adjust button ( ): Green
Picture adjust button ( ): Red
Adjusting the color density
1. Press the picture adjustment mode
button (PICTURE) and select the
COLOR mode.
2. Press the picture adjust button ( ) or
( ) to adjust.
l
Picture adjust button ( ): Darken
l
l
Picture adjust button ( ): Higher
Picture adjust button ( ): Lower
qScreen Size Setting
The size of the screen can be changed.
Press the DISPLAY MODE button to set
the desired screen size.
The screen size changes in the order of
Full →Normal →Wide →Cinema each
time the button is pressed.
6-85
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page334
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (334,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Full screen
Image is displayed on the full screen.
Cinema screen
The image is enlarged upward and
downward. A 4:3 and 16:9 screen ratio
image are displayed with the upper/lower
part of the image cut off.
NOTE
Because images are enlarged lengthwise for
display, a horizontal streak may be seen,
however, it does not indicate a malfunction.
* A 16:9 screen ratio image is shown in
the above figure.
Normal screen
A 4:3 screen ratio image is the standard
display, and black bands appear on each
side of the screen.
* A 16:9 screen ratio image is shown in
the above figure.
NOTE
* A 16:9 screen ratio image is scaled to a
4:3 screen ratio.
Wide screen
The center part of the image is
compressed toward the center, and the
surrounding area is enlarged toward the
edge.
* A 16:9 screen ratio image is shown in
the above figure.
6-86
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
The display varies depending on the style of
the image recorded on the disc.
Refer to the following table and set the screen
size.
Image style
4:3
16:9
Letter box
Recommendation
Normal or wide screen
Full screen
Full or cinema screen
qDisplay Off
Only sound, without image, can be
played.
Press and hold the DISPLAY button
) on the remote controller.
(
“DISPLAY OFF” is displayed, and then
image turns off.
Press any button on the remote controller
to display the image.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page335
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (335,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
qRemote Controller
Operate the Rear Entertainment System
with the remote controller except for disc
insertion/ejection.
CAUTION
Using the remote controller
A battery has already been installed in the
remote controller.
Remove the electrical leak-protection
insulation sheet before using the remote
controller.
Do not apply excessive force to the
remote controller or get it wet. Also,
do not leave the remote controller in
a place exposed to direct sunlight or
high temperature. It could cause a
malfunction.
NOTE
Operate the remote controller with it pointed
to the disc slot of the unit. Signals may not be
received depending of the angle.
Maintenance
Stow the remote controller in its case and
put it in the seatback pocket of a front
seat.
Place the remote controller into its case
properly in the direction shown in the
figure and stow it in the front seatback
pocket.
Insulation
sheet
Replacing the battery
If the buttons on the remote controller are
inoperable, or the operation range
becomes narrow or unsteady, the battery
may be dead.
Replace the battery using the following
procedure.
NOTE
If the remote controller is placed in the
incorrect direction, abnormal noise or an
operation error could result.
6-87
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page336
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (336,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Battery: CR2025 LITHIUM or
equivalent (1)
CAUTION
1. Press the battery case tab in the
direction indicated by the arrow using
your thumbnail, and pull out the
battery case.
Battery
case
Tab
2. Remove the old battery and install a
new one with the plus pole pointed up.
Battery (CR2025 LITHIUM or equivalent)
3. Press the battery case tab in the
direction of the arrow until a click
sound is heard.
NOTE
If the remote controller is inoperable even
after the batteries are replaced, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
6-88
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Ø Install the battery with the correct
pole pointing in the correct
direction. Battery leakage could
occur if they are not installed
correctly.
Ø When replacing the batteries, be
careful not to bend the electrical
terminals or get oil on them. Also,
be careful not to get dirt in the
remote controller as it could be
damaged.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page337
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (337,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Sound Output
qSound Output from Vehicle Speakers
Vehicles with audio system
Change the audio system to the Rear Entertainment System mode. Sound/Music being
played by the Rear Entertainment System can be heard from the vehicle speakers.
For audio operation, refer to “Audio System” (page 6-17).
Press the AUX button (
) on the audio unit or the mode switch (
) of the audio
control switches on the steering wheel. “AUX” is displayed on the display and the audio
system changes to Rear Entertainment System sound.
Adjust the volume with the dial on the audio unit.
Vehicles with navigation system
Change the navigation system to the Rear Entertainment System mode. Sound/Music being
played by the Rear Entertainment System can be heard from the vehicle speakers.
For navigation system operation, refer to the separate manual “NAVIGATION SYSTEM”.
), select the AUX2 mode. “RSES” is displayed on the
Press the SOURCE button (
information display and it changes to the Rear Entertainment System sound.
Adjust the volume with the dial on the navigation unit.
qUsing the Headphone Speakers
CAUTION
Ø For safety reasons, the driver should never wear the headphones while driving.
Not being able to hear sound outside of the vehicle could result in a serious
accident.
Ø Use the headphones with the volume set at moderate level. Listening at an
excessive volume level for extended periods of time will have an adverse effect on
your hearing ability.
Ø If the headphone arms are spread excessively is could result in damage.
Ø Do not apply excessive force to the headphones or get them wet. Also, do not
leave the headphones in a place exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature. It
could cause a malfunction.
6-89
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page338
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (338,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
NOTE
l
l
l
l
l
To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the rear entertainment system, it is necessary to
use the wireless headphones that are included. For headphone specification, refer to
“Operation Tips for Headphones” (page 6-79).
When the headphones are not in use, turn them off.
DTS formatted sound cannot be generated through the headphones. Use the vehicle's speakers.
If there is no sound produced from a signal for 3 minutes or longer after the headphone power is
turned on, or there is no signal reception, the headphone power turns off automatically.
If the headphones are continuously used for 4 hours or more after the sound signal is received, the
headphone power turns off automatically.
The acceptable range for signals (infrared rays) from the Rear Entertainment System is as
follows:
Rear Entertainment System
Wireless headphone signal
(infrared rays) transmitter
The signals (infrared rays) can be received in
any location on the rear seats. However, the
rear of the transmitter is out of the acceptable
range.
A wireless headphone can be used in any position on the rear seats, however, the sound
may skip under the following conditions because the acceptable range varies or the signals
are blocked.
l When affected by intense light such as direct sunshine.
6-90
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page339
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (339,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
l
l
When the wireless headphone receiver does not point to the Rear Entertainment System
transmitter.
When the signal is blocked by an obstruction such as the seat.
Replacing the battery
1. Remove the screw using a coin or equivalent, and remove the cover. Remove the
batteries.
Cover
Screw
2. Insert two AAA-size batteries. Match the
the and marks in the battery case.
polarity of the batteries with
3. Install the cover.
4. Install the screw.
NOTE
Battery life (reference)
Manganese batteries: About 20 hours
Alkaline batteries: About 40 hours
The battery life is indicated as a reference and does not provide any guarantees. The battery life
varies depending on usage conditions (volume, surrounding environment).
6-91
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page340
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (340,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
CAUTION
Ø If the battery power is depleted the headphones will not operate properly. If any of
the following occurs, replace the batteries.
Ø The power indicator does not illuminate even when the power is turned on.
Ø Noise is mixed with the sound.
Ø The reception range narrows.
Ø Periodically inspect the batteries for leakage.
Ø If the headphones are not to be used for an extended period, remove the batteries.
Ø Be careful not to allow the battery case screw to become loose.
Ø Install the batteries with the ( )/( ) poles correctly positioned. Battery leakage
could occur if they are not installed correctly.
Ø When replacing the batteries, be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get
oil on them.
Ø Be careful not to allow dirt to get into the headphones as it could damage them.
The following points regarding the battery must be observed.
If the batteries are not handled properly, it could result in a headphone malfunction.
Ø Do not use rechargeable batteries.
Ø When replacing the batteries, replace both batteries at the same time. Do not use
a new battery and an old battery, or the different types of battery.
6-92
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page341
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (341,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Rear Entertainment System Functions
qMode
The Rear Entertainment System has Disc and AUX modes.
Mode
Disc mode
AUX (Auxiliary) mode *
Function
DVD video, video CD, DVD audio, and audio CD can be
played.
AV equipment with output terminals for image and sound,
such as a video game player and a video camera, can be
used.
Page
6-94
6-108
* Auxiliary terminals in which AV equipment can be connected are equipped.
Refer to Auxiliary terminals and accessory socket on page 6-108.
Mode change
Press the SOURCE button. The mode changes between Disc and AUX.
Disc mode
("DISC" is displayed.)
AUX mode
("AUX" is displayed.)
6-93
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page342
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (342,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
DVD video, DVD audio,
Video CD, Audio CD and
MP3/WMA CD Playback
(Disc Mode)
DVD video, DVD audio, Video CD,
Audio CD, and MP3/WMA CD can be
played in the Disc mode.
CAUTION
For safe driving, adjust the volume
while driving so that ambient sound
can be heard.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
Do not use the Rear Entertainment System
for a long period with the engine off. The
vehicle battery could run down.
To listen to the Rear Entertainment System
sound from the vehicle speakers, change the
audio or navigation system sound to the
Rear Entertainment System sound.
Refer to Sound on page 6-89.
To listen to audio other than from the
speakers of the rear entertainment system, it
is necessary to use the wireless headphones
that are included. For headphone
specification, refer to
“Operation Tips for Headphones” (page
6-79).
The cooling fan of this unit may activate if
the temperature of the unit is high, however,
this does not indicate a malfunction.
qBasic Operation
Power ON/OFF
Turning on the power
The Rear Entertainment System
automatically turns on when any of the
following operations are done with the
ignition switch in the ACC or ON
position.
l The display is open and a disc is
inserted.
l The POWER button on the remote
controller is pressed.
Turning off
The Rear Entertainment System turns off
when any of the following operations are
done.
l The POWER button on the remote
controller is pressed.
l The ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position.
l The display is closed.
Playback
The top menu or disc menu may be
displayed on the monitor screen when a
disc is played. From these menus, the disc
functions can be performed.
Refer to Top menu and disc menu on page
6-97.
NOTE
l
l
For some discs, the top menu or disc menu
may be displayed automatically after
playback.
Refer to the instruction manual attached to
the disc for the top menu or disc menu.
When no disc is inserted
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
6-94
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page343
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (343,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
2. Insert the disc into the disc slot.
After the disc is inserted, the playback
starts.
CAUTION
Insert the disc with its label-side
(decorated side) facing upward. If the
disc is inserted upside-down, it may
cause a malfunction.
When a disc has been inserted
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
2. Turn on the Rear Entertainment
System.
3. Press the PLAY button to start
playback.
NOTE
If the Rear Entertainment System has been
turned off during a previous playback,
playback automatically resumes when the
system is turned on.
Stopping the playback
Press the STOP button to stop the
playback.
To resume the playback, press the PLAY
button.
Resume playback function
The Rear Entertainment System stores the
position where the playback has been
stopped using the resume playback
function.
Press the PLAY button to resume the
playback from the position previously
stopped.
NOTE
If the RETURN button is pressed after the
playback has been stopped, the resume
playback function is canceled. Once the
resume playback function is canceled, the
playback starts from the first chapter (DVD
video)/track (video CD, audio CD, DVD
audio, or MP3/WMA CD) when the PLAY
button is pressed.
Pausing the playback
Press the PAUSE button to pause the
playback.
Press the PAUSE or PLAY button to
resume the playback.
Fast-forward/Reverse
Fast-forward
Image and sound is fast-forwarded while
) is pressed.
the FWD button (
Reverse
Image and sound is reversed while the
) is pressed.
REW button (
Slow playback (DVD video and video
CD)
Press the SLOW button to slow the
playback.
Press the SLOW or PLAY button to return
to normal playback speed.
NOTE
l
l
Slow playback is not available for audio
CD, DVD audio and MP3/WMA CD.
The unit is muted while in slow playback.
Skipping the chapter/track
Chapter (DVD video) or track (video CD,
DVD audio, audio CD, and MP3/WMA
CD) can be skipped (changed).
6-95
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page344
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (344,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Fast-forward skip
Press the NEXT button (
the next chapter/track.
) to skip to
Reverse skip
) to return to
Press the PREV button (
the beginning of the current chapter/track.
NOTE
To return to the beginning of the previous
chapter/track, press the PREV button (
)
again within 2 seconds after the button is
pressed.
Skipping to desired chapter/track
The playback can be started from the
desired chapter (DVD video)/track (video
CD, DVD audio and audio CD) by
entering the chapter/track number.
1. Enter the chapter/track number using
the number keys (0 to 9) while the disc
is being played.
2. Press the ENTER button to start the
playback from the selected chapter/
track.
Example: when selecting chapter/track
number “10”
1.Press the number key (1).
2.Press the number key (0).
3.Press the ENTER button.
NOTE
l
l
If a chapter/track number not in the disc is
input, the last chapter/track is played.
Refer to the instruction manual attached to
the disc for chapter/track numbers.
6-96
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Skipping to desired title/group
The playback can be started from the
desired title/group by entering the title/
group number.
1. Enter the title/group number using the
number keys (0 to 9) while the
playback is stopped.
2. Press the ENTER button to start the
playback from the selected title.
Example: When selecting title number
“2”
1.Press the number key (2).
2.Press the ENTER button.
NOTE
l
l
If a title/group number not in the disc is
input, the last title/group is played.
Refer to the instruction manual attached to
the disc for the title/group numbers.
Bonus group playback
1. Press the number button (0) while a
disc is not being played.
If the disc has a bonus group*, the
display shows as follows.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page345
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (345,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
2. Press the ENTER button to change the
display to the password input screen,
then enter the password.
For the password, see the instruction
manual attached to the disc.
Displaying/selecting top menu/disc
menu
1. To display the top menu on the screen,
press the MENU button while the disc
is not being played. To display the disc
menu on the screen, press the MENU
button during playback.
2. Move the cursor to the desired menu
by operating the select button up/down
or left/right.
3. Press the ENTER button to operate the
selected menu.
4. To return to playback, press the MENU
button or the STOP button, then the
PLAY button.
* Bonus group means the 'Bonus tracks'
originally recorded in the disc.
qAssist Functions (DVD video, DVD
audio, video CD and audio CD)
Top menu and disc menu
NOTE
Operation may vary or cannot be performed
depending on the disc. Refer to the instruction
manual attached to the disc.
Top menu
Multiple titles may have been recorded on
some discs.
For these DVD discs, the desired title can
be selected in the top menu.
Function menu
In the function menu, the following items
can be selected/operated while in
playback.
Language (sound and subtitle)
selection (DVD video and DVD audio)
Subtitle ON/OFF (DVD video)
Display angle change (DVD video and
DVD audio)
Sound output balance adjustment
(Video CD)
Repeat/random playback (Video CD,
DVD audio and audio CD)
DVD video function menu
Disc menu
The unique functions of each DVD disc
are recorded as the menu. This is referred
to as the disc menu.
Various menu related images and sound
are recorded in the disc menu.
6-97
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page346
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (346,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
NOTE
DVD audio function menu
For audio CD, the function menu is
automatically displayed when playback is
started.
Language (sound and subtitles)
selection (DVD video and DVD audio)
Sound and subtitles can be changed to the
desired language.
NOTE
Available languages varies depending on the
DVD disc.
Video CD/audio CD function menu
1. Press the DISPLAY button to display
the function menu.
2. Move the cursor and select the sound
select mode or subtitle select mode by
operating the select button to the left or
right.
NOTE
l
l
In the function menu, the title/group
number, chapter/track number, and
playback elapsed time cannot be selected/
changed.
Settings set in the function menu are
available only for the current disc. Settings
set in the initial setting function menu are
available for the Rear Entertainment
System unit itself so that the settings remain
after the disc is changed. Refer to Initial
setting function on page 6-103.
Displaying the function menu
Press the DISPLAY button while in
playback to display the function menu on
the monitor screen.
Press the DISPLAY button again to
cancel.
6-98
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
3. Move the cursor and select the desired
language by operating the select button
up or down.
4. Press the DISPLAY button to finish the
function menu.
Subtitle ON/OFF (DVD video)
Subtitle on/off can be set.
1. Press the DISPLAY button to display
the function menu.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page347
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (347,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
2. Move the cursor to the subtitle ON/
OFF mode by operating the select
button to the left or right.
2. Move the cursor to the display angle
change mode by operating the select
button to the left or right.
3. Select ON to display the subtitles, or
OFF to hide them by operating the
select button up or down.
3. Move the cursor and select the desired
angle by operating the select button up
or down.
4. Press the DISPLAY button to finish the
function menu.
4. Press the DISPLAY button to finish the
function menu.
Display angle change (DVD video and
DVD audio)
Sound output balance adjustment
(Video CD)
The image can be displayed at the desired
angle.
1. Press the DISPLAY button during the
video CD playback to display the
function menu.
NOTE
l
l
Display angle change is not available for
discs other than multi-angle recorded DVD
discs. Refer to the instruction manual
attached to the disc for details.
The available angles vary depending on the
disc.
2. Move the cursor to the sound output
balance adjustment mode by operating
the select button to the left or right.
1. Press the DISPLAY button to display
the function menu.
6-99
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page348
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (348,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
3. Set the sound output to the desired
balance by operating the select button
up or down.
Press the button and the settings
changes in the order of L+R →L →R.
The sound balance changes according
to the setting.
L: Audio recorded in the audio output
channel from the left is output.
R: Audio recorded in the audio output
channel from the right is output.
R: Audio recorded in the audio
L
output channel from the left/right is
output.
4. Press the DISPLAY button to finish the
function menu.
Repeat/random playback (Video CD,
DVD audio and audio CD)
Tracks can be played repeatedly or
randomly.
1. Press the DISPLAY button while in the
playback to display the function menu
on the monitor screen.
2. Move the cursor to the repeat/random
playback mode by operating the select
button to the left or right.
3. Select the desired mode by operating
the select button up or down.
(1) During DVD audio:
Each time the button is pressed, the
mode changes in the order of 1 ―
NON ― RPF ― NOF ― RND ―
RNF ― ALL ― 1.
ALL: Repeats all tracks.
1: Repeats the current track.
RPF: Repeats all tracks in the current
group
NOF: Stops playback after all tracks in
the current group are played.
RND: Randomly selects and plays a
track from all tracks.
RNF: Randomly selects and plays a
track from the current group.
(2) During video CD and audio CD
Each time the button is pressed, the
mode changes in the order of 1 ―
NON ― RND ― ALL ― 1.
ALL: Repeats all tracks. (Returns to
the beginning of the disc after all tracks
are played.)
1: Repeats the current track.
NON: Stops playback after all tracks in
the disc are played.
RND: Randomly plays a track.
4. Press the DISPLAY button to finish the
function menu.
NOTE
The function menu is displayed during audio
CD playback and it cannot be canceled by
pressing the DISPLAY button during playback.
qAssist Functions (MP3/WMA CD)
Folders and files
The order of MP3/WMA file playback is
as follows:
l A folder number is assigned to each
folder on a disc.
6-100
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page349
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (349,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
l
l
l
l
For example, the folder numbers for
folders (1), (3), and (5) in the figure are
not displayed because they do not
contain MP3/WMA files.
Folders and files in a hierarchy are
played in the order that they are
recorded on the disc by the writing
software.
Up to 255 files in 8 hierarchies can be
played.
The loading time may be longer
depending on the disc.
: Folder
Folder/File information display
window
Display mode
: MP3 file
: WMA file
: Order of playback
Changing the display mode
1. Move the cursor to the display mode
by operating the select button to the left
or right.
2. Change the display mode by operating
the select button up or down.
Display
FOLDER
TAG INFO
TREE IDX
PLST IDX
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Function menu
If MP3/WMA files are to be played,
operate the select button and move the
cursor to select the playback file,
playback mode, and display mode.
Folder number/Playback list number
File number
Playback elapsed time
Playback mode
Playback status
PLAYLIST
CD TRACK
Displayed information
All folders and files display
File tag display
(FOLDER name, FILE name,
TITLE name, ARTIST name,
and ALBUM name) display
Folder tree display
Playlist display
(If there is a playlist on the
disc.)
Files on playlist display
(If the files on the playlist are
being played.)
CD track display
(If CD tracks on a disc which
has both MP3/WMA and CD
audio files are being played.)
Changing the playback mode
1. Move the cursor to the playback mode
by operating the select button to the left
or right.
6-101
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page350
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (350,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
2. Change the display mode by operating
the select button up or down.
Display
ALL
1
NON
RPF
NOF
RND
RNF
Playback mode
All files are played repeatedly.
The current file is played
repeatedly.
All files are played once and the
playback stops.
All files in the current folder are
played repeatedly.
Files in the current folder are
played once and the playback
stops.
All files are played randomly.
Files in the current folder are
played randomly.
NOTE
If RND or RNF is selected during a playlist
playback, files on the playlist are played
randomly. Refer to Playlist File Playback on
page 6-102.
Selection file
While in FOLDER display mode
1. Move the cursor to the folder/file
information display window by
operating the select button to the left or
right.
2. Move the cursor to the desired folder/
file by operating the select button up or
down.
3. Press the ENTER button to play the
selected file or to move to the selected
folder.
NOTE
To return to an upper hierarchy, move the
cursor to the “PARENT FOLDER” and press
the ENTER button.
6-102
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
While in TREEIDX display mode
1. Move the cursor to the folder/file
information display window by
operating the select button to the left or
right.
2. Move the cursor to the folder where the
desired file is located by operating the
select button up or down.
3. Press the ENTER button. Playback
starts from the first track in the selected
folder.
NOTE
l
l
“ ” mark is attached to a folder if the
folder has a playable MP3/WMA file.
If a disc including a playlist is being
played, the playlist file can be selected.
Playlist file playback
Playlist files can be played using the
following procedure:
1. Set the display mode to the TREEIDX
mode. Refer to Changing the display
mode on page 6-100.
2. Move the cursor to the PLAYLIST by
operating the select button.
3. Press the ENTER button to change the
display from TREEIDX to PLSTIDX.
4. Move the cursor to the desired playlist
file by operating the select button up or
down.
5. Press the ENTER button. Playback
starts in the order programmed in the
playlist file.
NOTE
The loading time after pressing the ENTER
button may be longer depending on the disc.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page351
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (351,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
qInitial Setting Function
The settings set in the initial setting
function remain after the unit is turned off
or the disc is changed.
The following items can be set in the
initial setting.
Lang: Sound and subtitle setting
Rating: Parental lock setting
Mark: On-Screen Mark, Angle Mark and
Mode Priority settings
Audio: Audio DRC setting
Aspect: Not available
3. Press the ENTER button. The selected
menu is highlighted to indicate that the
menu is selected.
Displaying/selecting the initial setting
function menu
1. Press the SET UP button while the disc
is not being played to display the initial
setting function menu on the monitor
screen.
4. Select the item to be set by operating
the select button up or down.
NOTE
l
l
The initial setting can be performed with no
disc inserted.
After setting the initial setting, the playback
starts from the first chapter/track.
2. Move the cursor to the desired menu
by operating the select button up/down
or left/right.
6-103
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page352
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (352,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
5. Press the ENTER button. The
highlighted color returns to the
previous color to indicate that the
selected item is set.
Changing to a language other than
English and Japanese
NOTE
l
l
Languages other than English and
Japanese can be set by entering the
language code in the language code list.
Refer to Language code list on page 6-112.
If the selected language is not recorded in
the disc, the language is not available.
1. Move the cursor to “Other” by
operating the select button up or down.
2. Press the ENTER button, and then
operate the select button to the right.
6. To finish the function menu on the
monitor display, press the SET UP,
MENU, or STOP button.
Lang (Language)
Sound and subtitles can be changed to the
desired language.
3. Enter the desired language code by
pressing the number keys (0 to 9) or
operating the select button up or down.
4. Press the ENTER button to set the
language of the entered language code.
NOTE
Menu language: Language used for top
menu/disc menu
Sound language: Language used for
movie sound (voice)
Subtitle language: Language used for
subtitles
6-104
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
If “English” or “Japanese” is selected
afterward, the previously entered language
code is cleared.
Rating
If the disc has a parental lock code,
viewing can be restricted. Also, the setting
can be protected by a password to prevent
someone changing the setting.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page353
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (353,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Viewing can be restricted by setting the
parent lock level.
For example, if the level is set to 6, level 7
or higher viewing is locked and cannot be
played.
Changing the Rating setting
1. Enter the password by pressing the
number keys (0 to 9) or operating the
select button up or down.
NOTE
l
l
Parent lock is not available depending on
the disc.
The initial password setting (when
purchased) is “0000”.
2. Press the ENTER button.
If the password is confirmed, the
Rating change mode is displayed.
NOTE
Rating change: Parent lock level setting
Country change: Setting for the country
where the disc is being played.
Password change: Registered password
changes
The setting cannot be changed without the
correct password. Note down the password so
you don't forget it.
3. Select the desired parent lock level and
press the ENTER button to set.
6-105
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page354
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (354,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Country change
NOTE
It is necessary to set the country code because
the parent lock level is different depending on
the country. When using the unit in U.S.A., set
the country code to “3018”. The parent lock
function is disabled without the country code
setting (page 6-114).
3. Enter the country code by pressing the
number keys (0 to 9) or operating the
select button up or down.
1. Enter the password by pressing the
number keys (0 to 9) or operating the
select button up or down.
4. Press the ENTER button to set the
country of the entered country code.
Changing the password
1. Enter the password by pressing the
number keys (0 to 9) or operating the
select button up or down.
2. Press the ENTER button.
If the password is confirmed, the
password change mode is displayed.
NOTE
The setting cannot be changed without the
correct password. Note down the password so
you don't forget it.
2. Press the ENTER button.
If the password is confirmed, the
password change mode is displayed.
NOTE
The setting cannot be changed without the
correct password. Note down the password so
you don't forget it.
6-106
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page355
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (355,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Mark
The DVD video playback status and angle
display on/off, and priority of the inserted
discs can be set.
3. Enter the new password by pressing the
number keys (0 to 9) or operating the
select button up or down.
4. Press the ENTER button to set the new
password.
On-Screen Mark
Select ON to display, OFF not to display
the DVD video playback status on the
upper right corner of the screen.
When the screen display is on, the
following marks are displayed on the
upper right corner of the screen (in Disc
mode).
Mark
Condition
Playback
Stop (Resume standby)
Pause
Fast-forward
Reverse
Angle display
The camera mark display when multiangle can be performed.
6-107
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page356
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (356,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
NOTE
l
l
The display angle change is not available
for discs other than multi-angle recorded
DVD discs. Refer to the instruction manual
accompanying the disc for details.
The screen size and angle can be changed
when On-Screen Mark and Angle Mark is
off.
Auxiliary Input (AUX mode)
In AUX mode, AV equipment such as a
video game player or a video camera can
be used by connecting the image and
sound cables to the auxiliary terminals.
NOTE
l
Mode Priority
The priority of the inserted discs (CD-R/
CD-RW) can be selected.
l
Audio
Digital Output
Not used with this unit.
Audio DRC
The audio dynamic range can be adjusted
to reduce the difference between the
maximum and minimum audio output.
Audio compression of the DVD video
playback can be selected or deselected
during playback using the following
modes:
Mode
NONE
LINE
RF
Function
Playback with normal volume
Lower volume is increased to
reduce difference in volume range.
Use when it is still difficult to hear
sound while using LINE.
Sound quality is reduced while
using RF.
NOTE
l
Before operating, read the instruction
manual accompanying the AV equipment to
be used.
To listen to the Rear Entertainment System
sound from the vehicle speakers, change the
audio or navigation system sound to the
Rear Entertainment System sound.
Refer to Sound on page 6-89.
To listen to audio other than from the
speakers of the rear entertainment system, it
is necessary to use the wireless headphones
that are included. For headphone
specification, refer to
“Operation Tips for Headphones” (page
6-79).
The cooling fan for this unit may activate if
the temperature of the unit is high, however,
this does not indicate a malfunction.
qAuxiliary Terminals and Power
Outlet
The auxiliary terminals and power outlet
are positioned as shown in the figure.
Power outlet
(AC115V)
Only sound output from the headphones is
available.
Auxiliary
terminals
6-108
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page357
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (357,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Auxiliary terminals
The auxiliary terminals consist of one
image input terminal and two sound input
terminals (for left and right).
Image input terminal: Yellow
Sound input (Right) terminal: Red
Sound input (Left) terminal: White
To use, open the cover.
CAUTION
Close the cover when the terminals
are not in use. If foreign material
penetrates, or liquid is spilled on it, it
may cause a malfunction.
NOTE
l
l
For monaural equipment (with one sound
output terminal), connect the terminal to
the sound input terminal (White). The
sound is output from the speaker to which
the terminal has been connected.
Noise may occur depending on the
connected equipment.
WARNING
Ø Never use medical instruments
with the power outlet.
Ø Follow the cautions below to
prevent electrical shock.
Ø Do not plug accessories into the
power outlet or unplug them
with wet hands.
Ø Do not put anything other than
plugs into the outlet.
Ø Do not disassemble the outlet.
CAUTION
Ø Always close the cover when not in
use. If foreign objects or liquid
penetrate the outlet, it may cause
a malfunction.
Ø Do not use electrical appliances
that exceed the prescribed power
capacity. It may cause a
malfunction.
NOTE
Power Outlet
The power outlet can be used as a power
supply for electrical devices when the
ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
position.
Only use AC 115 V electrical appliances
requiring no greater than 100 W
Open the cover to use the power outlet.
To prevent discharging of the battery, do not
use the auxiliary input for long periods with
the engine off or idling.
Plug-in
1. Open the cover.
6-109
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page358
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:56 PM
Black plate (358,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
2. Lightly insert the plug and turn the
outlet 90 degrees, then insert it fully.
POWER OUTLET
Unplug
1. Pull the plug out.
2. Close the cover.
NOTE
The following electrical appliances may not
operate even if their electrical capacity is 100
W or less.
l Appliances requiring large amounts of
power for activation (such as cathode-ray
tube televisions, refrigerators with a
compressor, electrical pumps, and electrical
tools)
l Appliances with a power supply frequency
switch function (such as clocks and audio)
l Appliances for precise data processing
(such as measurement equipment)
Some electrical appliances other than the
above may not operate.
The protection circuit may operate and the
power supply may be stopped to prevent
battery depletion.
When using an electrical appliance for data
processing such as a personal computer, back
up the data frequently.
The power outlet (AC115V) cannot be used in
the following cases:
l Battery power is weak
l Appliances with a capacity of 100 W or
more are used
l Cabin temperature is extremely hot
Noise may occur during radio or television
operation depending on the electrical
appliance being used.
qUsing AV Equipment
CAUTION
For safe driving, adjust the volume
while driving so that ambient sound
can be heard.
NOTE
Before operating, read the instruction manual
accompanying the AV equipment to be used.
6-110
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page359
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (359,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.
2. If a power supply is necessary, connect
the outlet to the power outlet.
Refer to Power outlet on page 6-108.
5. Press the SOURCE button and select
the AUX mode.
Refer to Mode on page 6-93.
3. Connect the image cable and sound
cables to the input terminals.
Accessory socket
(DC12 V, 10 A)
Plug
AV
equipment
Auxiliary
terminals
Red
White
Yellow
Sound cable (Right)
Image cable
6. Operate the equipment following the
instruction manual accompanying the
equipment.
Sound cable (Left)
NOTE
l
l
For monaural equipment (with one sound
output terminal), connect the terminal to
either of the sound input terminals (Red)
and (White). The sound is output from the
speaker to which the terminal has been
connected.
Noise may occur depending on the
connected equipment.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
6-111
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page360
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (360,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Language Code List
Language
Abkhazian
Afar
Afrekaans
Albanian
Amharic
Arabic
Armenian
Assamase
Aymara
Azerbaijani
Bashkir
Basque
Bengali
Bhutani
Bihari
Bislama
Breton
Bulgarian
Burmese
Byelorussian
Cambodian
Catalan
Chinese
Corsican
Croatian
Czech
Danish
Dutch
English
Esperanto
Estonian
Faroese
Fiji
Finnish
French
Friesian
Galician
German
Gorgian
ab
aa
af
sq
am
ar
hy
as
ay
az
ba
eu
bn
dz
bh
bi
br
bg
my
be
km
ca
zh
co
hr
cs
da
nl
en
eo
et
fo
fj
fi
fr
fy
gl
de
ka
Code
1001
1000
1005
2816
1012
1017
1724
1018
1024
1025
1100
1420
1113
1325
1107
1108
1117
1106
2224
1104
2012
1200
3507
1214
1717
1218
1300
2311
1413
1414
1419
1514
1509
1508
1517
1524
1611
1304
2000
6-112
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Language
Greek
Greenlandic
Guarani
Gujarati
Hausa
Hebrew
Hindi
Hungarian
Icelandic
Indonesian
Interlingua
Interlingue
Inupiak
Irish
Italian
Japanese
Javanese
Kannada
Kashmiri
Kazakh
Kinyarwanda
Kirghiz
Kirundi
Korean
Kurdish
Laothian
Latin
Latvian
Lingala
Lithuanian
Macedonian
Malagasy
Malay
Malayalam
Maltese
Maori
Marathi
Moldavian
Mongolian
el
kl
gn
gu
ha
iw
hi
hu
is
in
ia
ie
ik
ga
it
ja
jw
kn
ks
kk
rw
ky
rn
ko
ku
lo
la
lv
ln
lt
mk
mg
ms
ml
mt
mi
mr
mo
mn
Code
1411
2011
1613
1620
1700
1822
1708
1720
1818
1813
1800
1804
1810
1600
1819
1900
1922
2013
2018
2010
2722
2024
2713
2014
2020
2114
2100
2121
2113
2119
2210
2206
2218
2211
2219
2208
2217
2214
2213
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page361
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (361,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Language
Nauru
Nepali
Norwegian
Occtian
Oriya
Oromo
Panjabi
Pashto, Pushto
Persian
Polish
Portuguese
Quechua
Rhaeto-Romance
Romanian
Russian
Samoan
Sangho
SanSkrit
Scots-Gaelic
Serbian
Serbo-Croatian
Sesotho
Setswana
Shona
Sindhi
Singhalese
Siswaiti
Slovak
Slovenian
Somali
Spanish
Sundanese
Swahili
Swedish
Tagalog
Tajik
Tamil
Tatar
Telugu
Thai
Tibetan
na
ne
no
oc
or
om
pa
ps
fa
pl
pt
qu
rm
ro
ru
sm
sg
sa
gd
sr
sh
st
tn
sn
sd
si
ss
sk
sl
so
es
su
sw
sv
tl
tg
ta
tt
te
th
bo
Code
2300
2304
2314
2402
2417
2412
2500
2518
1500
2511
2519
2620
2712
2714
2720
2812
2806
2800
1603
2817
2807
2819
2913
2813
2803
2808
2818
2810
2811
2814
1418
2820
2822
2821
2911
2906
2900
2919
2904
2907
1114
Language
Tigrinya
Tonga
Tsonga
Tukmen
Turkish
Twi
Ukrainian
Urdu
Uzbek
Vietnamese
Volapuk
Welsh
Wolof
Xhosa
Yiddish
Yoruba
Zulu
ti
to
ts
tk
tr
tw
uk
ur
uz
vi
vo
cy
wo
xh
ji
yo
zu
Code
2908
2914
2918
2910
2917
2922
3010
3017
3025
3108
3114
1224
3214
3307
1908
3414
3520
6-113
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page362
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (362,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Country Code List
Country
Afghanistan
Albania
Algeria
American Samoa
Andorra
Angola
Anguilla
Antarctica
Antigua and Barbuda
Argentina
Armenia
Aruba
Australia
Austria
Azerbaijan
Bahamas
Bahrain
Bangladesh
Barbados
Belarus
Belgium
Belize
Benin
Bermuda
Bhutan
Bolivia
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Botswana
Bouvet Island
Brazil
British Indian Ocean
Territory
Brunei
Bulgaria
Burkina Faso
Burundi
Cambodia
Cameroon
Canada
AF
AL
DZ
AS
AD
AO
AI
AQ
AG
AR
AM
AW
AU
AT
AZ
BS
BH
BD
BB
BY
BE
BZ
BJ
BM
BT
BO
BA
BW
BV
BR
Code
1005
1011
1325
1018
1003
1014
1008
1016
1006
1017
1012
1022
1020
1019
1025
1118
1107
1103
1101
1124
1104
1125
1109
1112
1119
1114
1100
1122
1121
1117
IO
1814
BN
BG
BF
BI
KH
CM
CA
1113
1106
1105
1108
2007
1212
1200
6-114
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Country
Cape Verde
Cayman Islands
Central African Republic
Chad
Chile
China
Christmas Island
Cocos (Keeling) Islands
Colombia
Comoros
Congo
Congo,The Democratic
Republic of the
Cook Islands
Costa Rica
Cote D'Ivoire
Croatia (Hrvatska)
Cuba
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Djibouti
Dominica
Dominican Republic
East Timor
Ecuador
Egypt
El Salvador
Equatorial Guinea
Eritrea
Estonia
Ethiopia
Falkland Islands (Malvinas)
Faroe Islands
Fiji
Finland
France
French Guiana
French
CV
KY
CF
TD
CL
CN
CX
CC
CO
KM
CG
Code
1221
2024
1205
2903
1211
1213
1223
1202
1214
2012
1206
CD
1203
CK
CR
CI
HR
CU
CY
CZ
DK
DJ
DM
DO
TP
EC
EG
SV
GQ
ER
EE
ET
FK
FO
FJ
FI
FR
GF
PF
1210
1217
1208
1717
1220
1224
1225
1310
1309
1312
1314
2915
1402
1406
2821
1616
1417
1404
1419
1510
1514
1509
1508
1517
1605
2505
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page363
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (363,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Country
French Southern Territories
Gabon
Gambia
Georgia
Germany
Ghana
Gibraltar
Greece
Greenland
Grenada
Guadeloupe
Guam
Guatemala
Guinea
Guinea-Bissau
Guyana
Haiti
Heard and McDonald Islands
Holy See (Vatican City State)
Honduras
Hong Kong
Hungary
Iceland
India
Indonesia
Iran, Islamic Republic of
Iraq
Ireland
Israel
Italy
Jamaica
Japan
Jordan
Kazakstan
Kenya
Kiribati
Korea (North), Democratic
People's Republic
Korea (South), Republic of
Kuwait
Kyrgyzstan
TF
GA
GM
GE
DE
GH
GI
GR
GL
GD
GP
GU
GT
GN
GW
GY
HT
HM
VA
HN
HK
HU
IS
IN
ID
IR
IQ
IE
IL
IT
JM
JP
JO
KZ
KE
KI
Code
2905
1600
1612
1604
1304
1607
1608
1617
1611
1603
1615
1620
1619
1613
1622
1624
1719
1712
3100
1713
1710
1720
1818
1813
1803
1817
1816
1804
1811
1819
1912
1915
1914
2025
2004
2008
KP
2015
KR
KW
KG
2017
2022
2006
Country
Lao People's Democratic
Latvia
Lebanon
Lesotho
Liberia
Libyan Arab Jamahiriya
Liechtenstein
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macau
Macedonia, the Former
Yugoslav Republic of
Madagascar
Malawi
Malaysia
Maldives
Mali
Malta
Marshall Islands
Martinique
Mauritania
Mauritius
Mayotte
Mexico
Micronesia, Federated States
Moldova, Republic
Monaco
Mongolia
Montserrat
Morocco
Mozambique
Myanmar (Burma)
Namibia
Nauru
Nepal
Netherlands
Netherlands Antilles
New Caledonia
New Zealand
Nicaragua
Niger
LA
LV
LB
LS
LR
LY
LI
LT
LU
MO
Code
2100
2121
2101
2118
2117
2124
2108
2119
2120
2214
MK
2210
MG
MW
MY
MV
ML
MT
MH
MQ
MR
MU
YT
MX
FM
MD
MC
MN
MS
MA
MZ
MM
NA
NR
NP
NL
AN
NC
NZ
NI
NE
2206
2222
2224
2221
2211
2219
2207
2216
2217
2220
3419
2223
1512
2203
2202
2213
2218
2200
2225
2212
2300
2317
2315
2311
1013
2302
2325
2308
2304
6-115
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page364
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (364,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Country
Nigeria
Niue
Norfolk Island
Northern Mariana Islands
Norway
Oman
Pakistan
Palau
Palestinian Territory,
Occupied
Panama
Papua New Guinea
Paraguay
Peru
Philippines
Pitcairn
Poland
Portugal
Puerto Rico
Qatar
Reunion
Romania
Russian Federation
Rwanda
Saint Helena
Saint Kitts and
Saint Lucia
Saint Pierre and Miquelon
Saint Vincent and the
Grenadines
Samoa
San Marino
Sao Tome and Principe
Saudi Arabia
Senegal
Seychelles
Sierra Leone
Singapore
Slovakia (Slovak Republic)
Slovenia
Solomon Islands
Somalia
NG
NU
NF
MP
NO
OM
PK
PW
Code
2306
2320
2305
2215
2314
2412
2510
2522
PS
2518
PA
PG
PY
PE
PH
PN
PL
PT
PR
QA
RE
RO
RU
RW
SH
KN
LC
PM
2500
2506
2524
2504
2507
2513
2511
2519
2517
2600
2704
2714
2720
2722
2807
2013
2102
2512
VC
3102
WS
SM
ST
SA
SN
SC
SL
SG
SK
SI
SB
SO
3218
2812
2819
2800
2813
2802
2811
2806
2810
2808
2801
2814
6-116
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Country
South Africa
South Georgia and the South
Sandwich Islands
Spain
Sri Lanka
Sudan
Suriname
Svalbard and Jan Mayen
Islands
Swaziland
Sweden
Switzerland
Syrian Arab Republic
Taiwan, Province of China
Tajikistan
Tanzania,United Republic
Thailand
Togo
Tokelau
Tonga
Trinidad and Tobago
Tunisia
Turkey
Turkmenistan
Turks and Caicos Islands
Tuvalu
Uganda
Ukraine
United Arab Emirates
United Kingdom
United States
United States Minor Outlying
Islands
Uruguay
Uzbekistan
Vanuatu
Vatican City State See Holy
See
Venezuela
Viet Nam
Virgin Islands, British
Virgin Islands, U.S.
ZA
Code
3500
GS
1618
ES
LK
SD
SR
1418
2110
2803
2817
SJ
2809
SZ
SE
CH
SY
TW
TJ
TZ
TH
TG
TK
TO
TT
TN
TR
TM
TC
TV
UG
UA
AE
GB
US
2825
2804
1207
2824
2922
2909
2925
2907
2906
2910
2914
2919
2913
2917
2912
2902
2921
3006
3000
1004
1601
3018
UM
3012
UY
UZ
VU
3024
3025
3120
VA
3100
VE
VN
VG
VI
3104
3113
3106
3108
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page365
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (365,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Country
Wallis and Futuna Islands
Western Sahara
Yemen
Yugoslavia
Zaire See Congo, The
Democratic Republic of the
Zambia
Zimbabwe
WF
EH
YE
YU
Code
3205
1407
3404
3420
ZR
3517
ZM
ZW
3512
3522
6-117
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page366
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (366,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Error Message
qMessage
Disc mode error message
Use of Non-supported Disc
An error message is displayed if a nonsupported DVD-ROM disc, a nonsupported disc format or a disc (PAL,
other) with a different image signal
encoding is read.
Incorrect region code
An error message is displayed if a disc
other than one with region code 1 or
including region 1 is inserted.
High temperature malfunction
If the disc content cannot be read:
An error message is displayed if the disc
cannot be read due to scratches or the
content cannot be read.
6-118
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
If the temperature surrounding the DVD
player area exceeds 88°C (190°F), the
DVD player operation is stopped to
protect the unit. When the temperature
decreases to 70°C (158°F) or less, the
protective circuit function is cleared and
the operation is restored.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page367
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (367,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
System errors (Common to each mode)
Power malfunction
An error message is displayed if the
power supply to the rear entertainment
system drops (About 9.5 V or less), and
the power is turned off.
The power is restored when the power
supply to the rear entertainment system is
10 V or more.
High temperature malfunction
If the temperature around the LCD area
exceeds 95°C (203°F), the power supply
is turned off to protect the LCD.
When the temperature around the LCD
area is 85°C (185°F) or less, the
protective circuit function is cleared and
the operation is restored.
6-119
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page368
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (368,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Symptoms and Actions
If any malfunction is suspected, verify the following before requesting a repair.
If the problem cannot be solved after performing the procedure, have the system inspected
at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Some functions are not available depending on the disc. Read the instruction manual
attached to the disc before operating.
Symptom
System
cannot be
turned on
Image
cannot be
displayed
Cause
The ignition switch is in the LOCK
position.
The remote controller batteries are
weak.
Remote controller batteries poles are
pointed in the wrong direction.
The vehicle battery is weak.
The cabin temperature
(Rear Entertainment System unit temperature) is high.
The ignition switch is in the LOCK
position.
No disc is inserted.
An invalid disc is inserted.
The wrong mode has been selected.
No disc is inserted.
Disc cannot
Disc is inserted upside down.
be played
Parent lock level is set.
The ignition switch is in the LOCK
position.
Volume is too low.
The audio unit/navigation system is not
set in the Rear Entertainment System
mode.
Sound
cannot be
output
Action
Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position.
Replace the batteries with new ones.
Refer to Remote Controller on page 6-87.
Install the batteries in the correct direction.
Refer to Remote Controller on page 6-87.
Recharge or replace the vehicle battery.
Retry after the temperature has lowered.
Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position.
Insert a disc.
Insert a disc which can be played by this unit.
Refer to Operating Tips for Discs on page 6-72.
Select the correct mode by pressing the SOURCE button.
Refer to Mode on page 6-93.
Insert a disc.
Insert the disc with the label-side up.
Clear or change the parent lock level.
Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position.
Adjust the volume.
Set the audio unit/navigation system in the Rear
Entertainment System mode.
Refer to Sound Output on page 6-89.
Insert a disc which can be played by this unit.
An invalid disc has been inserted.
Refer to Operating Tips for Discs on page 6-72.
No disc is inserted.
Insert a disc.
Disc is inserted upside down.
Insert the disc with the label-side up.
Playback has been paused.
Cancel the pause.
The playback is in slow, fast-forward, or Select normal playback.
reverse mode.
Refer to Basic operation on page 6-94.
6-120
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page369
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (369,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Symptom
Audio
output from
vehicle
speakers but
not from
headphones
Cause
Action
DTS format language is selected and
played back.
Select audio other than DTS format.
(The wireless headphones cannot playback DTS format language)
The disc is dirty.
Image
and/or sound The disc has a scratch.
is distorted. Dew condensation on the disc
There are
The LCD is high tech equipment with a
subtle spots
99.99% effective sensor resolution.
or
However, please be aware that 0.01%
luminescent
pixel failure or pixel continuous
spots on the
illuminated pixels may exist.
screen.
Subtitles
Other languages are not recorded on the
cannot be
disc.
changed
Display
Multiple angles are not recorded on the
angle cannot
disc.
be changed
The remote controller is not pointed
toward the receiver on the unit.
Clean the signal surface of the disc.
Replace the disc with another one.
Clear the dew condensation.
―
Check the available language in the instruction manual
accompanying the disc.
Check the available angle in the instruction manual
accompanying the disc.
Point the remote controller toward the receiver on the unit.
The receiver is near the disc slot.
Operate the remote controller avoiding the obstruction so
There is an obstruction between the
that the signal reaches the receiver on the unit. The
Remote
remote controller and the unit.
receiver is near the disc slot.
controller is
inoperable The remote controller batteries are
Replace the batteries with new ones.
weak.
Refer to Remote Controller on page 6-87.
Remote controller batteries poles are
Install the batteries in the correct direction.
pointed in the wrong direction.
Refer to Remote Controller on page 6-87.
No power to the headphones.
Turn on the power to the headphones.
The headphones' optical receiver is not Point the headphones' optical receiver towards the main
pointed towards the main unit's
unit's transmitter. The main unit's transmitter is located
transmitter.
near the disc insertion area.
There is an obstruction between the
Avoid the obstruction.
headphones and the main unit.
No audio The headphones' batteries are depleted. Replace the batteries with new ones.
output from The headphones' batteries have not been
the
Insert the batteries correctly.
/
correctly inserted in the
headphones. directions.
The headphones are exposed to direct
Use the headphones while avoiding direct sunlight.
sunlight.
If there is no sound for 3 minutes or longer, or if the
headphones are continuously used for 4 hours, there is a
Power turns off automatically.
function which automatically turns the power off. Turn the
power to headphones back on.
6-121
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page370
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (370,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear Entertainment System
Symptom
Cause
The
headphones'
optical
The headphones' batteries are weak.
reception
range is too
narrow.
There is
excessive
noise in the The headphones' batteries are weak.
headphone
audio
6-122
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Action
Replace the batteries with new ones.
Replace the batteries with new ones.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page371
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (371,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Audio (Type B)
Bluetooth Audio (Type B) í
Selection
button 1
AUX button
Track up
button
Selection
button 5
Selection
button 6
Selection
button 7
Selection
button 2
Selection
button 3
Track down
button
Play/Pause button
Selection
button 4
Return button
Manual tuning dial/Enter switch
qWhat is Bluetooth Audio?
Bluetooth audio outline
By programming portable audio devices
equipped with the Bluetooth
communication function to the vehicle's
Bluetooth unit, you can listen to music or
audio recorded on these audio devices
from the vehicle's speakers. Bluetooth
audio devices do not need to be plugged
into the auxiliary jack.
After programming, operate the audio
system's control panel to play/stop the
music or audio.
CAUTION
Ø Always program audio devices to
the Bluetooth audio system while
the vehicle is stopped.
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
6-123
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page372
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (372,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Audio (Type B)
Ø Because only specified Bluetooth
audio devices can be used, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer when
purchasing or changing devices.
Bluetooth audio devices which
correspond to specified Bluetooth
versions and profiles can be
Bluetooth-connected to the
vehicle's Bluetooth unit. However,
even among these devices are ones
which cannot be Bluetoothconnected or have limited
functionality. Each device to be
used with the vehicle's Bluetooth
unit needs to be checked
individually for compatibility.
Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer concerning device
compatibility.
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/
bluetooth
Applicable Bluetooth specification
Ver. 2.0 or higher
Audio profile
l A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution
Profile) Ver. 1.0
l AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control
Profile) Ver. 1.0/1.3
6-124
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
A2DP is a profile which transmits only
audio to the Bluetooth unit. If your
Bluetooth audio device corresponds only
to A2DP, but not AVRCP, you cannot
operate it using the control panel of the
vehicle's audio system. In this case, the
Bluetooth audio device can be operated
by controlling the device itself, the same
as when a portable audio system without
the Bluetooth communication function is
connected to the AUX terminal.
Function
Playback
Pause
File (Track)
up/down
Reverse
Fast-forward
Text display
A2DP
No
No
A2DP·AVRCP
Ver. 1.3 or
Ver. 1.3
lower
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes: Available
No: Not available
NOTE
l
l
The system may not operate normally
depending on the Bluetooth audio device.
To make sure that your Bluetooth audio
device is Ver. 1.0 or 1.3, refer to the
Owner's Manual for the Bluetooth audio
device.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page373
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (373,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Audio (Type B)
Bluetooth is the registered trademark of
Bluetooth SIG. Inc.
NOTE
l
l
l
It may not be possible to play a Bluetooth
audio device if it is placed in a location
where transmission is compromised, such
as inside a metal container or the trunk.
Move the Bluetooth audio device to a
location where transmission is possible.
The battery consumption of Bluetooth audio
devices is higher while Bluetoothconnected.
If a non-Bluetooth device is to be used, a
commercially-available Bluetooth adapter
is required. When playing an audio device
with a Bluetooth adapter installed,
programming of the audio device may not
be possible or audio may not be heard from
the vehicle speakers if the connection of the
adapter and the device is poor. If this
happens, check whether the Bluetooth
adapter is properly connected.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
l
qBluetooth Audio Preparation
Bluetooth audio device set-up
Bluetooth audio programming, changes,
deletions, and display of programmed
device information can be performed.
Bluetooth audio device programming
Any Bluetooth audio device must be
programmed to the vehicle's Bluetooth
unit before it can be listened to over the
vehicle's speakers.
A maximum of seven devices including
Bluetooth audio devices and hands-free
mobile phones can be programmed to one
vehicle.
l
Always perform Bluetooth audio device
programming while the vehicle is stopped.
Programming cannot be performed while
the vehicle is moving. If you attempt to
perform programming while the vehicle is
moving, “Pairing prohibited” is displayed.
A total of seven devices can be programmed
to one vehicle. If you require an additional
device to be programmed to a vehicle with
seven devices already programmed, delete
one of the programmed devices before
programming the latest one.
If a Bluetooth device has already been
programmed to the vehicle as a hands-free
mobile phone, it does not need to be
programmed again when using the device
as a Bluetooth audio device. Conversely, it
does not need to be programmed again as a
hands-free mobile phone if it has already
been programmed as a Bluetooth audio
device.
Look around to be sure other likely
Bluetooth audio devices are not in range
when you start to program. If in doubt,
move your car to another location. The
transmission range of a Bluetooth audio
device is about 10 m (32 ft). Therefore, if
there is another Bluetooth audio device
within a 10 m (32 ft) radius of the vehicle,
the device may be identified and
programmed instead.
Device registration can also be done using
voice recognition (page 6-136).
Concerning the operation of a Bluetooth
audio device itself, refer to its instruction
manual.
Some Bluetooth audio devices have PIN
codes (four digits). Refer to the audio
device's instruction manual because the
programming procedure differs depending
on whether it has a PIN code or not.
6-125
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page374
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (374,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Audio (Type B)
Programming a Bluetooth audio device
which has a PIN code (four digits)
1. Press selection button 2 to display the
Bluetooth audio setting menu screen.
2. Press selection button 2 again to
display the pairing program screen.
3. “Enter Pin:0000” and
“Rotate/Press TUNE dial to change
code. Select “OK” when complete.” are
displayed for input of the PIN code.
4. Turn the manual tuning dial to select
the specified number for the Bluetooth
audio device and press the enter button
) to input the number.
(
NOTE
Some devices accept only a particular pairing
code (Usually, “0000” or “1234”).
If pairing cannot be completed, refer to the
owner's manual of your mobile device, and try
those numbers if necessary.
5. After inputting the four digits, turn the
manual tuning dial and select “OK”,
and then press the enter button
) to set the four digits and
(
display
“Pairing is in progress. Please start
pairing procedure on your Bluetooth
device. Use the PIN “xxxx”.”.
6. Operate the Bluetooth audio device and
set it to the program mode while
“Pairing is in progress. Please start
pairing procedure on your Bluetooth
device. Use the PIN “xxxx”.” is
displayed.
6-126
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
7. When the pairing programming is
completed, a “ ” symbol and
“Pairing complete” are displayed, and
then the display returns to the normal
display.
If an error occurs during program
pairing, “Error” is displayed and the
display returns to the pairing program
screen.
NOTE
Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain
amount of time before the “ ” symbol is
displayed.
Programming a Bluetooth audio device
which does not have a PIN code (four
digits)
1. Press selection button 2 to display the
Bluetooth audio setting menu screen.
2. Press selection button 2 again to
display the pairing program screen.
3. “Enter Pin:0000” and
“Rotate/Press TUNE dial to change
code. Select “OK” when complete.” are
displayed for input of the PIN code.
4. Turn the manual tuning dial and select
“OK”, and then press the enter button
) to set the four digits and
(
display
“Pairing is in progress. Please start
pairing procedure on your Bluetooth
device. Use the PIN “0000”.”.
5. Operate the Bluetooth audio device and
set it to the program mode while
“Pairing is in progress. Please start
pairing procedure on your Bluetooth
device. Use the PIN “0000”.” is
displayed.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page375
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (375,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Audio (Type B)
6. The Bluetooth audio device will
request input of a PIN code. Input
“0000”.
7. When the pairing programming is
completed, a “ ” symbol and
“Pairing complete” are displayed, and
then it returns to the normal display.
If an error occurs during program
pairing, “Error” is displayed and the
display returns to the pairing program
screen.
NOTE
l
l
If pairing cannot be completed, try “1234”
instead. Refer to the owner's manual of
your mobile device for the right PIN code.
Some Bluetooth audio devices need a
certain amount of time before the “ ”
symbol is displayed.
Changing the link to a Bluetooth audio
device
If several devices have been programmed,
the Bluetooth unit links the device last
programmed. If you would like to link a
different programmed device, it is
necessary to change the link. The order of
device priority after the link has been
changed is maintained even when the
ignition switch is turned off.
NOTE
l
l
If a hands-free type mobile phone has been
the most recently programmed device, the
Bluetooth unit links this device. If you
would like to use a Bluetooth audio type
device which has been previously
programmed to the Bluetooth unit, the link
must be changed to this device.
If the device name cannot be displayed,
“...” is added at the end to the part of the
title which can be displayed.
Changing the link to only a Bluetooth
audio device
1. Press selection button 2 to display the
Bluetooth audio setting menu screen.
2. Press selection button 3 to display the
link change screen and the current
pairing programming device name.
3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or
7 to select the name of the device you
would like to change.
The “ ” symbol disappears, and the
device name and
“Connection is in progress.” are
displayed.
4. When the link change is completed, a
“ ” symbol and “Link Changed” are
displayed, and then it returns to the
normal display.
If an error occurs while trying to link a
device, “Error” is displayed and the
display returns to the link change
screen.
NOTE
l
l
Some Bluetooth audio devices need a
certain amount of time before the “ ”
symbol is displayed.
If a link change error occurs, check the
programming status of the Bluetooth audio
device and the location of the device in the
vehicle (not in the trunk or a metal-type
box), and then try the link operation again.
Changing the link to a Bluetooth
Hands-Free and Bluetooth audio device
1. Press selection button 2 to display the
Bluetooth audio setting menu screen.
2. Press selection button 3 to display the
link change screen and the current
pairing programming device name.
6-127
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page376
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (376,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Audio (Type B)
3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or
7 to select the name of the device you
would like to change.
3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or
7 to select the name of the device you
would like to delete.
4. The device name and
“Please Select Device” are displayed.
4. The link delete confirmation screen is
displayed, and then
“Delete select device?”, the device
name, and the Bluetooth address are
displayed.
5. Press selection button 3 to select
“Audio”. The “ ” symbol disappears,
and then “Connection is in progress.”
is displayed.
6. When the link change is completed, a
“ ” symbol and “Link Changed” are
displayed, and then it returns to the
normal display.
If an error occurs while trying to
change the link, “Error” is displayed,
and then it returns to the link change
screen.
NOTE
l
l
Some Bluetooth audio devices need a
certain amount of time before the “ ”
symbol is displayed.
If a link change error occurs, check the
programming status of the Bluetooth audio
device and the location of the device in the
vehicle (not in the trunk or a metal-type
box), and then try the link operation again.
Deleting the link to a Bluetooth audio
device
NOTE
If the device name and Bluetooth address
cannot be displayed, “...” is added at the end
to the part of the title which can be displayed.
1. Press selection button 2 to display the
Bluetooth audio setting menu screen.
2. Press selection button 4 to display the
pair link deletion screen and the current
pairing programming device name.
6-128
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
5. Press selection button 1 to delete the
selected device.
NOTE
Press the return button (
to the previous display.
) to return
6. When the link deletion is completed,
“Deleted” is displayed, and then it
returns to the normal display.
If an error occurs while trying to delete
the link, “Error” is displayed, and then
it returns to the link deletion screen.
NOTE
If a device is deleted while it is being linked,
linking to other devices will not be possible.
Bluetooth audio device information
display
1. Press selection button 2 to display the
Bluetooth audio setting menu screen.
2. Press selection button 6 to display the
device information display screen.
If the device information is available,
the device name and Bluetooth address
are displayed, and then it returns to the
Bluetooth audio setting menu screen.
If the device information is not
available,
“Failed to obtain device information.”
is displayed, and then it returns to the
Bluetooth audio setting menu screen.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page377
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (377,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Audio (Type B)
NOTE
If the device name and Bluetooth address
cannot be displayed, “...” is added at the end
to the part of the title which can be displayed.
NOTE
l
l
qHow to Use the Bluetooth Audio
System
Switching to Bluetooth audio mode
To listen to music or voice audio recorded
to a Bluetooth audio device, switch to the
Bluetooth audio mode to operate the
audio device using the audio system
control panel.
Any Bluetooth audio device must be
programmed to the vehicle's Bluetooth
unit before it can be used. (Refer to
“Bluetooth audio device programming”)
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
2. Turn on the Bluetooth audio device's
power.
Make sure that the “ ” symbol is
displayed in the audio unit screen.
The symbol is not displayed if an
unprogrammed Bluetooth audio device
is being used or the vehicle's Bluetooth
unit has a malfunction.
NOTE
Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain
amount of time before the “ ” symbol is
displayed.
3. Press the AUX button (
) to
switch the Bluetooth audio mode.
4. The audio recorded to the Bluetooth
audio device begins playback.
l
If the Bluetooth audio device does not begin
playback, press the Play/Pause button
).
(
If the mode is switched from Bluetooth
audio mode to another mode (radio mode),
audio playback from the Bluetooth audio
device stops.
If a call is received on a hands-free mobile
phone during playback from the Bluetooth
audio device, the playback is stopped.
Playback from the Bluetooth audio device
resumes after the call ends.
Playback
Press the AUX button (
) to switch
the Bluetooth audio mode and start
playback.
NOTE
If the Bluetooth audio device does not begin
playback, press the Play/Pause button (
).
The current device is lower than
AVRCP Ver. 1.3
“Bluetooth-Audio” is displayed.
The current device is AVRCP Ver. 1.3
“Bluetooth-Audio”, track number, elapsed
time, album name, artist name, and song
name are displayed.
NOTE
l
l
l
If the entire title cannot be displayed, “...”
is added at the end to the part of the title
which can be displayed.
If title information is not available,
“NO TITLE” is displayed.
If there are any undisplayable characters in
the title, “- - - - - - - -” is displayed.
Pause
Press the Play/Pause button ( ).
Press the button again to resume
playback.
6-129
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page378
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (378,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Audio (Type B)
File (track) search
File (track) up
Press the track up button (
file dial clockwise.
) or turn the
File (track) down
Press the track down button ( ) or turn
the file dial counterclockwise.
Fast-forward/Reverse (only AVRCP
Ver. 1.3)
Fast-forward
Press and hold the track up button (
).
Reverse
Press and hold the track down button
( ).
6-130
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page379
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:57 PM
Black plate (379,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Bluetooth Hands-Free í
qWhat is Bluetooth Hands-Free?
Bluetooth Hands-Free Outline
By connecting a Bluetooth equipped
device (Mobile phone) to the hands-free
unit equipped on the vehicle, making and
receiving calls are possible using the talk
button, pick-up button and hang-up button
located on the steering wheel, and saying
the voice commands.
WARNING
Perform phonebook registration related
operations while the vehicle is parked:
Performing phonebook registration
while driving the vehicle could be a
distraction to your driving and result
in an accident. In addition, a mistake
in performing the phonebook
operation could result in the loss of
important data.
Bluetooth equipped device (Mobile
phone)
A Bluetooth equipped device (Mobile
phone) communicates with the hands-free
unit equipped on the vehicle using radio
transmission (Bluetooth).
For example, if the device (Mobile phone)
is placed in a coat pocket, the phone calls
can be made through your mobile service
without taking out and handling the
device (Mobile phone).
CAUTION
The types of devices (Mobile phone)
which can be connected to the
hands-free unit are limited.
Therefore, before purchasing or
changing your device (Mobile phone)
model, consult Mazda Bluetooth
Hands-Free Customer Service or visit
www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth for a
complete list of compatible phones.
Devices (Mobile phone) which can be
connected to the hands-free system
need to be compliant with Bluetooth
specifications and the appropriate
profile. However, even among these
Bluetooth devices (Mobile phone) are
some which will not connect with
your Mazda or will have limited
function. Therefore, consult Mazda
Bluetooth Hands-Free Customer
Service for information regarding
device (Mobile phone) compatibility:
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/
bluetooth
Applicable Bluetooth specification
Ver. 2.0 or higher
Response profile
l HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.5
l DUN (Dial-up Networking Profile)
Ver. 1.1
(Type B/Navigation system)
l PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile)
Ver. 1.0
l A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution
Profile) Ver. 1.0
l AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control
Profile) Ver. 1.0/1.3
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
6-131
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page380
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (380,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
l
OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1
Talk button, Pick-Up button and HangUp button
Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands-Free
can be used for such things as making
calls or hanging up using the talk button,
pick-up button and hang-up button on the
steering wheel.
Bluetooth is the registered trademark of
Bluetooth SIG. Inc.
NOTE
l
l
l
The Bluetooth Hands-Free system is
operable several seconds after turning the
ignition switch to the ACC or ON position
(requires less than 15 seconds).
If the ignition switch is turned off during a
hands-free call, the line is transferred to the
device (Mobile phone) automatically.
If the device (Mobile phone) is in a location
where radio reception is difficult such as a
metal container or in the trunk, the call may
not be connected using Bluetooth. If
communication is not possible, change the
location of the device (Mobile phone).
qComponent Parts
Bluetooth Hands-Free consists of the
following items:
l Talk button
l Pick-up button
l Hang-up button
l Information display (Type A/
Navigation system)
l Microphone
l Audio unit/Navigation system
6-132
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Talk button
Pick-up button
Hang-up button
Talk button operations
A short press or a long press of the talk
button is used to operate the system as
follows:
l Short press (Press the button less than
0.7 sec.)
l Long press (Press the button 0.7 sec. or
more.)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page381
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (381,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Information display (Type A/
Navigation system)
When available, the information display
shows telephone numbers, Bluetooth
Hands-Free messages, and operation
status.
Bluetooth phone connected
qVoice
To prevent the deterioration in voice
recognition rate and voice quality, the
following points must be observed:
l It is not necessary to face the
microphone or approach it. Speak the
voice commands while maintaining a
safe driving position.
l Close the windows and/or the
moonroof to reduce loud noises from
outside the vehicle, or turn down the
airflow of the climate control system
while Bluetooth Hands-Free is being
used. Voice recognition may not
function correctly or voice quality may
deteriorate under the following
conditions.
A passenger is speaking.
Driving with the window and/or the
moonroof open.
Driving on bumpy roads.
Noise outside of the vehicle is loud.
(Construction sites, inside tunnels,
excess oncoming traffic, or heavy
rain.)
Operation noise from turn signals,
wipers, or the horn is heard.
A/C airflow is strong or wind is
blowing on the microphone.
There is noise coming from cargo
loaded in the vehicle.
l Voice commands may not be
recognized depending on the voice. If
the voice commands are not recognized
correctly, repeat the commands in a
louder voice, at a natural pace, as if
speaking to another person.
l Dialects or different wording other than
hands-free prompts cannot be
recognized by voice recognition. Speak
in the wording specified by the voice
commands.
l
Microphone
The microphone is used for speaking
voice commands or exchanging
conversation.
l
l
l
l
l
l
Microphone
Audio unit/Navigation system
The audio unit or navigation system is
used for adjusting the volume.
6-133
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page382
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (382,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
NOTE
If the voice recognition performance is not
satisfactory, refer to “Voice Recognition
Learning Function (Speaker Enrollment)”
(page 6-154).
Please be aware that the voice recognition
may error despite following the above
points.
qFunction Restrictions While
Using Bluetooth Hands-Free
Some functions are limited while
Bluetooth Hands-Free is being used. They
include:
l Beep sound and voice guidance related
to the audio unit and navigation system
are not heard.
l Beep sound related to the A/C
operation is not heard.
l The navigation system's voice
recognition command does not
function.
qHow to Use This Section
Descriptions in the text are as follows:
Say: Voice commands to be spoken by
you.
Prompt: Voice guidance output from the
speaker.
NOTE
Say voice commands after the beep sound
[Beep] is heard.
Example)
Say: [Beep] “Dial”
Prompt: “Number, please”
Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.
“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”
6-134
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Bluetooth Hands-Free Activation
Method
Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with a
short press (without navigation system) or
a long press (with navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
The hands-free system is activated.
Functions of the hands-free telephone,
such as making and receiving calls, can be
used after the activation. (For details on
the telephone functions, refer to “Basic
Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation” or
“Convenient Use of the Hands-Free
System”.)
NOTE
For vehicles with a navigation system, the
system operates by speaking the voice
recognition command of the navigation system
after pressing the talk button with a short
press. For voice recognition details with the
navigation system, refer to the separate
“NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner's Manual”.
Tutorial
The tutorial explains how to use
Bluetooth Hands-Free.
To activate the tutorial, do the following:
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page383
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (383,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
Voice guidance interrupt operation
Voice guidance can be skipped by
pressing the talk button with a short press
while it is being heard. A new voice input
command can then be spoken by the user.
2. Say: [Beep] “Tutorial”
Voice recognition mode cancel
3. Follow the prompts to receive the
appropriate voice guidance
instructions.
If you want to cancel the voice
recognition mode during a call, the voice
recognition mode can be canceled without
having to end the call.
Press the talk button with a long press.
qUseful Commands at Anytime,
Convenient Operations
Help function use
The help function informs the user of all
the available voice commands under the
current conditions.
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Help”
3. Follow the prompts to receive the
appropriate voice guidance
instructions.
Cancel
The Bluetooth Hands-Free system
transitions to idling status if the following
operation is performed while the system is
activating.
Press the hang-up button, or the talk
button with a long press.
Returning to previous operation (Type
B/Navigation system)
This command is for returning to the
previous operation while in the voice
recognition mode.
Say: [Beep] “Go Back”
6-135
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page384
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (384,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Basic Bluetooth HandsFree Operation
qBluetooth Hands-Free Preparation
Language setting
The available languages are English,
Spanish, and Canadian French. If the
language setting is changed, all of the
voice guidance and voice input
commands are done in the selected
language.
NOTE
l
l
If the language setting is changed, device
registration is maintained.
Phonebook records are not cleared, but
each language has a separate phonebook.
Therefore, entries created in one language
will need to be re-entered in the phonebook
of the new language.
Do these steps before you start driving.
These less used functions are too
distracting to undertake while driving until
you are fully familiar with the system.
Method 1
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
6-136
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
3. (Type A)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, or select phone.”
(Type B/Navigation system)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Language”
5. Prompt: “Select a language: English,
French, or Spanish.”
6. Say: [Beep] “French” (Speak the
desired language: “English”, “French”
or “Spanish”)
NOTE
Other language settings can also be made
while in the current setting by saying the name
of the language in the native pronunciation.
7. Prompt: “French (Desired language)
selected. Is this correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “French (Desired language)
selected, returning to main menu”
(Spoken in the newly selected
language).
Method 2
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page385
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (385,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
2. Say: [Beep] “French” (Say the desired
language: “English”, “French”, or
“Spanish”.) (Change the desired
language by saying the language
name.)
NOTE
l
NOTE
Other language settings can also be made
while in the current setting by saying the name
of the language in the native pronunciation.
l
3. Prompt: “Would you like to change
the language to French (Desired
language)?”
4. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
5. Prompt: “Please wait. Switching to
French phonebook. French selected,
returning to main menu” (Spoken in
the newly selected language).
Device programming (Pairing)
To use Bluetooth Hands-Free, the device
equipped with Bluetooth has to be
programmed to the hands-free unit using
the following procedure.
(Type A)
l
A device can be programmed only when the
vehicle is parked. If the vehicle starts to
move, the pairing procedure will end.
Programming is dangerous while driving pair up your device before you start
driving. Park the car in a safe place before
programming.
(Type B/Navigation system)
If a Bluetooth device has already been
programmed to the vehicle as a Bluetooth
audio device, it does not need to be
programmed again when using the device
as a hands-free mobile phone. Conversely,
it does not need to be programmed again as
a Bluetooth audio device if it has already
been programmed as a hands-free mobile
phone.
Since the communication range of a
Bluetooth equipped device is about 10
meters (32 ft), if a device is placed within a
10-meter (32 ft) radius of the vehicle, it may
be detected/programmed unintentionally
while another device is being programmed.
1. Activate the Bluetooth application of
the device.
Up to seven Bluetooth equipped mobile
telephones can be programmed to the
vehicle.
NOTE
(Type B/Navigation system)
2. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
A maximum of seven devices including
hands-free mobile phones and Bluetooth
audio devices can be programmed to one
vehicle.
For the operation of the device, refer to its
instruction manual.
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
3. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
6-137
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page386
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (386,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
4. (Type A)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, or select phone.”
(Type B/Navigation system)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
5. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
6. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pair, edit, delete, or list.”
7. Say: [Beep] “Pair”
8. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digit pairing
code.”
9. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Speak an
arbitrary 4-digit pairing code. This can
be any combination of 4 numbers.)
NOTE
l
l
Some devices accept only a particular
pairing code (Usually, “0000” or “1234”).
If pairing cannot be completed, refer to the
owner's manual of your mobile device, and
try those numbers if necessary.
Record the code as it will be used to
program your device in Step 16.
10. Prompt: “Pairing code XXXX (4digit number). Is this correct?”
11. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
12. If “Yes”, go to Step 13.
If “No”, the procedure returns to Step
8.
13. Prompt: “Start pairing procedure on
the device. See the device manual for
instructions.”
14. Using the device, perform a search
for the Bluetooth device (Peripheral
device).
6-138
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
NOTE
For the operation of the device, refer to its
instruction manual.
15. Select “Mazda” from the device list
searched by the device.
16. Input the 4-digit pairing code set in
Step 9 to the device.
17. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
device after the beep.”
18. Say: [Beep] “XXXX - - -” (Speak a
“device tag”, an arbitrary name for
the device.)
Example: “Stan's device.”
NOTE
Speak a programmed “device tag” within 10
seconds.
If more than two devices are to be
programmed, they cannot be programmed with
the same or similar “device tag”.
19. Prompt: “Adding XXXXXX - - (Ex. “Stan's device”) (Device tag). Is
this correct?”
20. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
21. Prompt: “Pairing complete”
After a device is registered, the system
automatically identifies the device. By
activating Bluetooth Hands-Free again, or
by activating Bluetooth Hands-Free first
after turning the ignition switch from the
LOCK to the ACC position, the system
reads out a voice guidance, “XXXXXX - - (Ex. “Stan's device”) (Device tag) is
connected”.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page387
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (387,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
NOTE
(Type B/Navigation system)
l Device registration can also be done by
operating the panel buttons on the
navigation unit. Refer to “Bluetooth Audio
Preparation” (page 6-125) (For audio unit)
or the separate manual “NAVIGATION
SYSTEM Owner's Manual” (For navigation
unit).
l Depending on the device, the registration
status may be lost after a certain period of
time. If this occurs, repeat the entire
process from Step 1.
8. Prompt: “Dialing”
(Type B/Navigation system)
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
qMaking a Call Using a Telephone
Number
2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”
NOTE
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX
(Telephone number)”
Practice this while parked until you are
confident you can do it while driving in a nontaxing road situation. If you are not completely
comfortable, make all calls from a safe
parking position, and move out only when fully
under control and you can devote your eyes
and mind to driving.
(Type A)
3. Prompt: “Number, please”
5. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX.
(Telephone number) After the beep,
continue to add numbers, or say GoBack to re-enter the last entered
numbers, or press the Pick-Up button
to execute dialing.”
5. Prompt: “Dialing XXXXXXXXXXX
(Ex. “555-1234”) (Telephone number)
is this correct?”
6. (Dialing)
Press the pick-up button or say “Dial”,
then go to Step 7.
(Adding/inputting telephone
number)
Say, “XXXX” (desired telephone
number), then go to Step 5.
(Telephone number correction)
Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,
“Go Back. The last entered numbers
have been removed.”. Then go back to
Step 3.
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.
7. Prompt: “Dialing”
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”
3. Prompt: “Number, please”
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.
“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”
7. When “Yes” is spoken, the procedure
proceeds to Step 8.
When “No” is spoken, the procedure
returns to Step 3.
6-139
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page388
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (388,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
NOTE
The “Dial” command and a telephone number
can be combined.
Ex. In Step 2, say, “Dial 123-4567”, then,
Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped.
qReceiving an Incoming Call
qVolume Adjustment
The power/volume dial of the audio unit
or the navigation system is used to adjust
the volume. Turn the dial to the right to
increase volume, to the left to decrease it.
Audio unit
Navigation system
1. Prompt: “Incoming call, press the
pickup button to answer”.
2. To accept the call, press the pick-up
button.
To reject the call, press the hang-up
button.
Pick-up button
Hang-up button
NOTE
l
l
qHanging Up a Call
Press the hang-up button during the call.
A beep sound will confirm that call is
ended.
6-140
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
The volume can also be adjusted using the
volume button on the steering wheel.
The music volume of the audio unit and the
navigation system cannot be adjusted while
Bluetooth Hands-Free is being used.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page389
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (389,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Convenient Use of the
Hands-Free System
10. Say: [Beep] “Mobile” (Say “Home”,
“Work”, “Mobile”, or “Other”, for the
desired location to be registered.)
qPhonebook Usage
11. Prompt: “Mobile (Location to be
registered). Is this correct?”
Phonebook registration
Phone numbers can be registered to the
Bluetooth Hands-Free phonebook.
12. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
NOTE
14. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX
(Ex. “555-1234”)” (Say the phone
number to be registered.)
Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.
(Type A)
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “New entry”
5. Prompt: “Name please.”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag for the name
registered.)
7. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.
“Mary's phone”) (Registered voice
tag). Is this correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, or
Other?”
13. Prompt: “Number, please.”
15. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.
“555-1234”) (Phone number
registration). Is this correct? ”
16. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
17. Prompt: “Number saved. Would you
like to add another number for this
entry?”
18. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.
19. If “Yes”, an additional phone number
registration can be made for the same
entry.
If “No”, the procedure proceeds to
Step 20.
20. Prompt: “Returning to main menu.”
(Type B/Navigation system)
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
6-141
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page390
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (390,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “New entry”
5. Prompt: “Name please.”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag for the name
registered.)
7. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.
“Mary's phone”) (Registered voice
tag). Is this correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, or
Other?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Mobile” (Say “Home”,
“Work”, “Mobile”, or “Other”, for the
desired location to be registered.)
11. Prompt: “Mobile (Location to be
registered). Is this correct?”
12. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
13. Prompt: “Number, please.”
14. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX”
(Say the phone number to be
registered.)
15. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX
(Phone number registration). After the
beep, continue to add numbers, or say
Go-Back to re-enter the last entered
numbers, or press the Pick-Up button
to save the number.”
16. (Registration)
Press the pick-up button or say
“Enter”, then go to Step 17.
(Adding/inputting telephone
number)
Say, “XXXX” (desired telephone
number), then go to Step 15.
(Telephone number correction)
Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,
“Go Back. The last entered numbers
have been removed.”. Then go back
to Step 13.
17. Prompt: “Number saved. Would you
like to add another number for this
entry?”
18. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.
19. If “Yes”, an additional phone number
registration can be made for the same
entry.
If “No”, the system returns to idling
status.
Import contact
Phonebook data from your device (Mobile
phone) can be sent and registered to your
Bluetooth Hands-Free phonebook using
Bluetooth.
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
6-142
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page391
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (391,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Import contact”
5. Prompt: “Ready to receive a contact
from the phone.”
6. Device (Mobile phone) operation:
Select one entry from the phonebook
and send it using Bluetooth.
7. Prompt: “X (Number of locations
which include data) numbers have been
imported. What name would you like
to use for these numbers?”
8. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag for the name
registered.)
9. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.
“Mary's phone”) (Voice tag). Is this
correct?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
11. Prompt: “Number saved. Would you
like to import another contact?”
12. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
13. If “Yes”, the procedure proceeds to
Step 5.
If “No”, the procedure proceeds to
Step 14.
14. Prompt: “Returning to main menu.”
For the phonebook setting method, refer
to (page 6-146).
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Call”
3. Prompt: “Name please.”
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag registered in
the phonebook.)
5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.
“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “at
home”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag and
phone number location registered in
phonebook).
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “Dialing”
NOTE
The “Call” command and the voice tag can be
combined.
Ex. In Step 2, say, “Call John's phone”, then,
Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped.
Making calls using the phonebook
Telephone calls can be made by saying
the name of a person (voice tag) whose
phone number has been registered in
Bluetooth Hands-Free in advance.
6-143
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page392
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (392,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
qRedialing Function
qRefusing an Incoming Call
Redialing the number of the person
previously dialed using the phone is
possible.
For incoming call refusal, refer to
“Receiving an incoming call” (page
6-140).
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
qMute
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”
3. Prompt: “Dialing”
qEmergency Calls
A call can be made to the emergency
phone number (911) using the voice input
command.
The microphone can be muted during a
call.
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Mute”
3. Prompt: “Microphone muted”
Canceling mute
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Mute off”
3. Prompt: “Microphone unmuted”
qTransferring a Call
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
Transferring a call from Hands-Free to
a device (Mobile phone)
Communication between the hands-free
unit and a device (Mobile phone) is
canceled, and the line can be switched to a
standard call using a device (Mobile
phone).
NOTE
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”
2. Say: [Beep] “Emergency”
3. Prompt: “Dialing “911”, is this
correct?”
4. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
5. Prompt: “Dialing”
6-144
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
3. Prompt: “Transferred call to phone”
Transferring a call from a device
(Mobile phone) to Hands-Free
Communication between devices (Mobile
phone) can be switched to Bluetooth
Hands-Free.
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page393
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (393,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
3. Prompt: “Transferred call to Hands
Free system”
Three-way call function
qMulti-Call Functions
2. Say: [Beep] “Join call”
Call waiting
A call can be interrupted to receive an
incoming call from a third party.
3. Prompt: “Joining calls”
Making a call using a telephone
number
Call interrupt
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
A call can be switched to a new incoming
call.
2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”
Method 1
1. Press the pick-up button.
2. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”
Method 2
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Swap call”
3. Prompt: “Swapping calls”
NOTE
l
l
To refuse an incoming call, press the hangup button.
After receiving a new incoming call, the
previous call is placed on hold.
Switching calls
Switching back to the previous call can
also be done.
Method 1
1. Press the pick-up button.
2. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
3. Prompt: “Number, please”
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.
“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”
5. Prompt: “Dialing XXXXXXXXXXX
(Ex. “555-1234”) (Telephone number)
is this correct?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.
7. When “Yes” is spoken, the procedure
proceeds to Step 8.
When “No” is spoken, the procedure
returns to Step 3.
8. Prompt: “Dialing”
Making calls using the phonebook
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Call”
3. Prompt: “Name please.”
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag registered in
the phonebook.)
2. Say: [Beep] “Swap call”
5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.
“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “at
home”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag and
phone number location registered in
phonebook).
3. Prompt: “Swapping calls”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
Method 2
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
6-145
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page394
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (394,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
7. Prompt: “Dialing”
Redialing function
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”
3. Prompt: “Dialing”
Ending the current call
Press the hang-up button during the call.
qPhonebook Settings
Editing phonebook
The data registered to the Bluetooth
Hands-Free phonebook can be edited.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Edit”
5. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
entry you would like to edit or say,
“List names”.”
6-146
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”)” (Say the voice tag for the
registered name to be edited in the
phonebook.)
7. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, or
Other?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Home” (Say the
registered location to be edited:
“Home”, “Work”, “Mobile”, or
“Other”).
9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”) (Registered voice tag) XXXX
(Ex. “Home”) (Registered location). Is
this correct?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
11. Prompt: “The current number is
XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex. “555-1234”)
(Currently registered number). New
number, please.”
NOTE
If there was no previous phone number
registered to a location (Ex. “Work”), the
prompt will only read out “Number, please”.
12. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX
(Ex. “555-5678”)” (Say the new
phone number to be registered.)
13. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.
“555-5678”) (The new phone number
to be registered). Is this correct?”
14. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
15. Prompt: “Number changed, returning
to main menu.”
Phonebook data deletion
Erasing individual phonebook data
Individual data registered to the Bluetooth
Hands-Free phonebook can be cleared.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page395
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (395,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
Complete deletion of the phonebook
data
All data registered to the Bluetooth
Hands-Free phonebook can be erased.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
4. Say: [Beep] “Delete”
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
5. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
entry you would like to delete or say,
“List names”.”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”)” (Say the registered voice tag
to be deleted from the phonebook.)
4. Say: [Beep] “Erase all”
7. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.
“John's phone”) (Registered voice tag)
Home (Registered location). Is this
correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”) (Registered voice tag) Home
(Registered location) deleted, returning
to main menu.”
5. Prompt: “Are you sure you want to
erase everything from your Hands Free
system phonebook?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “You are about to delete
everything from your Hands Free
system phonebook. Do you want to
continue?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “Please wait, erasing the
Hands Free system phonebook.”
10. Prompt: “Hands-Free system
phonebook erased, returning to main
menu.”
6-147
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page396
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (396,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Read-out of names registered to the
Bluetooth Hands-Free phonebook
Bluetooth Hands-Free can read out the list
of names registered to its phonebook.
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
l
“Previous”: Returns to the previous
phonebook data in read-out when the
talk button is short-pressed.
6. Prompt: “End of list, would you like
to start from the beginning?”
7. Say: [Beep] “No”
8. Prompt: “Returning to main menu.”
qDTMF (Dual Tone MultiFrequency Signal) Transmission
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
This function is used when transmitting
DTMF via the user's voice. The receiver
of a DTMF transmission is generally a
home telephone answering machine or a
company's automated guidance call center
(When you send tone signals back
according to the voice guidance
recording).
4. Say: [Beep] “List names”
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
5. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,
XXXXX... (Ex. “John's phone”, Mary's
phone, Bill's phone)” (Voice guidance
reads out the voice tags registered to
the phonebook.)
2. Say: [Beep] “XXXX... send” (Say
DTMF code)
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
Press the talk button with a short press
during the read-out at the desired name,
and then say one of the following voice
commands to execute it.
l “Continue”: Continues the list readout.
l “Call”: Calls the registered phonebook
data when the talk button is shortpressed.
l “Edit”: Edits the registered phonebook
data when the talk button is shortpressed.
l “Delete”: Deletes the registered
phonebook data when the talk button is
short-pressed.
6-148
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
3. Prompt: “Sending XXXX... (DTMF
code)”
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page397
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (397,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Hands-Free Setting
5. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pair, edit, delete, or list.”
qDevice
6. Say: [Beep] “List”
Device registration
7. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,
XXXXX... (Ex. Device A, device B,
device C)” (The voice guidance reads
out the device tags registered to the
hands-free system.)
For the registration of a Bluetooth
equipped device to Bluetooth Hands-Free,
refer to “Bluetooth Hands-Free
Preparation” (page 6-136).
Registered device read-out
Bluetooth Hands-Free can read-out the
devices registered to its system.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. (Type A)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, or select phone.”
(Type B/Navigation system)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
Press the talk button with a short press
during the read-out at the desired device,
and then say one of the following voice
commands to execute it.
l “Select phone”: Selects device (Mobile
phone) when the talk button is shortpressed.
l (Type B/Navigation system)
“Select music player”: Selects device
(Music player) when the talk button is
short-pressed.
l “Edit”: Edits device when the talk
button is short-pressed.
l “Continue”: Continues the list readout.
l “Delete”: Deletes the registered device
when the talk button is short-pressed.
l “Previous”: Returns to the previous
device in read-out when the talk button
is short-pressed.
8. Prompt: “End of list, would you like
to start from the beginning?”
9. Say: [Beep] “No”
10. Prompt: “Returning to main menu.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
6-149
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page398
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (398,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Device selection
If several devices have been programmed,
the Bluetooth unit links the device last
programmed. If you would like to link a
different programmed device, it is
necessary to change the link. The order of
device priority after the link has been
changed is maintained even when the
ignition switch is turned off.
Hands-free phone
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. (Type A)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, or select phone.”
(Type B/Navigation system)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Select phone”
5. Prompt: “Please say 1 for XXXXX...
(Ex. device A), 2 for XXXXX... (Ex.
device B...)”
6. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number for
the mobile phone to be connected.)
7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device B...)
(Registered device tag) selected, is this
correct?”
6-150
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device B...)
(Device tag) will temporarily override
phone priorities, returning to main
menu.”
(Type B/Navigation system)
Music player
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Select music player”
5. Prompt: “Please say 1 for XXXXX...
(Ex. device A), 2 for XXXXX... (Ex.
device B...)”
6. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number for
the music player to be connected.)
7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device B...)
(Registered device tag) selected, is this
correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device B...)
(Device tag) selected.”
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page399
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (399,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
NOTE
NOTE
(Type B)
Device (Music player) selection can also be
done by operating the panel button (page
6-125).
A registered device (Mobile phone) can be
deleted using the registration list.
Registered device (Mobile phone)
deletion
Registered devices (Mobile phone) can be
deleted individually or collectively.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.
6. Say: [Beep] “Delete”
7. Prompt: “Please say 1 for XXXXX...
(Ex. device A), 2 for XXXXX... (Ex.
device B...)” (The device tag of the
registered device is read out by the
HFP.).
8. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number of
the device to be deleted.)
NOTE
Say “All” to delete all devices (Mobile phone).
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
9. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.
device B...) (Registered device tag). Is
this correct?”
NOTE
11. Prompt: “Deleted”
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. (Type A)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, or select phone.”
(Type B/Navigation system)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
Registered device editing
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
5. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pair, edit, delete, or list.”
6-151
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page400
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (400,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
3. (Type A)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, or select phone.”
(Type B/Navigation system)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
5. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pair, edit, delete, or list.”
6. Say: [Beep] “Edit”
7. Prompt: “Please say 1 for XXXXX...
(Ex. device A), 2 for XXXXX... (Ex.
device B...), which device please?”
(The device tag of the registered device
is read out by the HFP.)
8. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number of
the device to be edited.)
9. Prompt: “New name please?”
10. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. device
C)” (Speak a “device tag”, an
arbitrary name for the device.)
11. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device C)
(Device tag), is this correct?”
12. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
13. Prompt: “New name saved, returning
to main menu.”
qSecurity Setting
If a passcode is set, the system cannot be
activated unless the passcode is input.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.
6-152
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Passcode setting
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. (Type A)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, or select phone.”
(Type B/Navigation system)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”
5. Prompt: “Passcode is disabled. Would
you like to enable it?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digit
passcode. Remember this passcode. It
will be required to use this system.”
8. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say a desired 4digit passcode, “PCode”.)
9. Prompt: “Passcode XXXX (Passcode,
PCode). Is this correct?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
11. Prompt: “Passcode is enabled,
returning to main menu.”
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page401
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (401,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Using Bluetooth Hands-Free with a
passcode
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Prompt: “Hands-Free system is
locked. State the passcode to
continue.”
3. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say the set
passcode “PCode”.)
4. If the correct passcode is input, voice
guidance “XXXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
device) (Device tag) is connected” is
announced.
If the passcode is incorrect, voice
guidance “XXXX (4-digit passcode,
Pcode) incorrect passcode, please try
again” is announced.
Canceling the passcode
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. (Type A)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, or select phone.”
(Type B/Navigation system)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”
5. Prompt: “Passcode is enabled. Would
you like to disable it?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “Passcode is disabled,
returning to main menu.”
Confirmation Prompts
The confirmation prompt confirms the
command content to the user before
advancing to the operation requested by
the user. When this function is turned on,
the system reads out the voice input
command previously received and
confirms whether the command is correct
before advancing to the command
execution.
When the confirmation prompt function is
turned on:
(Ex. “Calling John's device. Is this
correct?”)
When the confirmation prompt function is
turned off:
(Ex. “Calling John's device.”)
6-153
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page402
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (402,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
NOTE
If the confirmation prompt function is turned
off when making an emergency call, the system
reads out and confirms the command before
executing it.
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. (Type A)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, or select phone.”
(Type B/Navigation system)
Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Confirmation prompts”
5. Prompt: “Confirmation prompts are
on/off. Would you like to turn
confirmation prompts off/on?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “Confirmation prompts are
off/on, returning to main menu.”
qVoice Recognition Learning
Function (Speaker Enrollment)
The voice recognition learning function
enables voice recognition appropriate to
the characteristics of the user's voice.
If the recognition of the voice input
commands to the system is not adequate,
this function can largely improve the
system's voice recognition of the user. If
your voice can be recognized sufficiently
without using this function, you may not
realize the added benefit of the function.
To register your voice, the voice input
command list must be read out. Read out
the list when the vehicle is parked.
Perform the registration in as quiet a place
as possible (page 6-133).
The registration must be performed
completely. The required time is a few
minutes. The user needs to be seated in
the driver's seat with the voice input
command list for voice recognition
learning open to the page indicated below.
When voice recognition learning is
done for the first time
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”
6-154
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page403
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (403,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
3. Prompt: “This operation must be
performed in a quiet environment while
the vehicle is stopped. See the owner's
manual for the list of required training
phrases. Press and release the talk
button when you are ready to begin.
Press the hangup button to cancel at
any time.”
4. Press the talk button with a short press.
5. The voice guidance reads out the voice
input command number (refer to the
voice input command list for voice
recognition learning). (Ex. “Please read
phrase 1”)
6. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say the
voice input command for voice
recognition learning (1 to 8) according
to the voice guidance.)
7. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment is
complete, returning to main menu.”
NOTE
If an error occurred in the voice recognition
learning, re-learning can be done by pressing
the talk button with a short press.
3. Prompt: “Enrollment is enabled/
disabled. Would you like to disable/
enable or retrain?”
4. Say: [Beep] “Retrain”
5. Prompt: “This operation must be
performed in a quiet environment while
the vehicle is stopped. See the owner's
manual for the list of required training
phrases. Press and release the talk
button when you are ready to begin.
Press the hangup button to cancel at
any time.”
6. Press the talk button with a short press.
7. The voice guidance reads out the voice
input command number (refer to the
voice input command list for voice
recognition learning). (Ex. “Please read
phrase 1”)
8. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say the
voice input command for voice
recognition learning (1 to 8) according
to the voice guidance.)
9. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment is
complete, returning to main menu.”
Voice recognition re-learning
NOTE
If voice recognition learning has already
been done.
If an error occurred in the voice recognition
learning, re-learning can be done by pressing
the talk button with a short press.
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
Voice input command list for voice
recognition learning
When reading out, the following points
must be observed:
l Read out the numbers one at a time
correctly and naturally.
2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”
6-155
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page404
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (404,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
(For example, “1234” must be read out
“one, two, three, four”, not “twelve, thirty
four”.)
l Do not read out parentheses. “ (” and
hyphens “-” are used for separating
numbers in a phone number.
4. Say: [Beep] “Disable” or “Enable”
Ex.
“ (888) 555-1212” must be spoken “Eight, eight,
eight, five, five, five, one, two, one, two.”
6. Prompt: “Speaker Enrollment is
disabled/enabled, returning to main
menu.”
Phrase
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Command
0123456789
(888) 555-1212
Call
Dial
Setup
Cancel
Continue
Help
NOTE
l
l
The applicable phrase appears in the
display.
After user voice registration is completed,
voice guidance “Speaker enrollment is
complete, returning to main menu” is
announced.
Voice recognition learning on/off
1. Press the pick-up button (with/without
navigation system) or talk button with
a short press (without navigation
system) or a long press (with
navigation system).
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the talk button with a short
press and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or
“Phone”.
2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”
3. Prompt: “Enrollment is enabled/
disabled. Would you like to disable/
enable or retrain?”
6-156
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
5. When “Disable” is spoken, the voice
recognition learning is turned off.
When “Enable” is spoken, the voice
recognition learning is turned on.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page405
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (405,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
When Bluetooth HandsFree Cannot be Used
Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be used
under the following conditions:
l The device is outside of the
communication area.
l The device has a malfunction.
l The device is not connected to the
hands-free unit equipped on the
vehicle.
l The device's battery is weak.
l The device is turned off.
l The device is placed where radio
reception is difficult.
l The ignition switch is turned off.
Safety Certification
FCC ID: CB2MBLUEC07 IC:279BMBLUEC07
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING
Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
The term “IC: ” before the radio
certification number only signifies that
Industry Canada technical specifications
were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter. End-users and installers must
be provided with installation instructions
and transmitter operating conditions for
satisfying RF exposure compliance.
6-157
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page406
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)
Mazda Bluetooth HandsFree Customer Service
For toll-free Bluetooth Hands-Free
customer service call 800-430-0153 or go
to www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth for
assistance.
6-158
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (406,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page407
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (407,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
Bluetooth Hands-Free í
Phone button
Selection
button 1
Selection
button 5
Selection
button 2
Selection
button 3
Selection
button 6
Selection
button 7
Selection
button 4
Power/Volume dial
qWhat is Bluetooth Hands-Free?
Bluetooth Hands-Free Outline
By connecting a Bluetooth equipped
device (Mobile phone) to the hands-free
unit equipped on the vehicle, making and
receiving calls are possible using the
audio unit, and the pick-up and hang-up
buttons located on the steering wheel.
WARNING
Return button
Manual tuning dial/Enter switch
Bluetooth equipped device (Mobile
phone)
A Bluetooth equipped device (Mobile
phone) communicates with the hands-free
unit equipped on the vehicle using radio
transmission (Bluetooth).
For example, if the device (Mobile phone)
is placed in a coat pocket, the phone calls
can be made through your mobile service
without taking out and handling the
device (Mobile phone).
Perform phonebook registration related
operations while the vehicle is parked:
Performing phonebook registration
while driving the vehicle could be a
distraction to your driving and result
in an accident. In addition, a mistake
in performing the phonebook
operation could result in the loss of
important data.
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
6-159
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page408
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (408,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
CAUTION
The types of devices (Mobile phone)
which can be connected to the
hands-free unit are limited.
Therefore, before purchasing or
changing your device (Mobile phone)
model, consult Mazda Bluetooth
Hands-Free Customer Service or visit
www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth for a
complete list of compatible phones.
Devices (Mobile phone) which can be
connected to the hands-free system
need to be compliant with Bluetooth
specifications and the appropriate
profile. However, even among these
Bluetooth devices (Mobile phone) are
some which will not connect with
your Mazda or will have limited
function. Therefore, consult Mazda
Bluetooth Hands-Free Customer
Service for information regarding
device (Mobile phone) compatibility:
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/
bluetooth
Applicable Bluetooth specification
Ver. 2.0 or higher
Response profile
l HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.5
l DUN (Dial-up Networking Profile)
Ver. 1.1
l PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile)
Ver. 1.0
l A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution
Profile) Ver. 1.0
l AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control
Profile) Ver. 1.0/1.3
6-160
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
l
OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1
Bluetooth is the registered trademark of
Bluetooth SIG. Inc.
NOTE
l
l
l
The Bluetooth Hands-Free system is
operable several seconds after turning the
ignition switch to the ACC or ON position
(requires less than 15 seconds).
If the ignition switch is turned off during a
hands-free call, the line is transferred to the
device (Mobile phone) automatically.
If the device (Mobile phone) is in a location
where radio reception is difficult such as a
metal container or in the trunk, the call may
not be connected using Bluetooth. If
communication is not possible, change the
location of the device (Mobile phone).
qComponent Parts
Bluetooth Hands-Free consists of the
following items:
l Audio unit
l Pick-up button
l Hang-up button
Audio unit
The audio unit can be used for Bluetooth
Hands-Free activation, making calls,
hanging up, device programming, device
selection, device deletion, device
information display, import contact, and
volume adjustment.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page409
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (409,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
Pick-up button and Hang-up button
Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands-Free
can be used for such things as making
calls or hanging up using the pick-up
button and hang-up button on the steering
wheel.
qHow to Use This Section
Bluetooth Hands-Free activation
method
Press the phone button.
The hands-free system is activated.
Functions of the hands-free telephone,
such as making and receiving calls, can be
used after the activation. (For details on
the telephone functions, refer to
“Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation”
or
“Convenient Use of the Hands-Free
System”.)
Basic Bluetooth HandsFree Operation
qBluetooth Hands-Free Preparation
Device programming (Pairing)
To use Bluetooth Hands-Free, the device
equipped with Bluetooth has to be
programmed to the hands-free unit using
the following procedure.
A maximum of seven devices including
hands-free mobile phones and Bluetooth
audio devices can be programmed to one
vehicle.
6-161
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page410
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (410,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
NOTE
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
A device can be programmed only when the
vehicle is parked. If the vehicle starts to
move, the pairing procedure will end.
Programming is dangerous while driving pair up your device before you start
driving. Park the car in a safe place before
programming.
A total of seven devices can be programmed
to one vehicle. If you require an additional
device to be programmed to a vehicle with
seven devices already programmed, delete
one of the programmed devices before
programming the latest one.
If a Bluetooth device has already been
programmed to the vehicle as a Bluetooth
audio device, it does not need to be
programmed again when using the device
as a hands-free mobile phone. Conversely,
it does not need to be programmed again as
a Bluetooth audio device if it has already
been programmed as a hands-free mobile
phone.
Since the communication range of a
Bluetooth equipped device is about 10
meters (32 ft), if a device is placed within a
10-meter (32 ft) radius of the vehicle, it may
be detected/programmed unintentionally
while another device is being programmed.
Device registration can also be done by
operating the audio unit. Refer to
“Bluetooth Audio Preparation” (page
6-125).
Device registration can also be done using
voice recognition (page 6-136).
Depending on the device, the registration
status may be lost after a certain period of
time. If this occurs, repeat the entire
process from Step 1.
6-162
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Programming a Bluetooth Hands-Free
device which has a PIN code (four
digits)
1. Press selection button 6 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free setting menu
screen.
2. Press selection button 2 to display the
pairing program screen.
3. “Enter Pin: 0000” and
“Rotate/Press TUNE dial to change
code. Select “OK” when complete.” are
displayed for input of the PIN code.
4. Turn the manual tuning dial to select
the specified number for the Bluetooth
Hands-Free device and press the enter
) to input the number.
button (
NOTE
l
l
Some devices accept only a particular
pairing code (Usually, “0000” or “1234”).
If pairing cannot be completed, refer to the
owner's manual of your mobile device, and
try those numbers if necessary.
5. After inputting the four digits, turn the
manual tuning dial and select “OK”,
and then press the enter button
) to set the four digits and
(
display
“Pairing is in progress. Please start
pairing procedure on your Bluetooth
device. Use the PIN “xxxx”.”.
6. Operate the Bluetooth Hands-Free
device while
“Pairing is in progress. Please start
pairing procedure on your Bluetooth
device. Use the PIN “xxxx”.” is
displayed and set it to the program
mode.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page411
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (411,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
7. When the pairing programming is
completed, a “ ” symbol and
“Pairing complete” are displayed, and
then the display returns to the normal
display.
If an error occurs during program
pairing, “Error” is displayed and the
display returns to the pairing program
screen.
Programming a Bluetooth Hands-Free
device which does not have a PIN code
(four digits)
1. Press selection button 6 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free setting menu
screen.
2. Press selection button 2 to display the
pairing program screen.
3. “Enter Pin: 0000” and
“Rotate/Press TUNE dial to change
code. Select “OK” when complete.” are
displayed for input of the PIN code.
4. Turn the manual tuning dial and select
“OK”, and then press the enter button
) to set the four digits and
(
display
“Pairing is in progress. Please start
pairing procedure on your Bluetooth
device. Use the PIN “0000”.”.
5. Operate the Bluetooth Hands-Free
device while
“Pairing is in progress. Please start
pairing procedure on your Bluetooth
device. Use the PIN “0000”.” is
displayed and set it to the program
mode.
6. The Bluetooth Hands-Free device will
request input of a PIN code. Input
“0000”.
7. When the pairing programming is
completed, a “ ” symbol and
“Pairing complete” are displayed, and
then the display returns to the normal
display.
If an error occurs during program
pairing, “Error” is displayed and the
display returns to the pairing program
screen.
NOTE
If pairing cannot be completed, try “1234”
instead. Refer to the owner's manual of your
mobile device for the right PIN code.
qMaking a Call Using a Telephone
Number
NOTE
Practice this while parked until you are
confident you can do it while driving in a nontaxing road situation. If you are not completely
comfortable, make all calls from a safe
parking position, and move out only when fully
under control and you can devote your eyes
and mind to driving.
1. Turn the manual tuning dial to select a
number and then press the enter button
) to input the number.
(
2. After inputting the telephone number,
press selection button 1 or the pick-up
button of the audio control switch to
make a call.
qReceiving an Incoming Call
Receiving an incoming call
Press selection button 1 or the pick-up
button of the audio control switch.
Refusing an incoming call
Press selection button 5 or the hang-up
button of the audio control switch.
6-163
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page412
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (412,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
qHanging Up a Call
Press selection button 5 or the hang-up
button of the audio control switch during
a call.
qVolume Adjustment
Convenient Use of the
Hands-Free System
qPhonebook Usage
NOTE
The power/volume dial of the audio unit
is used to adjust the volume.
Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.
Increasing volume
Import contact
Turn the power/volume dial clockwise.
Phonebook data from your device (Mobile
phone) can be sent and registered to your
Bluetooth Hands-Free phonebook using
Bluetooth.
Decreasing volume
Turn the power/volume dial
counterclockwise.
NOTE
l
l
The volume can be adjusted using the
volume switch of the audio control switch.
The music volume of the audio unit cannot
be adjusted while Bluetooth Hands-Free is
being used.
NOTE
When the import begins, the previous
phonebook data is deleted. The previous
phonebook data remains deleted even if the
operation is canceled during the import.
1. Press selection button 7 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free phonebook
import screen.
“It takes time to import.” is displayed.
2. Press selection button 1 and select
“Start” to start import.
“Importing” is displayed.
NOTE
If you want to cancel the import, press
selection button 2 and select “Cancel”. The
phonebook data being imported is deleted.
3. When import is completed, the
Bluetooth Hands-Free phonebook
screen is displayed.
Making calls using the phonebook
1. Press selection button 2 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free phonebook
screen.
6-164
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page413
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (413,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
2. Turn the manual tuning dial to select a
list and then press the enter button
) to display the Bluetooth
(
Hands-Free phonebook screen
containing the detailed information
recorded.
NOTE
Press each selection button to display the
alphabetical sequence for the selection button
selected.
l Each time the selection button is pressed a
letter is displayed in alphabetical order.
(Ex. selection button 1: A → B → C → A)
l Each time selection button 8 is pressed, the
display shows the last four letters of the
alphabet (W, X, Y, Z), followed by symbols,
and then numerals.
Making a call using the outgoing call
record
1. Press selection button 3 to display the
outgoing call record screen.
2. Press the desired selection button of the
outgoing call record.
The content of the outgoing call record
is displayed.
3. Press selection button 1 or the pick-up
button of the audio control switch to
make a call.
Deleting one outgoing call record
1. Press selection button 3 to display the
outgoing call record screen.
3. Press selection button 1 or the pick-up
button of the audio control switch to
make a call.
2. Press the desired selection button of the
outgoing call record.
The content of the outgoing call record
is displayed.
qMute
3. Press selection button 2 to display
“Delete recent outgoing call?”.
The microphone can be muted during a
call.
4. Press selection button 1 to delete the
outgoing call record.
Press selection button 3.
Deleting all the outgoing call records
qTransferring a Call
1. Press selection button 3 to display the
outgoing call record screen.
Transferring a call from Hands-Free to
a device (Mobile phone)
2. Press selection button 5 to display
“Delete all recent outgoing calls?”.
Press selection button 2.
3. Press selection button 1 to delete all
outgoing call records.
qOutgoing Call Records
A maximum of six outgoing call records
are displayed.
Making phone calls using the outgoing
call record or deleting one or all outgoing
call records is possible.
qIncoming Call Records
A maximum of six incoming call records
are displayed.
Making phone calls using the incoming
call record or deleting one or all incoming
call records is possible.
6-165
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page414
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (414,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
Making a call using the incoming call
record
qDTMF (Dual Tone MultiFrequency Signal) Transmission
1. Press selection button 4 to display the
incoming call record screen.
This function is used when transmitting
DTMF via the audio control panel's
manual tuning dial.
The receiver of a DTMF transmission is
generally a home telephone answering
machine or a company's automated
guidance call center.
2. Press the desired selection button of the
incoming call record.
The content of the incoming call record
is displayed.
3. Press selection button 1 or the pick-up
button of the audio control switch to
make a call.
Deleting one incoming call record
1. Press selection button 4 to display the
incoming call record screen.
2. Press the desired selection button of the
incoming call record.
The content of the incoming call record
is displayed.
3. Press selection button 2 to display
“Delete recent incoming call?”.
4. Press selection button 1 to delete the
incoming call record.
Deleting all the incoming call records
1. Press selection button 4 to display the
incoming call record screen.
2. Press selection button 5 to display
“Delete all recent incoming calls?”.
3. Press selection button 1 to delete all the
incoming call records.
6-166
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
1. Press selection button 4 after
connecting to a home device or service
to display the tone transmission screen.
2. Turn the manual tuning dial to select a
number or symbol and then press the
) to transmit the
enter button (
code.
NOTE
If the DTMF code has two or more digits or
symbols, each one must be transmitted
individually.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page415
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (415,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
Hands-Free Setting
qDevice
Device registration
For the registration of a Bluetooth
equipped device to Bluetooth Hands-Free,
refer to
“Bluetooth Hands-Free Preparation”
(page 6-161).
Device selection
If several devices have been programmed,
the Bluetooth unit links the device last
programmed. If you would like to link a
different programmed device, it is
necessary to change the link. The order of
device priority after the link has been
changed is maintained even when the
ignition switch is turned off.
NOTE
4. When the link change is completed, a
“ ” symbol and “Link Changed” are
displayed, and then it returns to the
normal display.
If an error occurs while trying to link a
device, “Error” is displayed and the
display returns to the link change
screen.
NOTE
If a link error occurs, check the programming
status of the Bluetooth Hands-Free device and
the location of the device in the vehicle (not in
the trunk or a metal-type box), and then try the
link operation again.
Changing the link to a Bluetooth
Hands-Free and Bluetooth audio device
1. Press selection button 6 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free setting menu
screen.
If the device name cannot be displayed, “...” is
added at the end to the part of the title which
can be displayed.
2. Press selection button 3 to display the
link change screen and the present
pairing programming device name.
Changing the link to only a Bluetooth
Hands-Free device
3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or
7 to select the name of the device you
would like to change.
1. Press selection button 6 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free setting menu
screen.
4. The device name and
“Please Select Device” are displayed.
2. Press selection button 3 to display the
link change screen and the current
pairing programming device name.
5. Press selection button 2 to select
“Phone”. The “ ” symbol disappears,
and then “Connection is in progress.”
is displayed.
3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or
7 to select the name of the device you
would like to change.
The “ ” symbol disappears, and the
device name and
“Connection is in progress.” are
displayed.
6. When the link change is completed, a
“ ” symbol and “Link Changed” are
displayed, and then it returns to the
normal display.
If an error occurs while trying to
change the link, “Error” is displayed,
and then it returns to the link change
screen.
6-167
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page416
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (416,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
NOTE
l
l
If a link error occurs, check the
programming status of the Bluetooth
Hands-Free device and the location of the
device in the vehicle (not in the trunk or a
metal-type box), and then try the link
operation again.
Device (Music player) selection can also be
done by operating the panel button (page
6-125).
Registered device (Mobile phone)
deletion
An individually registered device can be
cleared.
NOTE
l
l
Do this function only when parked. It is too
distracting to attempt while driving and you
may make too many errors to be effective.
If the device name and Bluetooth address
cannot be displayed, “...” is added at the
end to the part of the title which can be
displayed.
1. Press selection button 6 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free setting menu
screen.
2. Press selection button 4 to display the
pair link deletion screen and the current
pairing programming device name.
3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or
7 to select the name of the device you
would like to change.
4. The link delete confirmation screen is
displayed, and then
“Delete select device?”, the device
name, and the Bluetooth address are
displayed.
5. Press selection button 1 to delete the
selected device.
6-168
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
NOTE
Press the return button (
to the previous display.
) to return
6. When the link deletion is completed,
“Deleted” is displayed, and then it
returns to the normal display.
If an error occurs while trying to delete
the link, “Error” is displayed, and then
it returns to the link deletion screen.
NOTE
If a device is deleted while it is being linked,
linking to other devices will not be possible.
Bluetooth Hands-Free device
information display
1. Press selection button 6 to display the
Bluetooth Hands-Free setting menu
screen.
2. Press selection button 6 to display the
device information display screen.
If the device information is available,
the device name and Bluetooth address
are displayed, and then it returns to the
Bluetooth Hands-Free setting menu
screen.
If the device information is not
available,
“Failed to obtain device information.”
is displayed, and then it returns to the
Bluetooth Hands-Free setting menu
screen.
NOTE
If the device name and Bluetooth address
cannot be displayed, “...” is added at the end
to the part of the title which can be displayed.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page417
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (417,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
When Bluetooth HandsFree Cannot be Used
Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be used
under the following conditions:
l The device is outside of the
communication area.
l The device has a malfunction.
l The device is not connected to the
hands-free unit equipped on the
vehicle.
l The device's battery is weak.
l The device is turned off.
l The device is placed where radio
reception is difficult.
l The ignition switch is turned off.
Safety Certification
FCC ID: CB2MBLUEC07 IC:279BMBLUEC07
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING
Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
The term “IC: ” before the radio
certification number only signifies that
Industry Canada technical specifications
were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter. End-users and installers must
be provided with installation instructions
and transmitter operating conditions for
satisfying RF exposure compliance.
6-169
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page418
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)
Mazda Bluetooth HandsFree Customer Service
For toll-free Bluetooth Hands-Free
customer service call 800-430-0153 or go
to www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth for
assistance.
6-170
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (418,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page419
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (419,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
Rear View Monitor í
The rear view monitor is a visual assist system when reversing the vehicle that provides
images from the rear of the vehicle.
WARNING
The rear view monitor is only a visual assist device when reversing the vehicle. The
images on the screen may be different from the actual conditions. Always drive
carefully confirming the safety of the rear and the surrounding conditions by looking
directly with your eyes. Reversing the vehicle by only looking at the screen may cause
an accident or a collision with an object.
CAUTION
Ø Do not use the rear view monitor under the following conditions: Using the rear
view monitor under the following conditions is dangerous and could result in
injury or vehicle damage or both.
Ø Icy or snow-covered roads.
Ø Tire chains or a temporary spare tire is installed.
Ø The liftgate is not fully closed.
Ø The vehicle is on a road incline.
Ø When the display is cold, images may course across the monitor or the screen and
may be dimmer than usual, which could cause difficulty in confirming the
surrounding conditions of the vehicle. Always drive carefully confirming the safety
of the rear and the surrounding conditions by looking directly with your eyes.
Ø Do not apply excessive force to the camera. The camera position and angle may
deviate.
Ø Do not disassemble, modify, or remove it as it may no longer be waterproof.
Ø The camera cover is made of plastic. Do not apply degreasing agents, organic
solvents, wax, or glass coating agents to the camera cover. If any are spilled on
the cover, wipe off with a soft cloth immediately.
Ø Do not rub the cover excessively, or polish it using an abrasive compound or a
hard brush. The cover may be damaged affecting the image.
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
6-171
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page420
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (420,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
NOTE
If water, snow, or mud is stuck on the camera lens, wipe it off using a soft cloth. If it cannot be
wiped off, use a mild detergent.
l If the camera temperature changes rapidly, such as by pouring hot water on it under cold
temperature conditions, the rear view monitor may not operate correctly.
l When replacing the tires, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Replacing the tires could result in
deviation of the guide lines which appear on the display.
l If the vehicle's front, side, or rear has been involved in a collision, the alignment of the rear view
parking camera (location, installation angle) may have deviated. Always consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected.
(Navigation system)
l The screen may not change to the camera image while the navigation system is being activated
immediately after the vehicle battery has been connected. if this occurs, activate the rear-view
monitor camera again soon after the navigation system.
l
qRear View Parking Camera Location
Rear View Parking Camera
qSwitching to the Rear View Monitor Display
Shift the shift lever to R with the ignition switch in the ON position to switch the display to
the rear view monitor display.
NOTE
When the shift lever is shifted from R to another shift lever position, the screen returns to the previous
display.
6-172
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page421
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (421,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
qDisplayable Range on the Screen
The images on the screen may be different from the actual conditions.
(Screen display)
Garnish
Bumper
(Actual view)
Object
NOTE
l
l
l
l
l
The displayable range varies depending on the vehicle and road conditions.
The displayable range is limited. Objects under the bumper or around the bumper ends cannot be
displayed.
The distance appearing in the displayed image is different from the actual distance because the
rear view parking camera is equipped with a specific lens.
Some optionally installed vehicle accessories may be picked up by the camera. Do not install any
optional parts that can interfere with the camera view, such as illuminating parts or parts made of
reflective material.
It may be difficult to see the display under the following conditions, however, it does not indicate a
malfunction.
In darkened areas.
When the temperature around the lens is high/low.
When the camera is wet such as on a rainy day or during periods of high humidity.
When foreign material such as mud is stuck around the camera.
When the camera lens reflects sunlight or headlight beams.
Image display may be delayed it the temperature around the camera is low.
l
l
l
l
l
l
6-173
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page422
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (422,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
qViewing the Display
Guide lines which indicate the width of
the vehicle (green) are displayed on the
screen as a reference to the approximate
width of the vehicle in comparison to the
width of the parking space you are about
to back into.
Use this display view for parking your
vehicle in a parking space or garage.
a
b
Garnish
Bumper
a) Vehicle width guide lines (green)
Guide lines serve as a reference to the
approximate width of the vehicle.
b) Distance guide lines
These guide lines indicate the
approximate distance to a point
measured from the vehicle's rear (from
the end of the bumper).
The red and yellow lines indicate the
points about 50 cm (red) and 1 meter
(yellow) from the rear bumper (at the
center point of each of the lines).
CAUTION
The guide lines on the screen are
fixed lines. They are not synced to the
driver's turning of the steering wheel.
Always be careful and check the area
to the vehicle's rear and the
surrounding area directly with your
eyes while backing up.
6-174
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page423
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (423,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
qRear View Monitor Operation
The operation of the rear view monitor when reversing the vehicle varies depending on the
traffic, road, and vehicle conditions. The amount of steering and the timing also varies
depending on conditions, so confirm the surrounding conditions directly with your eyes
and steer the vehicle in accordance with the conditions.
Be well aware of the above cautions prior to using the rear view monitor.
NOTE
Images displayed on the monitor from the rear view parking camera are reversed images (mirror
images).
1. Shift the shift lever to R to switch the display to the rear view monitor display.
2. Confirming the surrounding conditions, reverse the vehicle.
(Screen display)
(Actual view)
3. After your vehicle begins entering the parking space, continue backing up slowly so that
the distance between the vehicle width lines and the sides of the parking space on the
left and right are roughly equal.
4. Continue to adjust the steering wheel until the vehicle width guide lines are parallel to
the left and right sides of the parking space.
6-175
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page424
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (424,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
5. Once they are parallel, straighten the wheels and back your vehicle slowly into the
parking space. Continue checking the vehicle's surroundings and then stop the vehicle in
the best possible position. (If the parking space has division lines, check whether the
vehicle width guide lines are parallel to them.)
(Screen display)
(Actual view)
6. When the shift lever is shifted from R to another shift lever position, the screen returns
to the previous display.
6-176
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page425
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (425,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
NOTE
Because there may be a difference between the displayed image, such as indicated below, and the
actual conditions when parking, always verify the safety at the rear of the vehicle and the
surrounding area directly with your eyes.
l In the image of the parking space (or garage) displayed below, even though the back end and
distance guide lines appear parallel in the monitor, they may not actually be parallel on the
ground.
l When parking in a space with a division line on only one side of the parking space, the division
line and the vehicle width guide line may appear parallel on the monitor, but they may not
actually be parallel on the ground.
6-177
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page426
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (426,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
qVariance Between Actual Road Conditions and Displayed Image
Some variance occurs between the actual road and the displayed road. Such variance in
distance perspective could lead to an accident. Note the following conditions that may
cause a variance in distance perspective.
When the vehicle is tilted due to the weight of passengers and load
When the vehicle rear is lowered, the object displayed on the screen appears farther than
the actual distance.
Object
Variance
6-178
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page427
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (427,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
When there is a steep grade behind the vehicle
When there is a steep upgrade (downgrade) behind the vehicle, the object displayed on the
screen appears farther (downgrade: closer) than the actual distance.
Appears
farther than
actual
distance
Appears
closer than
actual
distance
Object on screen
Object at actual position
Object on screen
A: Distance between the vehicle and object displayed on the screen.
Object at actual
B: Actual distance between the vehicle and object.
position
6-179
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page428
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (428,1)
Interior Comfort
Rear View Monitor
Three-dimensional object on vehicle rear
Because the distance guide lines are displayed based on a flat surface, the distance to the
three-dimensional object displayed on the screen is different from the actual distance.
(Screen display)
(Actual condition)
A
B
C
A
C B
Sensed distance on screen A>B>C
qImage Quality Adjustment
Image quality adjustment can be done
while the shift lever is in reverse (R) and
the rear view monitor is displayed. For
detailed information, refer to the audio
section or the screen adjustment related
information in the
“NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner's
Manual”.
While the shift lever is in reverse (R),
always check the vehicle's surroundings
adequately before performing the image
quality adjustment.
6-180
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
(Actual distance) B>C=A
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page429
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (429,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Sunvisors
When you need a sunvisor, lower it for
use in front or swing it to the side.
Sunvisor
qVanity Mirrors
To use the vanity mirror, lower the
sunvisor.
The vanity mirror light will illuminate
when you open the cover.
qSide Extension Sunvisors
The visor extender extends the sunvisor's
range of sun shading.
To use, pull it out.
CAUTION
When moving the sunvisor, retract
the visor extender to its original
position. Otherwise, the visor
extender could hit the rearview
mirror.
6-181
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page430
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (430,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Interior Lights
qIlluminated Entry System
When the illuminated entry system
operates, the overhead light (switch is in
the DOOR position)and the courtesy
lights turn on for:
l About 30 seconds after the driver's
door is unlocked and the ignition
switch is in the LOCK position (with
the ignition key removed).
l About 15 seconds after all doors are
closed.
(With Advanced key)
About 5 seconds after all doors are
closed when the advanced key is
outside of the vehicle.
l About 15 seconds after the ignition
switch is in the LOCK position (with
the ignition key removed) with all
doors closed.
The light also turns off when:
l The ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and all doors are closed.
l The driver's door is locked.
qOverhead Lights
When the center/rear overhead light
switch is in the DOOR position, the
center/rear overhead light can be turned
on or off using the front overhead light
switch.
Front
Switch
Position
Overhead Lights
l
l
l
l
NOTE
Battery saver
If any door is left opened, the light turns off
after about 30 minutes to save the battery.
The light turns on again when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position, or when
any door is opened after all doors have been
closed.
6-182
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
l
l
Light off
All overhead lights are off when
the center/rear overhead light
switch is in the DOOR position
Light is on when any door is open
Light is on or off when the
illuminated entry system is on
Light on
All overhead lights are on when
the center/rear overhead light
switch is in the DOOR position
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page431
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (431,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qLuggage Compartment Light
Center/Rear
Switch
Position
Overhead Lights
Switch
Position
Luggage Compartment Light
Light off
Light off
Light on or off in accordance with the
operation of front overhead light
switch
Light on when the liftgate is open
Light on
qMap Lights
qCourtesy Lights
Turns on when any door is open or the
illuminated entry system is on.
The map lights are switched on or off by
pressing the switches.
Courtesy Light
6-183
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page432
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (432,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Information Display
Trip computer
Clock
Without navigation
system (Type B)
Climate control display (Front passenger)/
Ambient temperature display
Climate control
display (Driver)
With navigation
system
Without navigation
system (Type A)
Clock/Trip computer
Audio display Hands-free display
Without navigation system
Type A
Type B
With navigation system
qInformation Display Functions
The information display has the following functions:
í
l Clock
l Ambient Temperature Display (Outside Temperature Display)
l Climate Control Display
í
l Audio Display
l Trip Computer
í
l Bluetooth Hands-Free Display
Refer to Bluetooth Hands-Free on page 6-131.
6-184
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page433
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:58 PM
Black plate (433,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qClock
NOTE
Without navigation system (Type A)
When the trip computer is displayed, press the
CLOCK button to change the display to the
time.
With navigation system, Without navigation
system (Type B)
When the trip computer is displayed, press the
INFO button consecutively until the time is
displayed.
When the ignition switch is in the ACC or
ON position, the time is displayed.
2. Adjust the time using the time setting
buttons ( , ). The hours advance
while the time setting button ( ) is
pressed. The minutes advance while
the time setting button ( ) is pressed.
With navigation system
Refer to the separate manual
“NAVIGATION SYSTEM”.
NOTE
Minutes and seconds are adjusted by the GPS,
however, it is necessary to adjust hours under
the following conditions:
l Driving across different time zones
l Daylight saving time start and end
qAmbient Temperature Display
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, press the OUTSIDE switch
(page 6-6) to display the ambient
temperature.
Without navigation system
Time setting (Type A)
1. Press the CLOCK button until the beep
sounds and the displayed time flashes.
2. Press the H button to set the hour.
3. Press the M button to set the minutes,
then press the CLOCK button.
Time setting (Type B)
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
6-185
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page434
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (434,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
NOTE
l
NOTE
Under the following conditions, the ambient
temperature display may differ from the
actual ambient temperature depending on
the surroundings and vehicle conditions:
Significantly cold or hot temperatures.
Sudden changes in ambient temperature.
The vehicle is parked.
The vehicle is driven at low speeds.
Press the OUTSIDE switch for a few
seconds or more to switch the display from
Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice versa.
Press the OUTSIDE switch again to switch
the display from ambient temperature to the
temperature set for the air conditioner.
l
l
l
l
l
l
qClimate Control Display
The climate control system status is
displayed. To operate the climate control
system, refer to “Climate Control System”
(page 6-2).
qAudio Display í
The audio system status is displayed. To
operate the audio system, refer to
“Audio System” (page 6-17).
qTrip Computer
The trip computer can display the
following:
l The current fuel economy.
l The average fuel economy.
l The approximate distance you can
travel on the available fuel.
l The average vehicle speed.
Switch the ignition ON.
Press the INFO switch to change the
display mode.
6-186
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
When the time is being displayed, press the
INFO switch to change the display to the trip
computer.
If you have any problems with your trip
computer, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Current fuel economy mode
This mode displays the current fuel
economy by calculating the amount of
fuel consumption and the distance
traveled.
Current fuel economy will be calculated
and displayed every 2 seconds.
When this mode is selected, CONSUM
CUR will be displayed.
U.S.A.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page435
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (435,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
CANADA
CANADA
When you've slowed to about 5 km/h (3
mph), — L/100 km (—mpg) will be
displayed.
To clear the data being displayed, press
the INFO switch for more than 1.5
second.
After pressing the INFO switch, — L/100
km (— mpg) will be displayed for about 1
minute before the fuel economy is
recalculated and displayed.
Average fuel economy mode
This mode displays the average fuel
economy by calculating the total fuel
consumption and the total traveled
distance since purchasing the vehicle, reconnecting the battery after disconnection,
or resetting the data. The average fuel
economy is calculated and displayed
every minute.
When this mode is selected, CONSUM
AV will be displayed.
U.S.A.
Distance-to-empty mode
This mode displays the approximate
distance you can travel on the remaining
fuel based on the fuel economy.
The distance-to-empty will be calculated
and displayed every second.
When this mode is selected, REMNG will
be displayed.
U.S.A.
6-187
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page436
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (436,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
CANADA
U.S.A.
NOTE
CANADA
l
l
Even though the distance-to-empty display
may indicate a sufficient amount of
remaining mileage before refueling is
required, refuel as soon as possible if the
fuel gauge needle nears E or the low fuel
warning light illuminates.
The display won't change unless you add
more than approximately 20 L (5.3 gal) of
fuel.
Average vehicle speed mode
This mode displays the average vehicle
speed by calculating the distance and the
time traveled since connecting the battery
or resetting the data.
Average vehicle speed will be calculated
and displayed every 10 seconds.
When this mode is selected, AV will be
displayed.
6-188
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
To clear the data being displayed, press
the INFO switch for more than 1.5
second. After pressing the INFO switch,
— km/h (— mile/h) will be displayed for
about 1 minute before the vehicle speed is
recalculated and displayed.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page437
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (437,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Cup Holder
WARNING
qFront
To use the cup holder, push the release
button.
Never use a cup holder to hold hot
liquids while the vehicle is moving:
Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids
while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous. If the contents spill, you
could be scalded.
Do not put anything other than cups or
drink cans in cup holders:
Putting objects other than cups or
drink cans in a cup holder is
dangerous.
During sudden braking or
maneuvering, occupants could be hit
and injured, or objects could be
thrown around the vehicle, causing
interference with the driver and the
possibility of an accident. Only use a
cup holder for cups or drink cans.
To fit small items in the cup holder,
remove the flexible divider.
Flexible divider
CAUTION
To reduce the possibility of injury in
an accident or a sudden stop, keep
cup holders closed when not in use.
6-189
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page438
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (438,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Left-side í
qRear
Second-row seat
Cup holders are located in the armrest.
Third-row seat
Cup holders are located in the third-row
seat side trims.
Right-side
6-190
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page439
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (439,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Bottle Holder
Bottle holders are on the inside of the
doors.
Storage Compartments
WARNING
Keep storage boxes closed when
driving:
Driving with the storage boxes open
is dangerous. To reduce the
possibility of injury in an accident or
a sudden stop, keep the storage
boxes closed when driving.
CAUTION
Bottle holder
CAUTION
Do not use the bottle holders for
containers without caps. The
contents may spill when the door is
opened or closed.
Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in
the storage boxes while parked under
the sun. A lighter could explode or
the plastic material in eyeglasses
could deform and crack from high
temperature.
qOverhead Console
This console box is designed to store
accessories.
Push and release to open.
6-191
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page440
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (440,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qCoin Box
qCenter Console
To open, press the release catch down and
pull the lid downward.
To open, push the button.
qArmrest Box í
qGlove Box
To open, pull the release catch.
To open the glove box, pull the latch
toward you.
Insert the key (auxiliary key*) and turn it
clockwise to lock, counterclockwise to
unlock.
* Advanced key equipped vehicle
Unlock
Lock
qCargo Securing Loops
WARNING
Make sure luggage and cargo is
secured before driving:
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be
crushed during sudden braking or a
collision and cause injury.
6-192
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page441
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (441,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Use the loops in the luggage compartment
to secure cargo with a rope or net. The
tensile strength of the loops is 196 N (20
kgf, 44 lbf). Do not apply excessive force
to the loops as it will damage them.
2. Secure the trunk board using the straps
on the third-row seatbacks.
Side cargo sub-compartment
Open the cover
qCargo Sub-Compartment
Center cargo sub-compartment
1. Lift the trunk board.
Some models.
qShopping Bag Hook
The shopping bag hook can be used for
hanging shopping bags.
CAUTION
Do not hang excessive weight on the
shopping bag hook as it could be
damaged.
6-193
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page442
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (442,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qLuggage Compartment
Golf bags can be carried in the luggage
compartment.
To carry two golf bags, use the following
procedure:
1. Put one golf bag in the luggage
compartment with its top pointing to
the left.
Shopping bag hook
(tensile strength:3 kg
(6.6 lb))
qRear Coat Hooks
WARNING
Never hang heavy or sharp objects on
the assist grips and coat hooks:
Hanging heavy or sharp-ended
objects such as a coat hanger from
the assist grips or coat hooks is
dangerous as they can fly off and hit
an occupant in the cabin if a curtain
air bag was to deploy, which could
result in serious injury or death.
2. Put the other golf bag on top of the first
bag with its top pointing to the right.
Always hang clothes on the coat hooks
and the assist grips without hangers.
Coat hook
NOTE
l
l
6-194
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Some golf bags cannot fit depending on
their size.
Golf bags up to nine inches in diameter can
be carried.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page443
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (443,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Accessory Sockets
Rear
Only use genuine Mazda accessories or
the equivalent requiring no greater than
120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).
Front
The ignition switch must be in the ACC
or ON position.
CAUTION
Center/Rear
The accessory sockets can be used
regardless of the position of the ignition
switch.
Center
To prevent accessory socket damage
or electrical failure, pay attention to
the following:
Ø Do not use accessories that require
more than 120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).
Ø Do not use accessories that are not
genuine Mazda accessories or the
equivalent.
Ø Close the cover when the accessory
socket is not in use to prevent
foreign objects and liquids from
getting into the accessory socket.
Ø Correctly insert the plug into the
accessory socket.
Noise may occur on the audio
playback depending on the device
connected to the accessory socket.
NOTE
To prevent discharging of the battery, do not
use the socket for long periods with the engine
off or idling.
6-195
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page444
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Power Outlet í
The power outlet is positioned as shown
in the figure.
For more details, refer to
“Auxiliary terminals and power outlet”
(page 6-108).
6-196
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (444,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page445
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
7
Black plate (445,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.
Parking in an Emergency ............................................................. 7-2
Parking in an Emergency .......................................................... 7-2
Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3
Spare Tire and Tool Storage ...................................................... 7-3
Changing a Flat Tire ................................................................. 7-8
Overheating ................................................................................. 7-14
Overheating ............................................................................. 7-14
Emergency Starting .................................................................... 7-16
Jump-Starting .......................................................................... 7-16
Push-Starting ........................................................................... 7-18
Emergency Towing .....................................................................
Towing Description .................................................................
Tiedown Hooks .......................................................................
Recreational Towing ...............................................................
7-19
7-19
7-20
7-22
7-1
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page446
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
In Case of an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash.
NOTE
l
l
The turn signals do not operate when the
hazard warning lights are on.
Check local regulations about the use of
hazard warning lights while the vehicle is
being towed to verify that it is not in
violation of the law.
7-2
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (446,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page447
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (447,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
Spare Tire and Tool Storage
Spare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.
Spare tire carrier bolt socket
Flat tire belt
Tiedown eyelet
Jack
Jack lever
Lug wrench
7-3
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page448
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (448,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
qJack
To secure the jack
To remove the jack
1. Insert the wing bolt into the jack with
the jack screw pointing right and turn
the wing bolt clockwise to temporarily
tighten it.
1. Open the cargo sub-compartment.
2. Remove the cover.
2. Turn the jack screw in the direction
shown in the figure.
Wing bolt
3. Turn the wing bolt and jack screw
counterclockwise.
Jack screw
3. Turn the wing bolt completely to
secure the jack.
Wing bolt
NOTE
If the jack is not completely secured, it could
rattle while driving. Make sure the jack screw
is sufficiently tightened.
qSpare Tire
Jack screw
7-4
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire.
The temporary spare tire is lighter and
smaller than a conventional tire, and is
designed only for emergency use and
should be used only for VERY short
periods. Temporary spare tires should
NEVER be used for long drives or
extended periods.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page449
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (449,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
WARNING
Do not install the temporary spare tire
in place of the front wheels (driving
wheels):
Driving with the temporary spare tire
on one of the front driving wheels is
dangerous. Especially on ice or snow.
Handling will be affected. You could
lose control of the vehicle and have
an accident. Move a regular tire to
the front wheel and install the
temporary spare tire to the rear.
CAUTION
Ø When using the temporary spare
tire, driving stability may decrease
compared to when using only the
conventional tire. Drive carefully.
Ø To avoid damage to the temporary
spare tire or to the vehicle, observe
the following precautions:
Ø Do not exceed 80 km/h (50
mph).
Ø Avoid driving over obstacles.
Also, do not drive through an
automatic car wash. This tire's
diameter is smaller than a
conventional tire, so the ground
clearance is reduced about
25 mm (1 in).
Ø Do not use a tire chain on this
tire because it will not fit
properly.
Ø Do not use your temporary
spare tire on any other vehicle;
it has been designed only for
your Mazda.
Ø Use only one temporary spare
tire on your vehicle at the same
time.
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used (page 5-30).
To remove the spare tire
1. Have everyone get out of the vehicle
and away from the vehicle and traffic.
2. Open the cargo sub-compartment.
Refer to Cargo Sub-Compartment on
page 6-193.
3. Remove the cover.
Cover
4. Attach the socket to the spare tire
carrier bolt, the jack lever to the socket,
and the lug wrench to the opposite end
of the jack lever.
Lug wrench
Jack lever
Socket
Bolt
7-5
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page450
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (450,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
5. Slowly turn the lug wrench
counterclockwise until the spare tire
reaches the ground and the cable
becomes loose.
NOTE
A flat tire which has been removed from the
vehicle for repair cannot be carried in the
spare tire carrier. Secure the flat tire with the
flat tire belt in the cargo sub-compartment
(page 7-11).
7. If the temporary spare tire is not
reinstalled in the spare tire carrier,
tighten the spare tire carrier bolt
completely to wind up the spare tire
carrier cable.
Spare tire
CAUTION
Do not loosen the cable too much as
this may cause damage to the spare
tire carrier.
6. Rotate the small lever on top of the
retaining plate and pull the retaining
plate out from the center hole of the
tire.
7-6
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
WARNING
Always tighten the spare tire carrier
bolt completely tight and make sure
the spare tire is locked in the highest
position:
A loose spare tire carrier bolt is
dangerous. The cable could be cut
causing the spare tire to fall off. This
could result in someone being
seriously injured or even killed. Use a
lug wrench to tighten the carrier bolt
and make sure to tighten it until a
click sound is heard.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page451
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (451,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
To secure the spare tire
1. Place the tire with the outer side facing
upward, rotate the small lever on top of
the retaining plate and slide the
retaining plate through the center hole
of the tire.
Rotate the small lever into place.
Lever
NOTE
Secure the spare tire as shown below.
Spare tire
2. Raise the spare tire slowly in reverse
order of removal.
WARNING
Place the specialized temporary spare
tire in the spare tire carrier correctly:
Placing the specialized temporary
spare tire in the spare tire carrier
wrong side up or using any tire other
than the small temporary spare tire
designed for use with this vehicle is
dangerous. It will result in poor
attachment and insufficient ground
clearance in the spare tire carrier and
the danger of the tire falling off. This
could result in someone being badly
injured or even killed.
Always tighten the spare tire carrier
bolt completely tight and make sure
the spare tire is locked in the highest
position:
A loose spare tire carrier bolt is
dangerous. The cable could be cut
causing the spare tire to fall off. This
could result in someone being
seriously injured or even killed. Use a
lug wrench to tighten the carrier bolt
and make sure to tighten it until a
click sound is heard.
CAUTION
If you hear rattling from the spare
tire carrier while the vehicle is
moving, the spare tire carrier cable
may be cut.
Have it repaired at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
7-7
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page452
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (452,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
Changing a Flat Tire
NOTE
If the following occurs while driving, it could
indicate a flat tire.
l Steering becomes difficult.
l The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively.
l The vehicle pulls in one direction.
If you have a flat tire, drive slowly to a
level spot that is well off the road and out
of the way of traffic to change the tire.
Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of a
busy road is dangerous.
WARNING
Be sure to follow the directions for
changing a tire, and never get under a
vehicle that is supported only by a jack:
Changing a tire is dangerous if not
done properly. The vehicle can slip off
the jack and seriously injure
someone.
NOTE
Make sure the jack is well lubricated before
using it.
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
l Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor
ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are
changed (page 5-32).
l
1. Park on a level surface off the right-ofway and firmly set the parking brake.
2. Shift into Park (P) and turn off the
engine.
3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle
and away from the vehicle and traffic.
5. Remove the jack, tool, and spare tire
(page 7-3).
6. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
the flat tire. When blocking a wheel,
place a tire block both in front and
behind the tire.
Never allow anyone inside a vehicle
supported by a jack:
Allowing someone to remain in a
vehicle supported by a jack is
dangerous. The occupant could cause
the vehicle to fall resulting in serious
injury.
CAUTION
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
The wheels equipped on your Mazda
are specially designed for installation
of the tire pressure sensors. Do not
use non-genuine wheels, otherwise it
may not be possible to install the tire
pressure sensors.
7-8
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
NOTE
When blocking a tire, use rocks or wood blocks
of sufficient size if possible to hold the tire in
place.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page453
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (453,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
qRemoving a Flat Tire
1. Loosen the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any lug nuts until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
WARNING
Use only the front and rear jacking
positions recommended in this manual:
Attempting to jack the vehicle in
positions other than those
recommended in this manual is
dangerous. The vehicle could slip off
the jack and seriously injure or even
kill someone.
Use only the jack provided with your
Mazda:
Using a jack that is not designed for
your Mazda is dangerous. The vehicle
could slip off the jack and seriously
injure someone.
2. Place the jack under the jacking
position closest to the tire being
changed.
Never place objects under the jack:
Jacking the vehicle with an object
under the jack is dangerous. The jack
could slip and someone could be
seriously injured by the jack or the
falling vehicle.
3. Insert the jack lever and attach the lug
wrench to tire jack.
Jacking position
Jacking position
7-9
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page454
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (454,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
4. Turn the lug wrench clockwise and
raise the vehicle high enough so that
the spare tire can be installed. Before
removing the lug nuts, make sure your
Mazda is firmly in position and that it
cannot slip or move.
qLocking Lug Nuts í
If your vehicle has optional antitheft
wheel lug nuts, one on each wheel will
lock the tires and you must use a special
key to unlock them. This key is attached
to the lug wrench and is stored with the
spare tire. Register them with the lock
manufacturer by filling out the card
provided in the glove box and mailing it
in the accompanying envelope. If you lose
this key, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer or use the lock manufacturer's
order form, which is with the registration
card.
Antitheft lug nut
Special key
5. Remove the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise; then remove the
wheel and center cap.
To remove an antitheft lug nut
1. Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut.
2. Place the key on top of the nut, and be
sure to hold the key square to it. If you
hold the key at an angle, you may
damage both key and nut. Don't use a
power impact wrench.
3. Place the lug wrench on top of the key
and apply pressure. Turn the wrench
counterclockwise.
7-10
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page455
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (455,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
To install the nut
1. Place the key on top of the nut, and be
sure to hold the key square to it. If you
hold the key at an angle, you may
damage both key and nut. Don't use a
power impact wrench.
3. Install the lug nuts with the beveled
edge inward; tighten them by hand.
2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,
apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.
qMounting the Spare Tire
1. Remove dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel and
hub, including the hub bolts, with a
cloth.
WARNING
Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts
and bolts and do not tighten the lug
nuts beyond the recommended
tightening torque:
Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and
bolts is dangerous. The lug nuts
could loosen while driving and cause
the tire to come off, resulting in an
accident. In addition, lug nuts and
bolts could be damaged if tightened
more than necessary.
WARNING
Make sure the mounting surfaces of
the wheel, hub and lug nuts are clean
before changing or replacing tires:
When changing or replacing a tire,
not removing dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel, hub
and hub bolts is dangerous. The lug
nuts could loosen while driving and
cause the tire to come off, resulting in
an accident.
4. Turn the lug wrench counterclockwise
and lower the vehicle. Use the lug
wrench to tighten the nuts in the order
shown.
2. Mount the spare tire.
7-11
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page456
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (456,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
If you are unsure of how tight the nuts
should be, have them inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Nut tightening torque
107.8―147.0
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)
(11.0―14.9, 79.6―108.4)
WARNING
Always securely and correctly tighten
the lug nuts:
Improperly or loosely tightened lug
nuts are dangerous. The wheel could
wobble or come off. This could result
in loss of vehicle control and cause a
serious accident.
Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you
removed or replace them with metric
nuts of the same configuration:
Because the wheel studs and lug nuts
on your Mazda have metric threads,
using a non-metric nut is dangerous.
On a metric stud, it would not secure
the wheel and would damage the
stud, which could cause the wheel to
slip off and cause an accident.
5. Open the cargo sub-compartment.
Refer to Cargo Sub-Compartment on
page 6-193.
6. Remove the cover.
7-12
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
7. Remove the belt for securing the flat
tire.
8. Return the third-row seatback to its
original position.
Refer to Fold the Third-Row Seat on
page 2-14.
9. Remove the tire blocks and store the
tools and jack.
10. Place the flat tire in the cargo subcompartment.
11. Thread the belt through the wheel as
shown in the figure, then attach the
belt clips to the attachment loop.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page457
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (457,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
13. Check the tire inflation pressure.
Refer to the specification charts on
page 10-6.
14. Have the flat tire repaired or replaced
as soon as possible.
WARNING
NOTE
Attach location *1 of the belt to the attachment
loop on the right.
Do not drive with any tires that have
incorrect air pressure:
Driving on tires with incorrect air
pressure is dangerous. Tires with
incorrect pressure could affect
handling and result in an accident.
When you check the regular tires' air
pressure, check the spare tire, too.
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used (page 5-30).
Buckle
1
NOTE
To prevent the jack and tool from rattling, store
them properly.
Belt clips
12. Pull the belt end to secure the flat tire.
7-13
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page458
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (458,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
Overheating
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating, the vehicle loses power, or
you hear a loud knocking or pinging
noise, the engine is probably too hot.
WARNING
Turn off the ignition switch and
make sure the fan is not running before
attempting to work near the cooling
fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it
is running is dangerous. The fan
could continue running indefinitely
even if the engine has stopped and
the engine compartment temperature
is high. You could be hit by the fan
and seriously injured.
Do not remove either cooling
system caps when the engine and
radiator are hot:
When the engine and radiator are
hot, scalding coolant and steam may
shoot out under pressure and cause
serious injury.
Open the hood ONLY after steam is no
longer escaping from the engine:
Steam from an overheated engine is
dangerous. The escaping steam could
seriously burn you.
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and
park off the right-of-way.
2. Shift into park (P).
7-14
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Turn off the air conditioner.
5. Check whether coolant or steam is
escaping from under the hood or from
the engine compartment.
If steam is coming from the engine
compartment:
Do not go near the front of the vehicle.
Stop the engine.
Wait until the steam dissipates, then
open the hood and start the engine.
If neither coolant nor steam is
escaping:
Open the hood and idle the engine until
it cools.
CAUTION
If the cooling fan does not operate
while the engine is running, the
engine temperature will increase.
Stop the engine and call an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,
then turn off the engine after the
temperature has decreased.
7. When cool, check the coolant reservoir
level.
If it's low, look for coolant leaks from
the radiator and hoses.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page459
Thursday, May 6 2010 4:59 PM
Black plate (459,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
If you find a leak or other damage, or if
coolant is still leaking:
Stop the engine and call an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If you find no problems, the engine is
cool, and no leaks are obvious:
Carefully add coolant as required (page
8-21).
CAUTION
If the engine continues to overheat or
frequently overheats, have the
cooling system inspected. The engine
could be seriously damaged unless
repairs are made. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
7-15
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page460
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (460,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Jump-Starting
Jump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If you
feel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent service
technician do the work.
WARNING
Follow These Precautions Carefully:
To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautions
carefully before using the battery or inspecting it.
Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID
which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.
Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery
fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in
eyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for 15
minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.
Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.
Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object that
could cause sparks:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. When working near a
battery, do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( )
terminal of the battery.
7-16
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page461
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (461,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.
Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level:
Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It may
rupture or explode, causing serious injury.
Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:
Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of the
discharged battery is dangerous.
A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.
Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:
Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.
The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.
CAUTION
Use only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, and
other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries in
series or a 24 V motor generator set).
Connect cables in
numerical order and
disconnect in reverse
order
Discharged
battery
Jumper cables
Booster battery
7-17
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page462
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (462,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
1. Make sure the booster battery is 12 V
and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
2. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, don't allow both vehicles to
touch. Turn off the engine of the
vehicle with the booster battery and all
unnecessary electrical loads in both
vehicles.
3. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
sequence as in the illustration.
l
l
l
l
Connect one end of a cable to the
positive terminal on the discharged
battery (1).
Attach the other end to the positive
terminal on the booster battery (2).
Connect one end of the other cable
to the negative terminal of the
booster battery (3).
Connect the other end to the ground
point indicated in the illustration
away from the discharged battery
(4).
4. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and run it a few minutes. Then start the
engine of the other vehicle.
5. When finished, carefully disconnect the
cables in the reverse order described in
the illustration.
7-18
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Push-Starting
Do not push-start your Mazda.
NOTE
You can't start a vehicle with an automatic
transaxle by pushing it.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page463
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (463,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
Towing Description
We recommend that towing be done only
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.
CAUTION
Do not tow the vehicle pointed
backward with driving wheels on the
ground. This may cause internal
damage to the transaxle.
Proper lifting and towing are necessary to
prevent damage to the vehicle.
Particularly when towing a AWD vehicle,
where all the wheels are connected to the
drive train, proper transporting of the
vehicle is absolutely essential to avoid
damaging the drive system. Government
and local laws must be followed.
Wheel dollies
CAUTION
Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. This could damage your
vehicle. Use wheel-lift or flatbed
equipment.
A towed 2WD vehicle should have its
drive wheels (front wheels) off the
ground. If excessive damage or other
conditions prevent this, use wheel dollies.
When towing a 2WD vehicle with the rear
wheels on the ground, release the parking
brake.
A towed AWD vehicle must have all its
wheels off the ground.
7-19
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page464
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (464,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
WARNING
Always tow a AWD vehicle with all four
wheels off the ground:
Towing a AWD vehicle with either the
front or rear wheels on the ground is
dangerous as the drive train could be
damaged, or the vehicle could trail
away from the tow truck and cause
an accident. If the drive train has
been damaged, transport the vehicle
on a flat bed truck.
Tiedown Hooks
CAUTION
Do not use the front and rear
tiedown eyelets for towing the
vehicle.
They have been designed only for
securing the vehicle to a transport
vessel during shipping.
Using the eyelets for any other
purpose could result in the vehicle
being damaged.
qTiedown Hooks
1. Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lug
wrench from the trunk (page 7-3).
2. Wrap a flathead screwdriver or similar
tool with a soft cloth to prevent
damage to a painted bumper, and open
the cap located on the front or rear
bumper.
Remove the front bumper cap by
pulling it from the position shown in
the figure.
Front
7-20
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page465
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (465,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
Rear
Rear
Lug wrench
CAUTION
Ø Do not use excessive force as it
may damage the cap or scratch
the painted bumper surface.
Ø The rear bumper cover cannot be
removed completely. Attempting
to forcefully remove the rear
bumper cover could result in it
being damaged.
4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedown
eyelet.
Front
NOTE
Remove the front bumper cover completely and
store it so as not to lose it.
3. Securely install the tiedown eyelet
using the lug wrench.
Rear
Front
Lug wrench
7-21
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page466
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (466,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
CAUTION
If the tiedown eyelet is not securely
tightened, it may loosen or disengage
from the bumper when tying down
the vehicle. Make sure that the
tiedown eyelet is securely tightened
to the bumper.
7-22
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Recreational Towing
An example of “recreational towing” is
towing your vehicle behind a motorhome.
The transaxle is not designed for towing
this vehicle on all 4 wheels.
When doing recreational towing refer to
“Towing Description” (page 7-19) and
“Tiedown Hooks” (page 7-20) and
carefully follow the instructions.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page467
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
8
Black plate (467,1)
Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Introduction .................................................................................. 8-2
Introduction ............................................................................... 8-2
Scheduled Maintenance ................................................................ 8-3
Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico) ....... 8-3
Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico) ............................................. 8-9
Owner Maintenance ...................................................................
Owner Maintenance Schedule ................................................
Owner Maintenance Precautions .............................................
Engine Compartment Overview ..............................................
Engine Oil ...............................................................................
Engine Coolant .......................................................................
Brake Fluid .............................................................................
Power Steering Fluid ...............................................................
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) ...........................................
Washer Fluid ...........................................................................
Body Lubrication ....................................................................
Wiper Blades ...........................................................................
Battery .....................................................................................
Tires ........................................................................................
Light Bulbs .............................................................................
Fuses .......................................................................................
8-16
8-16
8-17
8-18
8-19
8-21
8-23
8-24
8-24
8-26
8-27
8-27
8-31
8-33
8-38
8-47
Appearance Care ........................................................................
How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage ....................
Exterior Care ...........................................................................
Interior Care ............................................................................
8-54
8-54
8-56
8-60
8-1
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page468
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (468,1)
Maintenance and Care
Introduction
Introduction
Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle
when using this manual for inspection and maintenance.
If you are unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliable
and qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.
Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your
Mazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. This
could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.
For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed as
prescribed.
Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defective
materials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.
Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment may
perform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.
8-2
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page469
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (469,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico)
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
apply.
l Repeated short-distance driving
l Driving in dusty conditions
l Driving with extended use of brakes
l Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used
l Driving on rough or muddy roads
l Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
l Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
l Driving in extremely hot conditions
l Driving in mountainous conditions continually
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).
NOTE
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended
intervals.
8-3
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page470
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (470,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 1
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
×1000 km
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
×1000 miles
7.5
15
22.5
30
37.5
45
52.5
60
Maintenance Interval
ENGINE
Drive belts
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
R
R
FL22 type*1
Engine coolant
Others
Inspect every 168,000 km (105,000 miles)
Replace every 240,000 km (150,000 miles)
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,
every 2 years
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter
C
Fuel lines and hoses*2
R
C
I
I
Hoses and tubes for emission*2
I
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
CHASSIS and BODY
Replace every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)
Brake lines, hoses and connections
I
Disc brakes
I
Tire (Rotation)
I
I
I
I
Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)
Steering operation and linkages
I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
Rear differential oil (AWD)
I
I
I
*3*4
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
T
T
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
8-4
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
L
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page471
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (471,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
×1000 km
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
×1000 miles
7.5
15
22.5
30
37.5
45
52.5
60
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter
Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
C: Clean
T: Tighten
L: Lubricate
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil at
every 45,000 km (28,100 miles).
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
c) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km (10 miles)
*4 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
8-5
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page472
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (472,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 2
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
4
8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44
×1000 km
8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88
×1000 miles
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
48
96
60
Inspect every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)
Replace every 240,000 km (150,000 miles)
Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months
R R R R R R R R R R
R R R R R R R R R R
R
R
ENGINE
Drive belts
Engine oil
Puerto Rico
Others
R
R
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
FL22 type*1
Engine coolant
Others
Engine coolant level
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,
every 2 years
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Puerto Rico
C
Others
R
C
C
R
R
Fuel lines and hoses*2
C
I
I
Hoses and tubes for emission*2
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
I
USA
Others*3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights
8-6
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)
Replace every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page473
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (473,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
4
8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44
×1000 km
8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88
×1000 miles
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
48
96
60
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Disc brakes
I
Tire (Rotation)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Steering operation and linkages
Power steering fluid level
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
Rear differential oil (AWD)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
*4*5
Driveshaft dust boots
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
Washer fluid level
I
I
L
I
T
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
L
I
8-7
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page474
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (474,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
4
8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44
×1000 km
8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88
×1000 miles
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter
48
96
60
Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
C: Clean
T: Tighten
L: Lubricate
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the spark plugs at every
96,000 km (60,000 miles) or shorter.
a) Repeated short-distance driving
b) Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
c) Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
*4 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil at
every 45,000 km (28,100 miles).
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
c) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km (10 miles)
*5 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
8-8
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page475
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (475,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico)
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
apply.
l Repeated short-distance driving
l Driving in dusty conditions
l Driving with extended use of brakes
l Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used
l Driving on rough or muddy roads
l Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
l Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
l Driving in extremely hot conditions
l Driving in mountainous conditions continually
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2.
NOTE
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended
intervals.
8-9
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page476
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (476,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 1
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
×1000 km
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Maintenance Interval
ENGINE
Drive belts
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
R
R
R
R
Inspect every 40,000 km or 2 years
Replace every 240,000 km
R R R R R R R R
R R R R R R R R
Cooling system
I
I
R
R
I
Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
60,000 km or 3 years
*1
Engine coolant
R
R
FL22 type
Others
R
R
R
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter
R
R
R
R
R
R
Fuel lines and hoses
I*2
I*2
I
Hoses and tubes for emission
I*2
I*2
I
Fuel filter
R
R
R
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
CHASSIS and BODY
Replace every 60,000 km
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake fluid
Disc brakes
Tire (Rotation)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
Steering operation and linkages
Power steering fluid level
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
Rear differential oil (AWD)
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
Rotate every 10,000 km
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
*3*4
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
T
T
T
T
T
T
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
Washer fluid level
8-10
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
I
L
I
L
I
I
L
I
L
I
I
L
I
L
I
I
L
I
L
I
I
L
I
L
I
I
L
I
L
I
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page477
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (477,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
×1000 km
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter
R
R
R
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
T: Tighten
L: Lubricate
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil at
every 40,000 km.
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
c) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km
*4 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
8-11
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page478
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (478,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 2
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
3
6
9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33
×1000 km
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
Maintenance Interval
36
60
ENGINE
Drive belts
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
R
R
R
R
Inspect every 40,000 km or 2 years
Replace every 240,000 km
R R R R R R R R
R R R R R R R R
Cooling system
R
R
I
Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
60,000 km or 3 years
*1
Engine coolant
R
R
FL22 type
Others
Engine coolant level
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter
I
I
I
C
I
I
R
I
I
C
R
I
R
Fuel lines and hoses
I*2
Hoses and tubes for emission
I*2
Fuel filter
R
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights
CHASSIS and BODY
I
I
C
I
R
Replace every 60,000 km
I
I
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake fluid
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
Disc brakes
Tire (Rotation)
I
I
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
I
I
I
I
I
I
Steering operation and linkages
I
I
I
I
I
I
Power steering fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
Rear differential oil (AWD)
I
I
Rotate every 10,000 km
I
I
I
*3*4
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
T
T
T
Exhaust system and heat shields
I
I
I
All locks and hinges
L
L
L
L
L
L
Washer fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
8-12
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page479
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (479,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
3
6
9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33
×1000 km
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
36
60
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter
R
R
R
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
C: Clean
T: Tighten
L: Lubricate
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil at
every 40,000 km.
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
c) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km
*4 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
8-13
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page480
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (480,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
(Cont.)
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72
×1000 km
65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
Maintenance Interval
ENGINE
Drive belts
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
R
R
R
R
Inspect every 40,000 km or 2 years
Replace every 240,000 km
R R R R R R R R
R R R R R R R R
Cooling system
I
FL22 type
Others
Engine coolant level
FUEL SYSTEM
R
R
I
Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
60,000 km or 3 years
*1
Engine coolant
R
R
R
I
Air filter
I
I
C
I
R
I
R
I
I
C
I
I
R
I
I
C
I
R
Fuel lines and hoses
I*2
Hoses and tubes for emission
I*2
I
Fuel filter
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights
CHASSIS and BODY
R
R
Replace every 60,000 km
I
I
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake fluid
Disc brakes
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
R
I
I
Tire (Rotation)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
I
Rotate every 10,000 km
I
I
I
I
I
Steering operation and linkages
I
I
I
I
I
I
Power steering fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
Rear differential oil (AWD)
I
I
I
*3*4
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
T
T
T
Exhaust system and heat shields
I
I
I
All locks and hinges
L
L
L
L
L
L
Washer fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
I
8-14
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page481
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (481,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months
39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72
×1000 km
65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter
R
R
R
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
C: Clean
T: Tighten
L: Lubricate
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil at
every 40,000 km.
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
c) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km
*4 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
8-15
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page482
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (482,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Schedule
The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the
indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.
Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service
technician as soon as possible.
qWhen Refueling
l
l
l
l
Brake fluid level (page 8-23)
Engine coolant level (page 8-21)
Engine oil level (page 8-20)
Washer fluid level (page 8-26)
qAt Least Monthly
Tire inflation pressures (page 8-33)
qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)
Automatic transaxle fluid level (page 8-24)
Power steering fluid level (page 8-24)
You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical
ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.
l Engine coolant (page 8-21)
l Engine oil (page 8-19)
l
l
8-16
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page483
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (483,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions only
for items that are easy to perform.
As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by a
qualified service technician with special tools.
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.
For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. If
you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Please
dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.
We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Do not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or
the proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by a
qualified technician:
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. You
can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.
If you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you
remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all
neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling
fan which may turn on unexpectedly:
Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even
more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.
Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.
Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attempting
to work near the cooling fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan could
continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine
compartment temperature is high. You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.
Do not leave items in the engine compartment:
After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment, do
not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment.
Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a
fire leading to an unexpected accident.
8-17
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page484
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (484,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Engine Compartment Overview
Automatic transaxle fluid-level dipstick
Brake fluid reservoir
Engine coolant reservoir
Power steering
fluid reservoir
Battery
Relay box
Windscreen washer
fluid reservoir
Engine oil dipstick
Engine oil-filler cap
8-18
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Fuse block
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page485
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (485,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Engine Oil
NOTE
Changing the engine oil should be done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Mazda recommends Mazda Genuine Parts and
Castrol (U.S.A and Mexico). For optimal
engine performance, there are certain types of
engine oils and filters suitable for your vehicle.
Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qRecommended Oil
Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil.
Oil container labels provide important
information.
A chief contribution this type of oil makes
to fuel economy is reducing the amount of
fuel necessary to overcome engine
friction.
Only use oils “Certified For Gasoline
Engines” by the American Petroleum
Institute (API). An oil with this trademark
symbol conforms to the current engine
and emission system protection standards
and fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricant Standardization
and Approval Committee (ILSAC),
comprised of U.S. and Japanese
automobile manufacturers.
–30 –20 –10
–20
0
20
10
0
40
20
60
30
40
50
80 100 120
5W-20
U.S.A. and CANADA
Except U.S.A. and CANADA
(ILSAC)
(ILSAC)
8-19
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page486
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (486,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
The quality designation SM, or ILSAC
must be on the label.
CAUTION
Do not add engine oil over MAX. This
may cause engine damage.
–30 –20 –10
–20
0
20
10
0
40
20
60
30
40
50
80 100 120
5W-20
qInspecting Engine Oil Level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on a level
surface.
2. Warm up the engine to normal
operating temperature.
3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes
for the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, and
reinsert it fully.
Max
Min
5. Pull it out again and examine the level.
The level is normal if it is between
MIN and MAX. If it is below MIN,
add oil to raise the level within the
hatching zone.
8-20
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick is
positioned properly before reinserting
the dipstick.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page487
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (487,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Engine Coolant
qInspecting Coolant Level
WARNING
Do not use a match or live flame in the
engine compartment. DO NOT ADD
COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT:
A hot engine is dangerous. If the
engine has been running, parts of the
engine compartment can become
very hot. You could be burned.
Carefully inspect the engine coolant
in the coolant reservoir, but do not
open it.
Turn off the ignition switch and
make sure the fan is not running before
attempting to work near the cooling
fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it
is running is dangerous. The fan
could continue running indefinitely
even if the engine has stopped and
the engine compartment temperature
is high. You could be hit by the fan
and seriously injured.
Do not remove either cooling
system cap when the engine and
radiator are hot:
When the engine and radiator are
hot, scalding coolant and steam may
shoot out under pressure and cause
serious injury.
Inspect the antifreeze protection and
coolant level in the coolant reservoir at
least once a year―at the beginning of the
winter season―and before traveling
where temperatures may drop below
freezing.
Inspect the condition and connections of
all cooling system and heater hoses.
Replace any that are swollen or
deteriorated.
The coolant should be at full in the
radiator and between the F and L marks
on the coolant reservoir when the engine
is cool.
If it's at or near L, add enough coolant to
the coolant reservoir to provide freezing
and corrosion protection and to bring the
level to F.
NOTE
Changing the coolant should be done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
8-21
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page488
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (488,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CAUTION
Ø Radiator coolant will damage
paint.
Rinse it off quickly if spilled.
Ø Use only soft (demineralized)
water in the coolant mixture.
Water that contains minerals will
cut down on the coolant's
effectiveness.
Ø Don't add only water. Always add
a proper coolant mixture.
Ø The engine has aluminum parts
and must be protected by an
ethylene-glycol-based coolant to
prevent corrosion and freezing.
Ø DO NOT USE coolants Containing
Alcohol, methanol, Borate or
Silicate.
These coolants could damage the
cooling system.
Ø DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol
with the coolant. This could
damage the cooling system.
Ø Don't use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze.
This would reduce effectiveness.
8-22
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
NOTE
If the “FL22” mark is shown on or near the
cooling system cap, it is recommended to use
Mazda Genuine FL22 engine coolant (page
8-3).
If the coolant reservoir is empty or new
coolant is required frequently, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page489
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (489,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Brake Fluid
qInspecting Brake Fluid Level
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir
regularly. It should be kept at MAX.
The level normally drops with
accumulated distance, a condition
associated with wear of brake linings. If it
is excessively low, have the brake system
inspected by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
qAdding Brake Fluid
WARNING
Be careful not to spill brake fluid on
yourself or on the engine:
Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If it
gets in your eyes, they could be
seriously injured. If this happens,
immediately flush your eyes with
water and get medical attention.
Brake fluid spilled on a hot engine
could cause a fire.
If the brake fluid level is low, have the
brakes inspected:
Low brake fluid levels are dangerous.
Low levels could signal brake lining
wear or a brake system leak. Your
brakes could fail and cause an
accident.
If the fluid level is low, add fluid until it
reaches MAX.
Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean the
area around the cap.
CAUTION
Ø Brake fluid will damage painted
surfaces. If brake fluid does get on
a painted surface, wash it off with
water immediately.
Ø Using nonspecified brake fluids
(page 10-4) will damage the
system. Mixing different fluids will
also damage it.
If the brake system frequently
requires new fluid, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
8-23
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page490
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (490,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Power Steering Fluid
qInspecting Power Steering Fluid
Level
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the power
steering pump, don't operate the
vehicle for long periods when the
power steering fluid level is low.
NOTE
Use specified power steering fluid (page 10-4).
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir at
each engine oil change with the engine off
and cold. Add fluid if necessary; it does
not require periodic changing.
Automatic Transaxle Fluid
(ATF)
qInspecting Automatic Transaxle
Fluid Level
The automatic transaxle fluid level should
be inspected regularly. Measure it as
described below.
The volume of fluid changes with
temperature. Fluid must be checked while
idling the engine without driving at
normal operating temperature.
CAUTION
Ø Low fluid level causes transaxle
slippage. Overfilling can cause
foaming, loss of fluid, and
transaxle malfunction.
Ø It is recommended to use Mazda
Genuine automatic transaxle fluid
(page 10-4).
1. Park on a level surface and set the
parking brake firmly.
2. Start the engine and depress the brake
pedal.
The level must be kept between MAX and
MIN.
Visually examine the lines and hoses for
leaks and damage.
If new fluid is required frequently, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
3. Move the shift lever through all ranges,
then set it at P.
WARNING
Make sure the brake pedal is applied
before shifting the shift lever:
Shifting the shift lever without first
depressing the brake pedal is
dangerous. The vehicle could move
suddenly and cause an accident.
4. With the engine still idling, pull out the
dipstick, wipe it clean, and put it back.
8-24
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page491
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (491,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
5. Pull it out again.
The proper fluid level is marked on the
dipstick as follows.
Fully insert the dipstick. When adding
fluid, inspect with the dipstick to make
sure it does not pass full.
NOTE
Full
A
Low
Inspect the fluid on both sides of the dipstick in
a well lit area for an accurate reading.
Full
B
Low
Fluid hot scale A
When the vehicle has been driven and the
fluid is at normal operating temperature,
about 65 °C (150 °F), the level must be
between Full and Low.
Fluid cold scale B
When the engine has not been running
and the outside temperature is about 20 °C
(70 °F), the fluid level should be close to,
but not above, the bottom notch on the
dipstick.
CAUTION
Ø Use the cold scale only as a
reference.
Ø If outside temperature is lower
than about 20 °C (70 °F), start the
engine and inspect the fluid level
after the engine reaches operating
temperature.
Ø If the vehicle has been driven for
an extended period at high speeds
or in city traffic in hot weather,
inspect the level only after
stopping the engine and allowing
the fluid to cool for 30 minutes.
8-25
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page492
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (492,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Washer Fluid
Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir; add fluid if necessary.
qInspecting Washer Fluid Level
WARNING
Use only windshield washer fluid or
plain water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the
windshield, it will dirty the
windshield, affect your visibility, and
could result in an accident.
Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-freeze
Protection in Cold Weather:
Operating your vehicle in
temperatures below 4 degrees C (40
degrees F) using washer fluid without
anti-freeze protection is dangerous
as it could cause impaired windshield
vision and result in an accident. In
cold weather, always use washer
fluid with anti-freeze protection.
NOTE
State or local regulations may restrict the use
of volatile organic compounds (VOCs), which
are commonly used as anti-freeze agents in
washer fluid. A washer fluid with limited VOC
content should be used only if it provides
adequate freeze resistance for all regions and
climates in which the vehicle will be operated.
8-26
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Use plain water if washer fluid is
unavailable.
But use only washer fluid in cold weather
to prevent it from freezing.
NOTE
Front and rear washer fluid is supplied from
the same reservoir.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page493
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (493,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Body Lubrication
All moving points of the body, such as
door and hood hinges and locks, should
be lubricated each time the engine oil is
changed. Use a nonfreezing lubricant on
locks during cold weather.
Make sure the hood's secondary latch
keeps the hood from opening when the
primary latch is released.
Wiper Blades
CAUTION
Ø Hot waxes applied by automatic
car washers have been known to
affect the wiper's ability to clean
windows.
Ø To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, don't use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
Ø When the wiper lever is in the
AUTO position and the ignition
switch is in the ON position, the
wipers may move automatically in
the following cases:
Ø If the windshield above the rain
sensor is touched.
Ø If the windshield above the rain
sensor is wiped with a cloth.
Ø If the windshield is struck with
a hand or other object.
Ø If the rain sensor is struck with
a hand or other object from
inside the vehicle.
Be careful not to pinch hands or
fingers as it may cause injury, or
damage the wipers. When
washing or servicing your Mazda,
make sure the wiper lever is in the
OFF position.
Contamination of either the windshield or
the blades with foreign matter can reduce
wiper effectiveness. Common sources are
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes.
If the blades are not wiping properly,
clean the window and blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent; then rinse
thoroughly with clean water. Repeat if
necessary.
8-27
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page494
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (494,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qReplacing Windshield Wiper Blades
When the wipers no longer clean well, the
blades are probably worn or cracked.
Replace them.
4. Tilt the blade assembly and remove it
from the arm.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
and other components, don't try to
sweep the wiper arm by hand.
NOTE
To prevent damage to the wiper arm blades
when raising both the driver and passenger
side wiper arms, raise the driver side wiper
arm first. Conversely, when setting down the
wiper arms, set the passenger side wiper arm
down first.
1. Raise the wiper arm.
2. Open the clip and slide the blade
assembly in the direction of the arrow.
3. Wrap a flathead screwdriver or similar
tool with a soft cloth to prevent
damage to the clip.
NOTE
Using a soft cloth-wrapped flathead
screwdriver.
8-28
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the windshield
let the wiper arm down easily, don't
let it slap down on the windshield.
5. Pull down the blade rubber and slide it
out of blade holder.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page495
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (495,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6. Remove the metal stiffeners from each
blade rubber and install them in the
new blade.
CAUTION
Ø Don't bend or discard the
stiffeners. You need to use them
again.
Ø If the metal stiffeners are
switched, the blade's wiping
efficiency could be reduced.
So don't use the driver's side metal
stiffeners on the passenger's side,
or vice versa.
Ø Be sure to reinstall the metal
stiffeners in the new blade rubber
so that the curve is the same as it
was in the old blade rubber.
7. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
qReplacing Rear Window Wiper
Blade
When the wiper no longer cleans well, the
blade is probably worn or cracked.
Replace it.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arm
and other components, don't try to
sweep the wiper arm by hand.
1. Remove the cover and raise the wiper
arm.
8-29
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page496
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (496,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
2. Firmly rotate the wiper blade to the
right until it unlocks, then remove the
blade.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the rear
window let the wiper arm down
easily, don't let it slap down on the
rear window.
3. Pull down the blade rubber and slide it
out of the blade holder.
8-30
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
4. Remove the metal stiffeners from each
blade rubber and install them in the
new blade.
CAUTION
Don't bend or discard the stiffeners.
You need to use them again.
5. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page497
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (497,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Battery
WARNING
Wash hands after handling the battery and related accessories:
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting
to ensure safe and correct handling:
Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID
which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.
Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery
fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in
eyes, or on the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with
water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.
Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.
Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal
tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery when
working near a battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle
body:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames including
cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells.
8-31
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page498
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (498,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.
qBattery Maintenance
To get the best service from a battery:
l Keep it securely mounted.
l Keep the top clean and dry.
l Keep terminals and connections clean,
tight, and coated with petroleum jelly
or terminal grease.
l Rinse off spilled electrolyte
immediately with a solution of water
and baking soda.
l If the vehicle will not be used for an
extended time, disconnect the battery
cables.
8-32
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page499
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (499,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Tires
For reasons of proper performance, safety,
and better fuel economy, always maintain
recommended tire inflation pressures and
stay within the recommended load limits
and weight distribution.
WARNING
Using Different Tire Types:
Driving your vehicle with different
types of tires is dangerous. It could
cause poor handling and poor
braking; leading to loss of control.
Except for the limited use of the
temporary spare tire, use only the
same type tires (radial, bias-belted,
bias-type) on all four wheels.
Using Wrong-Sized Tires:
Using any other tire size than what is
specified for your Mazda (page 10-6)
is dangerous. It could seriously affect
ride, handling, ground clearance, tire
clearance, and speedometer
calibration. This could cause you to
have an accident. Use only tires that
are the correct size specified for your
Mazda.
qTire Inflation Pressure
WARNING
Always inflate the tires to the correct
pressure:
Overinflation or underinflation of
tires is dangerous. Adverse handling
or unexpected tire failure could result
in a serious accident.
Refer to specification charts on page
10-6.
Use only a Mazda-genuine tire valve
cap:
Use of a non-genuine part is
dangerous as the correct tire air
pressure cannot be maintained if the
tire valve becomes damaged. If the
vehicle is driven under this condition,
the tire air pressure will decrease
which could result in a serious
accident. Do not use any part for the
tire valve cap that is not a Mazdagenuine part.
8-33
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page500
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (500,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System í
does not alleviate the need to check the
tire condition every day, including
whether the tires all look inflated properly.
Inspect all tire pressure monthly
(including the spare) when the tires are
cold. Maintain recommended pressures
for the best ride, handling, and minimum
tire wear.
When checking the tire pressures, use of a
digital tire pressure gauge is
recommended.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
Always check tire pressure when tires are
cold.
Warm tires normally exceed recommended
pressures. Don't release air from warm tires
to adjust the pressure.
Underinflation can cause reduced fuel
economy, uneven and accelerated tire wear,
and poor sealing of the tire bead, which
will deform the wheel and cause separation
of tire from rim.
Overinflation can produce a harsh ride,
uneven and accelerated tire wear, and a
greater possibility of damage from road
hazards.
Keep your tire pressure at the correct
levels. If one frequently needs inflating,
have it inspected.
qTire Rotation
WARNING
Refer to the specification charts (page
10-6).
8-34
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Rotate tires periodically:
Irregular tire wear is dangerous. To
equalize tread wear for maintaining
good performance in handling and
braking, rotate the tires according to
the scheduled maintenance charts.
Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on
page 8-3.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page501
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (501,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
During rotation, inspect them for correct
balance.
Forward
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)
spare tire in rotation.
Also, inspect them for uneven wear and
damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused
by one or a combination of the following:
l
l
l
l
Incorrect tire pressure
Improper wheel alignment
Out-of-balance wheel
Severe braking
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to
specification (page 10-6) and inspect the
lug nuts for tightness.
CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial
tires that have an asymmetrical tread
pattern or studs only from front to
rear, not from side to side. Tire
performance will be reduced if
rotated from side to side.
CAUTION
Limited-Slip Differential system;
don't use the following:
Ø Tires not of the designated size
Ø Tires of different sizes or types at
the same time
Ø Tires not sufficiently inflated
If these instructions aren't followed,
the rotation of the left and right
wheels will be different and will thus
apply a constant load on the limitedslip differential.
This will cause a malfunction.
qReplacing a Tire
WARNING
Always use tires that are in good
condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous.
Reduced braking, steering, and
traction could result in an accident.
Replace all four tires at the same time:
Replacing just one tire is dangerous.
It could cause poor handling and
poor braking resulting in loss of
vehicle control. Mazda strongly
recommends that you replace all four
tires at the same time.
CAUTION
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
8-35
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page502
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (502,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qTemporary Spare Tire
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
l When tires with steel wire reinforcement in
the sidewalls are used, the system may not
function correctly even with a genuine
wheel.
Refer to System Error Activation on page
5-32.
l Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors
whenever tires or wheels are replaced.
Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-32.
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator
will appear as a solid band across the
tread.
Replace the tire when this happens.
Tread wear indicator
Inspect the temporary spare tire at least
monthly to make sure it's properly inflated
and stored.
NOTE
The temporary spare tire condition gradually
deteriorates even if it has not been used.
The temporary spare tire is easier to
handle because of its construction which
is lighter and smaller than a conventional
tire. This tire should be used only for an
emergency and only for a short distance.
Use the temporary spare tire only until the
conventional tire is repaired, which should
be as soon as possible.
(Except Mexico)
Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa (4.2
kgf/cm2 or bar, 60 psi).
(Mexico)
Maintain its pressure at 250 kPa (2.5
kgf/cm2 or bar, 36 psi).
New tread
Worn tread
You should replace it before the band is
across the entire tread.
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are
not being used on the road. It is recommended
that tires generally be replaced when they are
6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process. You should
replace the spare tire when you replace the
other road tires due to the aging of the spare
tire. Regarding the manufacturing week and
year is indicated with 4 digit.
Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-24.
8-36
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CAUTION
Ø Do not use your temporary spare
tire rim with a snow tire or a
conventional tire. Neither will
properly fit and could damage
both tire and rim.
Ø The temporary spare tire has a
tread life of less than 5,000 km.
The tread life may be shorter
depending on driving conditions.
Ø The temporary spare tire is for
limited use, however, if the tread
wear solid-band indicator
appears, replace the tire with the
same type of temporary spare
(page 8-35).
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page503
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (503,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are
not being used on the road. It is recommended
that tires generally be replaced when they are
6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process. You should
replace the spare tire when you replace the
other road tires due to the aging of the spare
tire. Regarding the manufacturing week and
year is indicated with 4 digit.
Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-24.
qReplacing a Wheel
WARNING
Always use wheels of the correct size
on your vehicle:
Using a wrong-sized wheel is
dangerous. Braking and handling
could be affected, leading to loss of
control and an accident.
CAUTION
Ø A wrong-sized wheel may
adversely affect:
Ø Tire fit
Ø Wheel and bearing life
Ø Ground clearance
Ø Snow-chain clearance
Ø Speedometer calibration
Ø Headlight aim
Ø Bumper height
Ø Tire Pressure Monitoring
System
Ø (With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
Ø When replacing/repairing the
tires or wheels or both, have the
work done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer, or the tire
pressure sensors may be
damaged.
Ø The wheels equipped on your
Mazda are specially designed
for installation of the tire
pressure sensors. Do not use
non-genuine wheels, otherwise
it may not be possible to install
the tire pressure sensors.
NOTE
Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors
whenever tires or wheels are replaced. Refer to
Tires and Wheels on page 5-32.
When replacing a wheel, make sure the
new one is the same as the original factory
wheel in diameter, rim width, and offset.
Proper tire balancing provides the best
riding comfort and helps reduce tread
wear. Out-of-balance tires can cause
vibration and uneven wear, such as
cupping and flat spots.
8-37
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page504
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (504,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Light Bulbs
Overhead light (Center)
Overhead light/Map lights (Front)
Overhead light (Rear)
Side turn signal lights
Vanity mirror lights
Courtesy lights
Parking lights
Headlights (High beam)
Fog lights
Front side marker lights
Front turn signal lights
Headlights (Low beam)
High-mount brake light
Luggage
compartment light
License plate lights
Reverse lights
Rear side marker lights
Brake lights/Taillights
Rear turn signal lights
Some models.
8-38
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page505
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (505,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
WARNING
3. Turn the cover counterclockwise and
remove it.
Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself:
Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself is dangerous. Because the
xenon fusion bulbs require high
voltage, you could receive an electric
shock if the bulbs are handled
incorrectly. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer when the replacement
is necessary.
Never touch the glass portion of a
halogen bulb with your bare hands and
always wear eye protection when
handling or working around the bulbs:
When a halogen bulb breaks, it is
dangerous. These bulbs contain
pressurized gas. If one is broken, it
will explode and serious injuries
could be caused by the flying glass.
If the glass portion is touched with
bare hands, body oil could cause the
bulb to overheat and explode when
lit.
4. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the bulb by pulling the tab on the
connector with your finger and pulling
the connector downward.
Always keep halogen bulbs out of the
reach of children:
Playing with a halogen bulb is
dangerous. Serious injuries could be
caused by dropping a halogen bulb
or breaking it some other way.
qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs
Headlight bulb
High-beam bulb
1. Make sure the ignition switch is turned
off and the headlight switch is off.
2. Lift the hood.
8-39
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page506
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (506,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
5. Turn the socket and bulb assembly to
remove it. Carefully remove the bulb
from its socket in the reflector by
gently pulling it straight backward out
of the socket.
3. Remove the attachment bolts and the
coolant reservoir before replacing the
light bulb.
4. Turn the cover counterclockwise and
remove it.
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
NOTE
l
l
l
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer
If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,
it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
Use the protective cover and carton of the
replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb
promptly out of the reach of children.
Low-beam bulb
(Xenon fusion bulb)
You cannot replace the low beam bulbs by
yourself. The bulbs must be replaced at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
(Halogen bulbs)
1. Make sure the headlight switch is off.
2. Lift the hood.
8-40
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page507
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (507,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
5. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the bulb by pulling the tab on the
connector with your finger and pulling
the connector downward.
NOTE
l
l
l
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer
If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,
it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
Use the protective cover and carton of the
replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb
promptly out of the reach of children.
Parking lights
1. Make sure the ignition switch is turned
off and the headlight switch is off.
2. Lift the hood.
6. Turn the socket and bulb assembly to
remove it. Carefully remove the bulb
from its socket in the reflector by
gently pulling it straight backward out
of the socket.
3. Turn the cover counterclockwise and
remove it.
4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
7. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
8. Install the coolant reservoir. If you are
unsure of how tight the bolts should be,
have them inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Bolt tightening torque
6.9―11.8
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)
(0.7―1.2, 5.1―8.7)
8-41
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page508
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (508,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
5. Remove the bulb by pushing it in
slightly and turning it
counterclockwise.
5. Remove the bulb by pushing it in
slightly and turning it
counterclockwise.
Front side marker lights
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
Front turn signal lights
Front side marker lights, Front turn
signal lights
1. Make sure the headlight switch is off.
2. Lift the hood.
3. Remove the attachment bolts and the
coolant reservoir before replacing the
light bulb.
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
7. Install the coolant reservoir. If you are
unsure of how tight the bolts should be,
have them inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
Bolt tightening torque
6.9―11.8
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)
(0.7―1.2, 5.1―8.7)
Fog lights í
1. Make sure the headlight switch is off.
8-42
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page509
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:0 PM
Black plate (509,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
2. Turn the screws counterclockwise and
remove them.
3. Turn the screws and the center section
of the plastic retainers
counterclockwise and remove them,
then remove the mudguard.
5. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
Carefully remove the bulb from its
socket in the reflector by gently pulling
it straight backward out of the socket.
Removal
Installation
4. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the bulb by pressing the tab on
the connector with your finger and
pulling the connector downward.
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
NOTE
l
l
l
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer
If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,
it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
Use the protective cover and carton of the
replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb
promptly out of the reach of children.
Side turn signal lights í, Brake lights,
Taillights, High-mount brake light
Due to the complexity and difficulty of
the procedure, the LED bulbs should be
replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
LED bulb replacement is not possible. The
rear combination component must be replaced.
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
8-43
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page510
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (510,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Rear turn signal lights, Rear sidemarker light
Rear turn signal lights
1. Turn the bolts counterclockwise and
remove them.
Rear side-marker light
2. Pull the unit rearward to remove it.
4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
8-44
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page511
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (511,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Reverse lights
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
1. Remove the cover.
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs
Overhead light/Map lights (Front),
Overhead light (Center, Rear), Luggage
compartment light, Courtesy lights,
Vanity mirror lights
1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with
a soft cloth to prevent damage to the
lens and remove the lens by carefully
prying on the edge of the lens with the
flathead screwdriver.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
Overhead light/Map lights (Front)
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
NOTE
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
License plate lights
1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft
cloth to prevent damage to the lens and
remove the lens by carefully prying on
the edge of the lens with a flathead
screwdriver.
8-45
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page512
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (512,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Overhead light (Center, Rear)
Vanity mirror lights
Luggage compartment light
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
Courtesy lights
8-46
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page513
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (513,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Fuses
Fuse
Your vehicle's electrical system is
protected by fuses.
If any lights, accessories, or controls don't
work, inspect the appropriate circuit
protector. If a fuse has blown, the inside
element will be melted.
If the same fuse blows again, avoid using
that system and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
qFuse Replacement
4. Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse
puller provided on the fuse block
located in the engine compartment.
Replacing fuses located behind the
glove compartment
If an electrical system is inoperative,
inspect the fuses located behind the glove
compartment.
1. Turn off the ignition switch and other
switches.
2. Open the glove compartment.
3. Remove the cover.
5. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it's
blown.
Normal
Blown
8-47
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page514
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (514,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6. Insert a new fuse of the same amperage
rating, and make sure it fits tightly. If it
does not fit tightly, have an expert
install it. We recommend an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If you have no spare fuses, borrow one
of the same rating from a circuit not
essential to vehicle operation, such as
the ROOM circuit.
Relay box
CAUTION
Always replace a fuse with one of the
same rating. Otherwise you may
damage the electric system.
Replacing the fuses under the hood
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses in
the cabin are normal, inspect the fuse
block under the hood. If a fuse is blown, it
must be replaced. Follow these steps:
3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse is
blown, replace it with a new one of the
same amperage rating.
1. Turn off the ignition switch and all
other switches.
2. Remove the fuse block cover or the
relay box cover.
Fuse block
Normal
Blown
WARNING
Do not replace the main fuse by
yourself. Have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer perform the replacement:
Replacing the fuse by yourself is
dangerous because the MAIN fuse is
a high current fuse. Incorrect
replacement could cause an electrical
shock or a short circuit resulting in a
fire.
8-48
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page515
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (515,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qFuse Panel Description
Fuse block (Engine compartment)
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
MAIN
ENGINE
R HEATER
P.SEAT R
HEATER
IGKEY2
7
FAN1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
P.SEAT L
DEFOG
BTN
FUEL PUMP
IGKEY1
FOG
ABS (SOL)
D/L
ROOM
FUSE
RATING
150 A
20 A
40 A
30 A
50 A
40 A
30 A í
40 A í
40 A
30 A
40 A
30 A
30 A
15 A
30 A
25 A
15 A
PROTECTED COMPONENT
For protection of all circuits
Transaxle control system
Heater
Power seat (RH) í
Heater
For protection of various circuits
Cooling fan
Power seat (LH) í
Rear window defroster
For protection of various circuits
Fuel pump
For protection of various circuits
Fog lights í
ABS solenoid
Power door locks
Overhead light
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
8-49
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page516
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (516,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
DESCRIPTION
17
18
19
20
21
22
OUTLET CTR
OUTLET RR
AC PWR
S.WARM
A/C MAG
BOSE
23
FAN2
24
25
26
27
28
29
ABS
IG COIL
H/L LOW L
H/L LOW R
H/L HIGH
HAZARD
30
31
32
33
34
35
8-50
HORN
STOP
EGI INJ
ENG BAR
ENG BAR 2
FUSE
RATING
15 A
15 A
15 A
15 A
10 A
25 A
30 A í
40 A í
50 A
25 A
15 A
15 A
20 A
15 A
PROTECTED COMPONENT
Accessory socket (Center)
Accessory socket (Rear)
Moon roof í, DC/AC inverter
Seat warmer í
Air conditioner
Audio system (Bose® Sound System-equipped model) í
Cooling fan
ABS
Ignition system
Headlight-left (Low beam)
Headlight-right (Low beam)
Headlight-high (High beam)
Hazard warning flashers
10 A
PCM
15 A
7.5 A
10 A
20 A
7.5 A
Horn
Brake lights
Engine control system
Air flow sensor, EGR control valve
PCM
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page517
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (517,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Relay box (Engine compartment) í
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
INJ
―
―
FUSE
RATING
7.5 A
Injectors
―
―
PROTECTED COMPONENT
―
―
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
8-51
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page518
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (518,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Fuse block (Glove box)
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
8-52
OUTLET FR
MIRROR
―
METER
SAS
ENG.IGA
STA
―
A/C
R.WIPER
TRAILER
P.LIFT GATE
SUNROOF
AUDIO
M.DEF
―
TAIL
ILLUMI
INJ
FUSE
RATING
15 A
7.5 A
―
10 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
―
7.5 A
15 A
―
20 A
15 A
10 A
10 A
―
10 A
10 A
7.5 A
PROTECTED COMPONENT
Accessory socket (Front)
Power control mirror
―
Instrument cluster
ABS, Air bag
Engine control system
Ignition system
―
Air conditioner
Rear window wiper and washer
―
Power lift gate í
Moonroof í
Audio system
Mirror defroster í
―
Taillight
Dashboard illumination
Injectors
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page519
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (519,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
DESCRIPTION
20
21
22
23
24
―
OUTLET CTR
OUTLET RR
WIPER
P.WIND
FUSE
PROTECTED COMPONENT
RATING
―
―
―
―
―
―
30 A
Windshield wiper and washer
30 A
Power windows
8-53
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page520
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (520,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
How to Minimize
Environmental Paint Damage
The paintwork on your Mazda represents
the latest technical developments in
composition and methods of application.
Environmental hazards, however, can
harm the paint's protective properties, if
proper care is not taken.
Here are some examples of possible
damage, with tips on how to prevent
them.
qEtching Caused by Acid Rain or
Industrial Fallout
Occurrence
Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions
drift into the air and mix with rain or dew
to form acids. These acids can settle on a
vehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,
the acid becomes concentrated and can
damage the finish.
And the longer the acid remains on the
surface, the greater the chance is for
damage.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you suspect that acid rain has settled on
your vehicle's finish.
qDamage Caused by Bird
Dropping, Insects, or Tree Sap
Occurrence
Bird droppings contain acids. If these
aren't removed they can eat away the clear
and color base coat of the vehicle's
paintwork.
When insects stick to the paint surface
and decompose, corrosive compounds
form. These can erode the clear and color
base coat of the vehicle's paintwork if
they are not removed.
Tree sap will harden and adhere
permanently to the paint finish. If you
scratch the sap off while it is hard, some
vehicle paint could come off with it.
Prevention
It is necessary to have your Mazda
washed and waxed to preserve its finish
according to the instructions in this
section. This should be done as soon as
possible.
Bird droppings can be removed with a
soft sponge and water. If you are traveling
and these are not available, a moistened
tissue may also take care of the problem.
The cleaned area should be waxed
according to the instructions in this
section.
Insects and tree sap are best removed with
a soft sponge and water or a commercially
available chemical cleaner.
Another method is to cover the affected
area with dampened newspaper for one to
two hours. After removing the newspaper,
rinse off the loosened debris with water.
8-54
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page521
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (521,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qWater Marks
Occurrence
Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water can
contain harmful minerals such as salt and
lime. If moisture containing these
minerals settles on the vehicle and
evaporates, the minerals will concentrate
and harden to form white rings. The rings
can damage your vehicle's finish.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you find water marks on your vehicle's
finish.
NOTE
l
l
l
The paint chipping zone varies with the
speed of the vehicle. For example, when
traveling at 90 km/h (56 mph), the paint
chipping zone is 50 m (164 ft).
In low temperatures a vehicle's finish
hardens. This increases the chance of paint
chipping.
Chipped paint can lead to rust forming on
your Mazda. Before this happens, repair the
damage by using Mazda touch-up paint
according to the instructions in this section.
Failure to repair the affected area could
lead to serious rusting and expensive
repairs.
qPaint Chipping
Occurrence
Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown
in the air by another vehicle's tires hits
your vehicle.
How to avoid paint chipping
Keeping a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of
having your paint chipped by flying
gravel.
8-55
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page522
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (522,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Follow all label and container directions
when using a chemical cleaner or polish.
Read all warnings and cautions.
l
l
l
qMaintaining the Finish
Washing
To help protect the finish from rust and
deterioration, wash your Mazda
thoroughly and frequently, at least once a
month, with lukewarm or cold water.
If the vehicle is washed improperly, the
paint surface could be scratched. Here are
some examples of how scratching could
occur.
Scratches occur on the paint surface
when:
l The vehicle is washed without first
rinsing off dirt and other foreign
matter.
l The vehicle is washed with a rough,
dry, or dirty cloth.
l The vehicle is washed at a car wash
that uses brushes that are dirty or too
stiff.
l Cleansers or wax containing abrasives
are used.
NOTE
l
l
Mazda is not responsible for scratches
caused by automatic car washes or
improper washing.
Scratches are more noticeable on vehicles
with darker paint finishes.
To minimize scratches on the vehicle's
paint finish:
l Rinse off any dirt or other foreign
matter using lukewarm or cold water
before washing.
8-56
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
l
Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water
and a soft cloth when washing the
vehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.
Rub gently when washing or drying the
vehicle.
Take your vehicle only to a car wash
that keeps its brushes well maintained.
Do not use abrasive cleansers or wax
that contain abrasives.
CAUTION
Ø Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated
or anodized aluminum parts. This
may damage the protective
coating; also, cleaners and
detergents may discolor or
deteriorate the paint.
Ø To prevent damaging the antenna,
remove it before entering a car
wash facility or passing beneath a
low overhead clearance.
Pay special attention to removing salt,
dirt, mud, and other foreign material from
the underside of the fenders, and make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial fallout, and similar deposits can
damage the finish if not removed
immediately. When prompt washing with
plain water is ineffective, use a mild soap
made for use on vehicles.
Thoroughly rinse off all soap with
lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow
soap to dry on the finish.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page523
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (523,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
After washing the vehicle, dry it with a
clean chamois to prevent water spots from
forming.
WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance is normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
When using a high water pressure car
wash
High water temperature and high water
pressure car washers are available
depending on the type of car wash
machine. If the car washer nozzle is put
too close to the vehicle, the force of the
spray could damage or deform the
molding, affect the sealability of parts,
and allow water to penetrate the interior.
Keep a sufficient space (30 cm or more)
between the nozzle and the vehicle. In
addition, do not spend too much time
spraying the same area of the vehicle, and
be very careful when spraying between
gaps in doors and around windows.
Waxing
Your vehicle needs to be waxed when
water no longer beads on the finish.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,
wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.
1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.
Waxes containing abrasive will remove
paint and could damage bright metal
parts.
2. Use a good grade of natural wax for
metallic, mica, and solid colors.
3. When waxing, coat evenly with the
sponge supplied or a soft cloth.
4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.
NOTE
A spot remover to remove oil, tar, and similar
materials will usually also take off the wax.
Rewax these areas even if the rest of the
vehicle does not need it.
qRepairing Damage to the Finish
Deep scratches or chips on the finish
should be repaired promptly. Exposed
metal quickly rusts and can lead to major
repairs.
CAUTION
If your Mazda is damaged and needs
metal parts repaired or replaced,
make sure the body shop applies
anti-corrosion materials to all parts,
both repaired and new. This will
prevent them from rusting.
qPaint Damage Touch-up
Repair damage to the finish caused by
stone chipping, damage during parking
etc., by using Mazda touch-up paint
before rust begins to form. First, remove
the dirt and grease with a clean soft cloth.
If rust has already begun to form:
1. Remove rust completely with
sandpaper.
2. Wipe with a clean soft cloth.
3. Apply rust preventive primer to the
area.
8-57
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page524
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (524,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
4. After drying it completely, apply a
suitable top coat material to the area.
Of course there will be no problem if you
assign the work to an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
qCavity Protection
Cavities are treated for protection at the
factory, but additional protective treatment
after the vehicle has been put into use will
extend the life of the body.
We recommend that you consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer concerning this
additional precaution.
qBright-Metal Maintenance
l
l
l
Use tar remover to remove road tar and
insects. Never do this with a knife or
similar tool.
To prevent corrosion on bright-metal
surfaces, apply wax or chrome
preservative and rub it to a high luster.
During cold weather or in coastal areas,
cover bright-metal parts with a coating
of wax or preservative heavier than
usual. It would also help to coat them
with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or
some other protective compound.
CAUTION
Don't use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may result in
damage to the protective coating and
cause discoloration or paint
deterioration.
8-58
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
qUnderbody Maintenance
Road chemicals and salt used for ice and
snow removal and solvents used for dust
control may collect on the underbody. If
not removed, they will speed up rusting
and deterioration of such underbody parts
as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaust
system, even though these parts may be
coated with anti-corrosive material.
Thoroughly flush the underbody and
wheel housings with lukewarm or cold
water at the end of each winter. Try also
to do this every month.
Pay special attention to these areas
because they easily hide mud and dirt. It
will do more harm than good to wet
down the road grime without removing
it.
The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes that
should not be clogged. Water trapped
there will cause rusting.
WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance is normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page525
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (525,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qUndercoating
qPlastic Part Maintenance
This special coating is applied to the
critical parts of the underside to protect
vehicles from damage caused by
chemicals or stones. This coating is liable
to be damaged with time. Check this
coating periodically.
When cleaning the plastic lenses of the
lights, do not use gasoline, kerosene,
rectified spirit, paint, thinner, highly
acidic detergents, or strongly alkaline
detergents. Otherwise, these chemical
agents can discolor or damage the
surfaces resulting in a significant loss in
functionality. If plastic parts become
inadvertently exposed to any of these
chemical agents, flush with water
immediately.
An Authorized Mazda Dealer are well
informed on how repairs should be made.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qAluminum Wheel Maintenance
A protective coating is provided over the
aluminum wheels. Special care is needed
to protect this coating.
NOTE
Do not use a wire brush or any abrasive
cleaner, polishing compound, or solvent on
aluminum wheels. They may damage the
coating.
l Only use a mild soap or neutral detergent
and always use a sponge or soft cloth to
clean the wheels.
Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or cold
water. Also, be sure to clean the wheels
after driving on dusty or salted roads. This
helps prevent corrosion.
l Avoid washing your vehicle in an automatic
car wash that uses high-speed or hard
brushes.
l If your aluminum wheels lose luster, wax
the wheels.
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
Check special requirements for Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-32.
l
8-59
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page526
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (526,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
Interior Care
qDashboard Precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume
and cosmetic oils from contacting the
dashboard. They'll damage and discolor it.
If these solutions get on the dashboard,
wipe them off immediately.
CAUTION
Do not use glazing agents.
Glazing agents contain ingredients
which may cause discoloration,
wrinkling, cracks and peeling.
To keep the fabric looking clean and
fresh, take care of it. Otherwise its color
will be affected, it can be stained easily,
and its fire-resistance may be reduced.
CAUTION
Use only recommended cleaners and
procedures. Others may affect
appearance and fire-resistance.
Piano black panel í
Vinyl
The following parts are fitted with panels
that have been treated with a special
coating that resists scratching.
l Center panel
l Steering wheel (partial)
l Shift lever panel
l Door trim panel
When the panel needs to be cleaned, use a
soft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface.
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinyl
cleaner.
Scratches or nicks on the panels resulting from
the use of a hard brush or cloth may not be
repairable.
qCleaning the Upholstery and
Interior Trim
Leather í
Real leather is not uniform and may have
scars, scratches, and wrinkles. Clean it
with a leather cleaner or mild soap.
Wipe it with a damp soft cloth; then dry
and buff it with a dry soft cloth.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean it with a mild soap solution good
for upholstery and carpets. Remove fresh
spots immediately with a fabric spot
cleaner.
8-60
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
NOTE
qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder Belt
Webbing
Clean the webbing with a mild soap
solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleach
or dye the webbing; this may weaken it.
After cleaning the belts, thoroughly dry
the belt webbing and make sure there is
no remaining moisture before retracting
them.
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page527
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (527,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
WARNING
Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
replace damaged seat belts
immediately:
Using damaged seat belts is
dangerous. In a collision, damaged
belts cannot provide adequate
protection.
qCleaning the Window Interiors
If the windows become covered with an
oily, greasy, or waxy film, clean them
with glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the container.
CAUTION
Ø Do not scrape or scratch the inside
of the window grass. It could
damage the thermal filaments
and the antenna lines.
Ø When washing the inside of the
window grass, use a soft cloth
dampened in lukewarm water,
gently wiping the thermal
filaments and the antenna lines.
Use of glass cleaning products
could damage the thermal
filaments and the antenna lines.
8-61
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page528
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
8-62
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (528,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page529
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
9
Black plate (529,1)
Customer Information and Reporting
Safety Defects
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.
Customer Assistance ............................... 9-2
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) ............ 9-2
Customer Assistance (Canada) ........... 9-7
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) ... 9-10
Customer Assistance (Mexico) ......... 9-11
Reporting Safety Defects ....................... 9-44
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.) .... 9-44
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada) ... 9-45
Service Publications .............................. 9-46
Service Publications .......................... 9-46
Mazda Importer/Distributors ............... 9-13
Importer/Distributor .......................... 9-13
Distributor in Each Area ................... 9-13
Warranty ................................................ 9-15
Warranties for Your Mazda ............... 9-15
Outside the United States and
Canada .............................................. 9-16
Outside the United States .................. 9-17
Outside Canada ................................. 9-18
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign
Country (Except United States and
Canada) ............................................. 9-19
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories ....................................... 9-20
Cell Phones ............................................. 9-21
Cell Phones Warning ......................... 9-21
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System
(UTQGS) ................................................ 9-22
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System
(UTQGS) .......................................... 9-22
Tire Information (except Canada) ....... 9-24
Tire Labeling ..................................... 9-24
Location of the Tire Label
(Placard) ............................................ 9-30
Tire Maintenance .............................. 9-33
Vehicle Loading ................................ 9-36
Steps for Determining the Correct Load
Limit: ................................................ 9-43
9-1
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page530
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (530,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle
in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
NOTE
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint
system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a
certified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue.
l If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,
SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of
the dealership or the OWNER.
l If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician, go to STEP2.
qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership
management and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the
supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical
conditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda North American
Operations by one of the following ways.
Log on: at www.mazdaUSA.com
Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in
the U.S., can be found here.
E-mail: click on “Contact Us” located on the “Inside Mazda” tab, or at the bottom of the
page at www.mazdaUSA.com
By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500
9-2
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page531
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (531,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
By letter at:
Attn: Customer Assistance
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.
qSTEP 3: Contact Better Business Bureau (BBB)
Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may not
be possible. As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered, Mazda
North American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement program
administered by the Better Business Bureau (BBB) system, at no cost to you the consumer.
BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach a
mutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns. If the BBB is not able to
facilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator.
You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking
remedies under the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2301 et seq. To the
extent permitted by the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are also required to resort to
BBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the “Lemon
Law”. If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson-Moss Warranty
Act or the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are not required to first use BBB AUTO
LINE.
9-3
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page532
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (532,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
The whole process normally takes 40 days or less. The arbitration decision is not binding
on you or Mazda else you accept the decision. For more information about BBB AUTO
LINE, including current eligibility standards, please call 1-800-955-5100 or visit the BBB
website at www.lemonlaw.bbb.org.
Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda. We hope
to satisfy every customer directly, but if there is ever a question about our decision, Mazda
believes in providing a fast, fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensure
Mazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers!
qCalifornia Customers
1. Mazda North American Operations participates in BBB AUTO LINE, a mediation/
arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus [4200
Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22203] through local Better Business Bureaus.
BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration Certification
Program of the California Department of Consumer Affairs.
2. If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty, we encourage you to
bring it to our attention. If we are unable to resolve it, you may file a claim with BBB
AUTO LINE. Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six (6) months after
the expiration of the warranty.
3. To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, call 1-800-955-5100. There is no charge for the
call.
4. In order to file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, you will have to provide your name and
address, the brand name and vehicle identification number (VIN) of your vehicle, and a
statement of the nature of your problem or complaint. You will also be asked to provide:
the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle, the vehicle's current mileage, the
approximate date and mileage at the time any problem(s) were first brought to the
attention of Mazda or one of our dealers, and a statement of the relief you are seeking.
5. BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation. If
mediation is not successful, or if you do not wish to participate in mediation, claims
within the program's jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informal
hearing. The arbitrator's decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from the
time your complaint is filed; there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contact
Mazda about your problem, or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests an
inspection/report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report by
BBB AUTO LINE.
9-4
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page533
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (533,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
6. You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or
remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22. You are also required to
use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I of
the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek
redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section
1793.22 or Title I of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is
not required by those statutes.
7. California Civil Code Section 1793.2 (d) requires that, if Mazda or its representative is
unable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle's applicable express
warranty after a reasonable number of attempts, Mazda may be required to replace or
repurchase the vehicle. California Civil Code Section 1793.22 (b) creates a presumption
that Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its
applicable express warranties if, within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18,000
miles on the vehicle's odometer, whichever occurs first, one or more of the following
occurs:
l The same nonconformity [a failure to conform to the written warranty that
substantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle] results in a condition that
is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND the
nonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agents
AND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the
nonconformity; OR
l The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or its
agents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the
nonconformity; OR
l The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or its
agents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of the
vehicle to the buyer.
NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THE
FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618
ATTN: Customer Mediation
8. The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: repairs, reimbursement
for money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehicle
nonconformity, repurchase or replacement of your vehicle, and compensation for
damages and remedies available under Mazda's written warranty or applicable law.
9. The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: punitive or multiple
damages, attorneys' fees, or consequential damages other than as provided in California
Civil Code Section 1794 (a) and (b).
9-5
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page534
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (534,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
10. You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator. If you reject the
decision, you will be free to pursue further legal action. The arbitrator's decision and
any findings will be admissible in a court action.
11. If you accept the arbitrator's decision, Mazda will be bound by the decision, and will
comply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after we
receive notice of your acceptance of the decision.
12. Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100 for further details about the program.
9-6
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page535
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (535,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Canada)
qSatisfaction Review Process
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All Authorized
Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. In
our experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of your
Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your
dealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal
dealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:
qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager has
already reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its General
Manager.
qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office
If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for
you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact Mazda
Canada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office address
and phone numbers are shown (page 9-9).
qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department
If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, Mazda
Canada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)
263-4680.
Provide the Department with the following information:
1. Your name, address and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle Identification Labels” page
of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.
4. Purchase date
5. Present odometer reading
6. Your dealer's name and location
7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction
The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will review
the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.
9-7
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page536
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (536,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of
your Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow the
above three steps in sequence for most effective results.
qMediation/Arbitration Program
Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's Customer
Satisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still
not resolved, you have another option.
Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you about
how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through
binding arbitration.
Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.
Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that
goal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as the
award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.
qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)
If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,
Mazda, and/or one of it's dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wish
to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling
and preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed with
CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.
9-8
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page537
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (537,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.
Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the
Provincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan
235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300
North York, Ontario
M2J 4Y8
http://camvap.ca
Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:
Province/Territory
British Columbia & Yukon Territories
Alberta & Northwest Territories
Saskatchewan
Manitoba
Ontario
Atlantic Canada
Quebec
CAMVAP Number
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
qRegional Offices
REGIONAL OFFICES
MAZDA CANADA INC.
WESTERN REGION
8171 ACKROYD ROAD
SUITE 2000
RICHMOND B.C.
V6X 3K1
(604) 303-5670
MAZDA CANADA INC.
CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION
55 VOGELL ROAD,
RICHMOND HILL,
ONTARIO, L4B 3K5
(905) 787-7000
MAZDA CANADA INC.
QUEBEC REGION
6111 ROUTE TRANS
CANADIENNE
POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBEC
H9R 5A5
(514) 694-6390
AREAS COVERED
ALBERTA,
BRITISH COLUMBIA,
MANITOBA,
SASKATCHEWAN,
YUKON
ONTARIO
QUEBEC,
NEW BRUNSWICK,
NOVA SCOTIA,
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,
NEWFOUNDLAND
9-9
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page538
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (538,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all Authorized
Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top
condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
qSTEP 1
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.
qSTEP 2
If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact your
area's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).
Please help us by providing the following information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
9-10
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page539
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (539,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Mexico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle
in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue.
l If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,
SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of
the dealership or the OWNER.
l If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician, go to STEP2.
qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda Motor de Mexico
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership
management and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the
supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical
conditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda Motor de Mexico
by one of the following ways.
Log on: at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx
Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in
Mexico, can be found here.
E-mail: click on “Contactanos” at the top of the page at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx
By phone at: 1 (866) 315 0220
By letter at:
Attn: Customer Assistance
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
9-11
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page540
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (540,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
9-12
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page541
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (541,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Mazda Importer/Distributors
Importer/Distributor
Distributor in Each Area
qU.S.A.
qCANADA
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.
TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)
(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)
Mazda Canada Inc.
55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,
Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada
TEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)
(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)
qPUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Island
Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de Puerto
Rico)
P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico
00936-2722
TEL: (787) 641-9300
qMEXICO
Mazda Motor de Mexico
Circuito Guillermo Gonzalez Camarena N
1500 Col. Centro de Ciudad Santa Fe.
01210, Mexico, D.F.
TEL: Center of Attention to Clients:
01 (800) 016 2932. in Mexico
qGUAM
Triple J Motors
157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,
GUAM 96911 USA
P.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931
TEL: (671) 649-6555
qSAIPAN
Pacific International Marianas, Inc.
(d.b.a. Midway Motors)
P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950
TEL: (670) 234-7524
9-13
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page542
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Mazda Importer/Distributors
Triple J Saipan, Inc.
(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)
P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487
TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051
9-14
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (542,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page543
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (543,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Warranties for Your Mazda
l
l
l
l
l
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only)
Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty
Anti-perforation Limited Warranty
Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
Emission Defect Warranty
Emission Performance Warranty
California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
Emission Control Warranty (Canada only)
Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty
Tire Warranty
l
l
l
l
l
l
NOTE
Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.
9-15
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page544
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (544,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Outside the United States and Canada
Government regulations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meet
specific emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the
United States, its territories, and Canada may differ from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside these areas.
You may have these problems if you do:
l
l
Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
The Mazda warranty applies only to Mazda vehicles registered and normally operated in
the United States, its territories, and Canada.
9-16
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page545
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (545,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Outside the United States
Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specific
emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the United
States may differ from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canada
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for
exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian
Motor Vehicle Safety requirements (CMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers on
vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United
States:
l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
9-17
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page546
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (546,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Outside Canada
Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission
regulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differ
from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United States
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the
United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers on
vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:
l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
9-18
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page547
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (547,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (Except
United States and Canada)
Registering your vehicle in a foreign country may be problematic depending on whether it
meets the specific emission and safety standards of the country in which the vehicle will be
driven. Consequently, your vehicle may require modifications at personal expense in order
to meet the regulations.
In addition, you should be aware of the following issues:
Satisfactory vehicle servicing may be difficult or impossible in another country.
The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.
Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be
unavailable.
There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your
vehicle.
The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.
9-19
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page548
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (548,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories
Non-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.
These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda
vehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect your
vehicle's performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before you
install any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts or
accessories:
Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designed
parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safety
systems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of
injuries in an accident.
Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such as
mobile telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:
Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing an
improper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing engine
stalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS/TCS/DSC inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.
Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from the
installation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.
9-20
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page549
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (549,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Cell Phones
Cell Phones Warning
WARNING
Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication
equipment in vehicles in your State or Province:
Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehicle
navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use of
these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious
accident. If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safe
area before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a handsfree system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cell
phone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead,
concentrate on the full-time job of driving.
9-21
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page550
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (550,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, and
temperature performance.
qTread Wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, service
practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
qTraction-AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction
tests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
qTemperature-A, B, C
The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire
life, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by
law.
9-22
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page551
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (551,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
WARNING
Keep your vehicle's tires properly inflated and not overloaded:
Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause
heat buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.
These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several
years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.
The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary
with respect to grade.
ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND
TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
qUniform Tire Quality Grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
UTQGS MARK (example)
TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
9-23
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page552
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (552,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
Tire Labeling
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of
all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire
and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of
a recall.
qInformation on Passenger Vehicle Tires
Please refer to the sample below.
1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number
2. Passenger car tire
3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
5. Radial
6. Run-flat tire
7. Rim diameter code
8. Load index & speed symbol
9. Severe snow conditions
10. Tire ply composition and materials used
9-24
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page553
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (553,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
11. Max. load rating
12. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades
13. Max. permissible inflation pressure
14. SAFETY WARNING
P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
P
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
NOTE
If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO
(European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire Manufacturing Association).
215
“215” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
65
“65” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
R
“R” is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.
15
“15” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
95
“95” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each
tire can support.
9-25
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page554
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (554,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
H
“H” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating
Q
R
S
T
U
H
V
W
Y
Speed Rating
99 mph
106 mph
112 mph
118 mph
124 mph
130 mph
149 mph
168* mph
186* mph
* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For
tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.
M
S or M/S: Mud and Snow
AT: All Terrain.
AS: All Season. The “M
mud and snow.
S” or “M/S” indicates that the tire has some functional use in
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)
This begins with the letters “DOT” which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. The
next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last four
numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers
457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,
the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codes
used at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tire
defect requires a recall.
Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used
The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. In
general, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,
and other.
Maximum Load Rating
This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by
the tire.
Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under
normal driving conditions.
9-26
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page555
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (555,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades
Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades
represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions
on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have
poor traction performance.
Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Snow Tires
In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with very
deeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels.
Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other
tires on your vehicle.
SAFETY WARNING
The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.
SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:
l EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTINGMATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa)
TO SEAT BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT
TIRES.
l TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/DAMAGEFOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE-FREQUENTLY
CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE.
9-27
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page556
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (556,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
qInformation on Temporary Tires
Please refer to the sample below.
1. Temporary tires
2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
4. Diagonal
5. Rim diameter code
6. Load index & speed symbol
T115/70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
T
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
115
“115” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
9-28
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page557
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (557,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
70
“70” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
D
“D” is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.
16
“16” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
90
“90” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each
tire can support.
M
“M” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating
M
Speed Rating
81 mph
9-29
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page558
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (558,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
Location of the Tire Label (Placard)
You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important
information on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the driver's door frame.
SAMPLE
qRecommended Tire Inflation Pressure
On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi
for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that the
inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.
You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is
maintained.
Refer to Tires on page 10-6.
NOTE
Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended cold
tire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the vehicle has been parked for at least
3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire warms up, increasing the tire pressure.
9-30
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page559
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (559,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
WARNING
Always check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the
recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the
information in this owner's manual:
Driving your vehicle with under-inflated tires is dangerous.
Under-inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may
result in severe cracking, tread separation or “blowout”, with unexpected loss of
vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexing
and rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. It
results in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tire
can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!
It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking
at them.
qChecking Tire Pressure
1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold ―meaning they are not
hot from driving even a mile.
2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.
3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.
4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.
5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the
valve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.
6. Replace the valve cap.
7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.
NOTE
Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure.
8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that
could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.
9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or other
irregularities.
NOTE
Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tires to adjust the
pressure.
Under-inflation can cause serious failures and accidents.
Over-inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
9-31
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page560
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (560,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
qGlossary of Terms
Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, and
the maximum weight the vehicle can carry.
Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providing
information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date of
manufacture.
Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.
kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.
psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.
B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.
Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.
Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and
cargo.
Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.
Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.
Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it's
mounted on the vehicle.
Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacity
is described on the tire label.
Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production
options weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace,
and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.
9-32
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page561
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:1 PM
Black plate (561,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
Tire Maintenance
Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here are
some important maintenance points:
qTire Inflation Pressure
Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintain
recommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use the
pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.
qTire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregular
wear develops. During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.
Forward
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)
spare tire in rotation.
Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a
combination of the following:
l Incorrect tire pressure
l Improper wheel alignment
l Out-of-balance wheel
l Severe braking
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 10-6) and inspect the lug nuts
for tightness.
CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern
or studs only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will be
weakened if rotated from side to side.
9-33
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page562
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (562,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
qReplacing a Tire
WARNING
Always use tires that are in good condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction could
result in an accident.
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. Replace
the tire when this happens.
Tread wear indicator
New tread
Worn tread
You should replace it before the band is across the entire tread.
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended that tires
generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high
loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. You should replace the spare tire when you
replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire. Regarding the manufacturing week and
year is indicated with 4 digit. Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-24.
qSafety Practices
The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivate
good driving habits for your own benefit.
l Observe posted speed limits
l Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
l Avoid potholes and objects on the road
l Do no run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking
9-34
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page563
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (563,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
CAUTION
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your
tire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution
until you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tire
is under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it with
your spare tire. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest
vehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.
9-35
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page564
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (564,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
Vehicle Loading
This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to keep
your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.
Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance.
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining
your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's Safety
Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:
WARNING
Overloaded Vehicle:
Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have serious
consequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle's
suspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure,
handling or steering problems, irregular tire wear, tire failure or other damage.
Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases the
distance required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can fail
completely, particularly on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is a
combination of the size of the tire, its load range, and corresponding inflation
pressure.
Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from the
vehicle's Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels.
Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your
dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
PAYLOAD
9-36
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page565
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (565,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to
carry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load
Information label on the driver's door frame or door pillar. Look for “THE
COMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER
EXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs” for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tire
label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If any
aftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight of
the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be
accurate.
SAMPLE
9-37
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page566
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (566,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
CARGO
Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and
optional equipment. When towing, trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of
cargo weight.
The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargo
weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from
the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed” value on the tire
label.
Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg (150 lbs), and a value of 385 kg
(849 lbs) for the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:
The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ 68 kg (150 lbs) = 317 kg
(699 lbs)
The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ (68 × 2) kg ( (150 × 2)
lbs) = 249 kg (549 lbs)
If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
9-38
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page567
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (567,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried
by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The total load on
each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight
cargo
passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fully
loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is
shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver's door
frame or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.
9-39
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page568
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (568,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
SAMPLE
WARNING
Exceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits:
Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and
could result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling,
performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to the
vehicle, or loss of control.
Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.
Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle:
Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to
tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle
damage.
9-40
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page569
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (569,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
GCW
GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW) plus the
weight of the fully loaded trailer.
GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the
vehicle and the loaded trailer - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle can
handle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicle's braking system is rated
for operation at GVWR, not at GCWR. Separate functional brakes should be used for safe
control of towed vehicles and for trailers weighing more than 1,500 lbs). The GCW must
never exceed the GCWR.
Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer
the vehicle can tow. It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options, no cargo (internal or
external), a tongue load of 10_15% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 15_25%
(fifth-wheel trailer), and driver only (150 lbs). Consult your dealership (or the RV and
Trailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership) for more detailed information.
Tongue Load or Fifth-Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a
trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch.
Examples: For a 5000 lb conventional trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and 0.15 to obtain a
proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 lbs. For an 11,500 lb fifth-wheel trailer, multiply by
0.15 and 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1,725 to 2,875 lbs.
9-41
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page570
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (570,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
WARNING
Exceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications:
Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous.
Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, or
damage to the vehicle.
Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals
because they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement
tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR
limitations.
Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.
9-42
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page571
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (571,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (except Canada)
Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit:
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit:
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle's placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg
or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there
will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 _ 750 (5 × 150) = 650
lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the
vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage
load capacity calculated in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
9-43
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page572
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (572,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could
cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda Motor
Corporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your Mazda
Importer/Distributor).
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153) ; go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC,
20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
NOTE
If you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to:
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, California 92618-2922
or
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500
If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown (page 9-13) in
this booklet.
9-44
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page573
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (573,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)
Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, Defect
Investigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contact
Transport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330
Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.
For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:
http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm
9-45
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page574
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (574,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Service Publications
Service Publications
Factory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do
some of their own maintenance and repair.
When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to the
chart below.
If they do not have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.
PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER
9999-95-003B-10
9999-MX-003B-10
9999-95-009G-10
9999-MX-009G-10
9999-95-011C-10 (U.S.A. only)
9999-EC-011C-10 (Canada only)
9999-PR-011C-10 (Puerto Rico, Mexico only)
9999-95-001F-10
9999-95-011C-10NAV (U.S.A. only)
9999-EC-011C-10NAV (Canada only)
9999-PR-011C-10NAV (Puerto Rico, Mexico only)
PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION
2010 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)
2010 WORKSHOP MANUAL (Spanish)
2010 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)
2010 WIRING DIAGRAM (Spanish)
2010 OWNER'S MANUAL
2010 OWNER'S MANUAL
2010 OWNER'S MANUAL
2010 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS
2010 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL
2010 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL
2010 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL
qWORKSHOP MANUAL:
Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body and
chassis.
qWIRING DIAGRAM:
Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical
system.
qOWNER'S MANUAL:
This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.
This is not a technician's manual.
qSERVICE HIGHLIGHTS:
Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda.
9-46
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page575
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (575,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Service Publications
qNAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL:
This booklet contains information regarding the proper operation and use of the navigation
system. This is not a technician's manual.
9-47
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page576
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
9-48
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (576,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page577
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
10
Black plate (577,1)
Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda.
Identification Numbers ............................................................... 10-2
Vehicle Information Labels ..................................................... 10-2
Specifications ............................................................................... 10-4
Specifications .......................................................................... 10-4
10-1
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page578
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (578,1)
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Information Labels
qVehicle Identification Number
qChassis Number
Open the cover shown in the figure to
check the chassis number.
The vehicle identification number legally
identifies your vehicle. The number is on
a plate attached to the cowl panel located
on the left corner of the dashboard. This
plate can easily be seen through the
windshield.
qVehicle Emission Control
Information Label
qMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Label
10-2
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page579
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (579,1)
Identification Numbers
qTire Pressure Label (Except Canada)
qEngine Number
Forward
10-3
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page580
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (580,1)
Specifications
Specifications
qEngine
Item
Specification
DOHC-24V 60°V, 6-cylinder
95.5 × 86.7 mm (3.75 × 3.41 in)
3,726 ml (3,726 cc, 227.4 cu in)
10.3
Type
Bore×Stroke
Displacement
Compression ratio
qElectrical System
Item
Battery
Spark-plug number
Spark-plug gap
Classification
12V-55AH/5HR
CY01 18110*1
1.29―1.45 mm (0.051―0.057 in)
*1 ex factory
CAUTION
When cleaning the platinum plugs, do not use a wire brush. The fine particulate
coating on the platinum alloy could be damaged.
qLubricant Quality
Lubricant
Engine oil
Automatic transaxle fluid
Transfer case oil
Rear differential oil
Power steering fluid
Brake fluid
Classification
Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 8-19.
Mazda Genuine JWS3309
API Service GL-5 (SAE 75W-140)
API Service GL-5 (SAE 80W-90)
Mazda Genuine ATF M-III, M-V, or equivalent (e.g. Dexron® II)
SAE J1703, or FMVSS116 DOT-3
10-4
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page581
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (581,1)
Specifications
qCapacities
(Approximate Quantities)
Item
With oil filter replacement
Engine oil
Without oil filter replacement
With Towing Package
Coolant
Without Towing Package
Automatic transaxle fluid
Transfer case oil
Rear differential oil
Washer fluid
Fuel tank
Capacity
5.2 L (5.5 US qt, 4.6 Imp qt)
4.7 L (5.0 US qt, 4.2 Imp qt)
13.3 L (14.1 US qt, 11.7 Imp qt)
12.9 L (13.6 US qt, 11.4 Imp qt)
7.0 L (7.4 US qt, 6.2 Imp qt)
0.532 L (0.562 US qt, 0.468 Imp qt)
1.0 L (1.1 US qt, 0.9 Imp qt)
4.5 L (4.8 US qt, 4.0 Imp qt)
76.0 L (20.1 US gal, 16.7 Imp gal)
Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.
qDimensions
Item
Vehicle specification
5,086 mm (200.2 in)
1,936 mm (76.2 in)
1,728 mm (68.0 in)
1,654 mm (65.1 in)
1,644 mm (64.7 in)
2,875 mm (113.2 in)
Overall length
Overall width
Overall height
Front tread
Rear tread
Wheelbase
qWeights
Weight
Item
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
Front
Rear
2WD
2,645 kg (5,831 lbs)
1,276 kg (2,813 lbs)
1,400 kg (3,086 lbs)
AWD
2,744 kg (6,049 lbs)
1,307 kg (2,881 lbs)
1,458 kg (3,214 lbs)
qAir Conditioner
Item
Refrigerant Type
Classification
HFC134a (R-134a)
10-5
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page582
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (582,1)
Specifications
qLight Bulbs
Exterior light
Light bulb
High beam
Headlights
Low beam
Halogen
Xenon fusion
Front turn signal lights
Front side-marker lights
Parking lights
Fog lights í
Side turn signal lights (Integrated with outside mirrors) í
High-mount brake light
Rear turn signal lights
Taillights/Brake lights
Reverse lights
License plate lights
Rear side-marker lights
Wattage
60
55
35
21
5
5
51
LED*1
LED*1
21
LED*1
21
5
5
Category
ECE R (SAE)
HB3 (HB3)
H11 (H11)
D2S (D2S)
WY21W (23CP)
WY5W (3CP)
W5W (4CP)
HB4 (#9006)
― (―)
― (―)
WY21W (23CP)
― (―)
W21W (#7440)
W5W (4CP)
W5W (4CP)
*1 LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode.
Interior light
Light bulb
Overhead lights/Map lights (Front)
Overhead light (Center)
Overhead light (Rear)
Courtesy lights
Vanity mirror lights
Luggage compartment light
Category
Wattage
8
10
10
5
2
10
ECE R
―
―
―
T10
―
―
qTires
NOTE
The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.
When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted to
your vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
10-6
í
Some models.
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page583
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (583,1)
Specifications
Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure.
Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8-33.
Standard tire
Inflation pressure
Tire size
Front
250 kPa (36 psi)
230 kPa (34 psi)
P245/60R18 104H
P245/50R20 102V
Rear
250 kPa (36 psi)
230 kPa (34 psi)
Temporary spare tire
(Except Mexico)
Tire size
Inflation pressure
420 kPa (60 psi)
Tire size
Inflation pressure
250 kPa (36 psi)
T155/90D18 103M
(Mexico)
195/80R17 99M
qFuses
Refer to the fuse rating on page 8-47.
10-7
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page584
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
10-8
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (584,1)
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page585
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
11
Black plate (585,1)
Index
11-1
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page586
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (586,1)
Index
A
A
Accessory Socket ............................ 6-195
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories ....................................... 9-20
Advanced Key ..................................... 3-2
Advanced key maintenance ......... 3-5
Advanced key suspend
function ...................................... 3-18
Auxiliary key .............................. 3-18
Locking, unlocking with request
switch ........................................... 3-8
Operational range ......................... 3-7
Remote control function ............. 3-14
Service ......................................... 3-7
Setting change ............................ 3-21
Warning and beep sounds .......... 3-19
When warning indicator/beep is
activated ..................................... 3-22
Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-51
All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) Operation ............................. 5-17
AWD Warning light ................... 5-18
Ambient Temperature Display ........ 6-185
Antenna ............................................. 6-17
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ......... 5-8
Warning light ............................... 5-8
Appearance Care ............................... 8-54
Armrest Box .................................... 6-192
Audio System ................................... 6-17
Audio control switch .................. 6-63
Audio set (Type A) ..................... 6-27
Audio set (Type B) ..................... 6-37
AUX mode ................................. 6-66
Operating tips for audio
system ........................................ 6-17
Safety certification ..................... 6-69
Automatic Transaxle
Driving tips ................................ 5-16
Fluid ........................................... 8-24
Manual shift mode ..................... 5-13
Shift-lock system ....................... 5-13
Transaxle ranges ........................ 5-12
11-2
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
B
Battery
Emergency starting .................... 7-16
Maintenance ............................... 8-31
Specifications ............................. 10-4
Beeps
Ignition key reminder ................. 5-60
Lights-on reminder ..................... 5-60
Parking brake reminder .............. 5-60
Seat belt warning beep Sounds ... 5-60
Tire inflation pressure warning
beep ............................................ 5-60
Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-5
After getting in ............................. 4-5
Before getting in .......................... 4-5
Blind Spot Monitoring
(BSM) System .................................. 5-34
BSM OFF Indicator Light .......... 5-36
BSM OFF Switch ....................... 5-37
Care of Radar Sensors ................ 5-37
Warning Light/Beep ................... 5-36
Bluetooth Audio (Type B) .............. 6-123
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page587
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (587,1)
Index
B
C
Bluetooth Hands-Free
(Panel Operation) ............................ 6-159
Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free
Operation ................................. 6-161
Convenient Use of the Hands-Free
System ...................................... 6-164
Hands-Free Setting ................... 6-167
Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free
Customer Service ..................... 6-170
Safety Certification .................. 6-169
When Bluetooth Hands-Free Cannot
be Used .................................... 6-169
Bluetooth Hands-Free
(Voice Recognition) ........................ 6-131
Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free
Operation ................................. 6-136
Convenient Use of the Hands-Free
System ...................................... 6-141
Hands-Free Setting ................... 6-149
Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free
Customer Service ..................... 6-158
Safety Certification .................. 6-157
When Bluetooth Hands-Free Cannot
be Used .................................... 6-157
Body Lubrication .............................. 8-27
Bottle Holder ................................... 6-191
Brake
Fluid ........................................... 8-23
Brakes
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..... 5-8
Brakes assist ................................. 5-9
Foot brake .................................... 5-5
Pad wear indicator ...................... 5-10
Parking brake ............................... 5-6
Warning light ............................... 5-7
Break-In Period ................................... 4-6
Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-38
Capacities .......................................... 10-5
Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-4
Cargo Securing Loops .................... 6-192
Cargo Sub-Compartment ................ 6-193
Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-3
Cell Phones ....................................... 9-21
Center Console ................................ 6-192
Child Restraint
Child restraint precautions ......... 2-35
Installing child-restraint
systems ....................................... 2-39
LATCH child-restraint
systems ....................................... 2-46
Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors ... 3-33
Climate Control System ...................... 6-2
Gas specifications ...................... 10-5
Clock ............................................... 6-185
Coin Box ......................................... 6-192
Courtesy Lights ............................... 6-183
Cruise Control ................................... 5-20
Cup Holder ...................................... 6-189
Customer Assistance ........................... 9-2
D
Dashboard Illumination .................... 5-42
Daytime Running Lights ................... 5-64
Defroster
Mirror ......................................... 5-73
Rear window .............................. 5-73
Dimensions ....................................... 10-5
Door Locks ....................................... 3-30
Driving In Flooded Area ................... 4-12
Driving on Uneven Road .................. 4-13
11-3
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page588
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (588,1)
Index
D
F
Driving Tips ........................................ 4-6
Automatic transaxle ................... 5-16
Break-in period ............................ 4-6
Driving in flooded area .............. 4-12
Driving on uneven road ............. 4-13
Hazardous driving ........................ 4-7
Money-saving suggestions ........... 4-6
Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-9
Winter driving ............................ 4-10
Dynamic Stability Control
(DSC)/Roll Stability Control
(RSC) ................................................ 5-26
TCS/DSC/RSC Indicator light.... 5-27
Flasher
Hazard warning .......................... 5-74
Headlights .................................. 5-61
Flat Tire ............................................... 7-3
Changing ...................................... 7-8
Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3
Fluids
Classification .............................. 10-4
Owner maintenance ................... 8-16
Fog Lights ......................................... 5-66
Foot Brake .......................................... 5-5
Front Seats
(Electrically Operated Seats) ............... 2-4
Front Seats
(Manually Operated Seats) ................. 2-2
Fuel
Filler lid and cap ........................ 3-47
Gauge ......................................... 5-42
Requirements ............................... 4-2
Tank capacity ............................. 10-5
Fuses ................................................. 8-47
Panel description ........................ 8-49
Replacement ............................... 8-47
E
Emergency Starting ........................... 7-16
Jump-starting .............................. 7-16
Push-starting .............................. 7-18
Emergency Towing ........................... 7-19
Emission Control System .................... 4-3
Engine
Coolant ....................................... 8-21
Exhaust gas .................................. 4-4
Hood release .............................. 3-49
Oil .............................................. 8-19
Overheating ................................ 7-14
Starting ......................................... 5-4
Engine Compartment Overview ........ 8-18
Engine Coolant
Overheating ................................ 7-14
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge ................................................ 5-41
Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-4
Exterior Care ..................................... 8-56
11-4
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
G
Glove Box ....................................... 6-192
H
Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-74
Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-7
Headlights
Control ....................................... 5-61
Flashing ...................................... 5-64
High-low beam .......................... 5-63
Leveling ..................................... 5-64
On reminder ............................... 5-63
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page589
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (589,1)
Index
H
K
HomeLink Wireless Control
System .............................................. 5-75
Hood Release .................................... 3-49
Horn .................................................. 5-74
Keyless Entry System ....................... 3-24
Keys .................................................. 3-23
I
Label Information ............................. 10-2
Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-65
Liftgate .............................................. 3-33
Light Bulbs
Replacement ............................... 8-38
Specifications ............................. 10-6
Lighting Control ............................... 5-61
Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4
Luggage Compartment Light .......... 6-183
Ignition
Keys ........................................... 3-23
Switch .......................................... 5-2
Illuminated Entry System ............... 6-182
Immobilizer System
(with Advanced Key) ........................ 3-53
Immobilizer System
(without Advanced Key) ................... 3-57
Indicator Lights ................................. 5-44
BSM OFF ................................... 5-58
Cruise ......................................... 5-58
Headlight high-beam .................. 5-57
Security ...................................... 5-56
Shift position .............................. 5-57
TCS OFF .................................... 5-58
TCS/DSC ................................... 5-57
Turn-signal/hazard warning ....... 5-59
Information Display ........................ 6-184
Ambient temperature display .... 6-185
Audio display ........................... 6-186
Climate control display ............ 6-186
Clock ........................................ 6-185
Information display functions... 6-184
Trip computer ........................... 6-186
Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-39
Interior Care ...................................... 8-60
Interior Lights ................................. 6-182
J
Jump-Starting .................................... 7-16
L
M
Maintenance
Introduction .................................. 8-2
Owner maintenance
precautions ................................. 8-17
Owner maintenance schedule ..... 8-16
Scheduled ..................................... 8-3
Map Lights ...................................... 6-183
Mirror Defroster ................................ 5-73
Mirrors
Outside mirrors .......................... 3-63
Rearview mirror ......................... 3-64
Money-Saving Suggestions ................ 4-6
Moonroof .......................................... 3-50
O
Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-40
Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-63
Overhead Console ........................... 6-191
Overhead Lights .............................. 6-182
Overheating ....................................... 7-14
11-5
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page590
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (590,1)
Index
O
S
Overloading ...................................... 4-12
Seat Belt System
3-point type ................................ 2-23
Automatic locking ...................... 2-22
Belt minder ................................. 2-33
Center-rear lap/shoulder ............. 2-28
Emergency locking .................... 2-21
Extender ..................................... 2-31
Pregnant women ........................ 2-21
Pretensioner and load limiting .... 2-25
Seat belt precautions .................. 2-19
Warning light/beep ..................... 2-33
Seats
Front seat
(Electrically operated seats) ......... 2-4
Front seat
(Manually operated seats) ............ 2-2
Seat warmer ................................ 2-17
Second-row seats ......................... 2-9
Third-row seat ............................ 2-13
Second-Row Seats .............................. 2-9
Security System
Immobilizer system
(with advanced key) ................... 3-53
Immobilizer system
(without advanced key) .............. 3-57
Theft-deterrent system ............... 3-61
Service Publications .......................... 9-46
Shopping Bag Hook ........................ 6-193
Side Extension Sunvisors ................ 6-181
Spare Tire and Tool Storage ................ 7-3
Specifications .................................... 10-4
Speedometer ...................................... 5-40
P
Paint Damage .................................... 8-54
Parking Brake ..................................... 5-6
Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2
Power Door Locks ............................ 3-31
Power Liftgate ................................... 3-35
Power Outlet ................................... 6-196
Power Steering .................................. 5-17
Fluid ........................................... 8-24
Power Windows ................................ 3-40
Push-Starting ..................................... 7-18
R
Rear Coat Hooks ............................. 6-194
Rear Door Child Safety Locks .......... 3-33
Rear Entertainment System ............... 6-70
Before operation ......................... 6-83
Country code list ...................... 6-114
Language code list ................... 6-112
Sound output .............................. 6-89
Rear View Monitor ......................... 6-171
Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-73
Rear Window Washer ....................... 5-72
Rear Window Wiper .......................... 5-72
Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-64
Recreational Towing ......................... 7-22
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign
Country ............................................. 9-19
Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-9
Roll-over ............................................. 4-8
S
Safety Defects, Reporting ................. 9-44
11-6
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page591
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Black plate (591,1)
Index
S
T
SRS Air Bags
Driver and front passenger occupant
classification system .................. 2-64
How the SRS air bags work ....... 2-57
Limitations to SRS air bag ......... 2-62
Monitoring and maintenance ..... 2-69
SRS air bag deployment
criteria ........................................ 2-61
Supplemental restraint system
(SRS) precautions ...................... 2-51
Supplemental restraint system
components ................................ 2-56
Starting the Engine .............................. 5-4
Steering Wheel .................................. 3-63
Horn ........................................... 5-74
Storage Compartments .................... 6-191
Armrest box ............................. 6-192
Cargo securing loops ................ 6-192
Cargo sub-compartment ........... 6-193
Center console .......................... 6-192
Coin box ................................... 6-192
Glove box ................................. 6-192
Overhead console ..................... 6-191
Rear coat hooks ........................ 6-194
Shopping bag hook .................. 6-193
Sunshade ........................................... 3-52
Sunvisors ........................................ 6-181
Tire Pressure Monitoring System ...... 5-28
System error activation .............. 5-32
Tire pressure monitoring system
warning light .............................. 5-30
Tires and wheels ......................... 5-32
Tires
Flat Tire ........................................ 7-3
Inflation pressure ........................ 8-33
Replacement ............................... 8-35
Rotation ...................................... 8-34
Snow tires .................................. 4-10
Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3
Specifications ............................. 10-6
Tire chains .................................. 4-11
Uniform tire quality grading system
(UTQGS) ................................... 9-22
Tool ..................................................... 7-3
Towing
Description ................................. 7-19
Emergency towing ..................... 7-19
Recreational towing ................... 7-22
Trailer towing
(Except Mexico) ......................... 4-14
Traction Control System (TCS) ........ 5-23
TCS OFF indicator light ............ 5-24
TCS OFF switch ........................ 5-25
TCS/DSC indicator light ............ 5-24
Trailer Towing .................................. 4-14
Trip Meter ......................................... 5-40
Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-65
T
Tachometer ........................................ 5-41
Temporary Spare Tire ....................... 8-36
Theft-Deterrent System ..................... 3-61
Third-Row Seat ................................. 2-13
Tiedown
Hook .......................................... 7-20
Tire Information ................................ 9-24
V
Vanity Mirrors ................................. 6-181
Vehicle Information Labels ............... 10-2
11-7
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
CX-9_8AU2-EA-09G_Edition5 Page592
Thursday, May 6 2010 5:2 PM
Index
W
Warning Lights ................................. 5-44
ABS ............................................ 5-47
Air bag system ........................... 5-49
Automatic transaxle ................... 5-52
AWD .......................................... 5-52
Brake system .............................. 5-46
Charging system ......................... 5-48
Check engine .............................. 5-48
Check fuel cap ........................... 5-50
Door-ajar .................................... 5-52
Engine oil pressure ..................... 5-48
Front seat belt pretensioner
system ........................................ 5-49
KEY Warning Light
(Red)/KEY Indicator Light
(Green) ....................................... 5-55
Low fuel ..................................... 5-50
Low washer fluid level ............... 5-52
Powertrain malfunction/reduced
power .......................................... 5-49
Seat belt ...................................... 5-50
Tire pressure monitoring
system ........................................ 5-53
Warranty ............................................ 9-15
Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-26
Weights ............................................. 10-5
Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-37
Windows
Power windows .......................... 3-40
Windshield Washer ........................... 5-71
Windshield Wipers ............................ 5-68
Blades replacement .................... 8-27
Winter Driving .................................. 4-10
11-8
Form No.8AU2-EA-09G
Black plate (592,1)
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : No Create Date : 2010:05:06 08:14:21Z Creator : 3B2 Total Publishing System 8.01b/W Unicode Modify Date : 2011:09:20 13:43:38-07:00 XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 5.0.5 (Windows) Metadata Date : 2011:09:20 13:43:38-07:00 Creator Tool : 3B2 Total Publishing System 8.01b/W Unicode Format : application/pdf Title : mazda-om-release2-123 1..592 ++ Document ID : uuid:b64435b0-894b-404a-8a2d-4752a1ace366 Instance ID : uuid:9db5b740-bfb1-4401-9f65-c491ab81ddcf Page Count : 592EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools